Editorial Committee

P.I.Forster (editor)

P.D.Bostock (technical advisor)

G.P.Guymer (technical advisor)

Graphic Design

Will Smith

Desktop Publishing

Aniceta Cardoza

Austrobaileya

Vol. 1, No. 1 was published on 1 December 1977

Vol. 9, No. 4 was published on 8 December 2016 and is available online at

https: //www. qld. gov. au/Austrobailey a

Back issues 1(1)- 8(4) are available on the JSTOR website

http://plants.jstor.org/

Austrobaileya is published once per year.

Exchange: This journal will be distributed on the basis of exchange.

Australian Subscribers: Orders for single issues and subscriptions may be placed. The price

is (GST included): AUD$48.00 per issue for individuals, AUD$80.00 for institutions, including

postage.

Overseas Subscribers: Orders for single issues and subscriptions may be placed. The price is

AUD Price On Application per issue for individuals, AUD$100.00 for institutions, including

postage.

All correspondence relating to exchange, subscriptions or contributions to this journal should

be addressed to: The Editor, Austrobaileya, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Science,

Information Technology and Innovation (DSITI), Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road,

Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: Paul.Forster@dsiti.qld.gov.au

ISSN 0155-4131

Web site: https://www.qld.gov.au/Austrobaileya

Austrobaileya is the journal of the Queensland Herbarium and publishes peer-reviewed research

on plants, algae, fungi and lichens (systematics, morphology, geography, anatomy, karyology,

conservation biology and botanical history), with special emphasis on taxa from Queensland.

Opinions expressed by authors are their own and do not necessarily represent the policies or view

of the Queensland Herbarium, Department of Science, Information Technology and Innovation.

Austrobaileya 10(1): 1-206 (2017)

Contents

A taxonomic revision of Pimelea section Epallage (Endl.) Benth.

(Thymelaeaceae) in Queensland

A. R.Bean .1-46

Fimbristylis buchanensis R.Booth 8c P.R.Sharpe and F. triloba R.Booth &

RR.Sharpe (Cyperaceae), two new species from Queensland

R.Booth 8c P.R.Sharpe .47-58

Lomandra decomposita (R.Br.) Jian Wang ter & A.R.Bean (Laxmanniaceae),

a new species for Queensland

J. Wang 8c A.R.Bean .59-63

Polyalthia submontana subsp. sessiliflorus (Jessup) Jessup, a new combination

in Australian Annonaceae

L. W. Jessup .64

Taeniophyllum walkeri B.Gray (Orchidaceae), a new species from north

Queensland

B. Gray .65-69

Melaleuca comosa A.R.Bean (Myrtaceae), a new species from western

Queensland

A.R.Bean .70-73

Cycas distans P.I.Forst. 8c B.Gray (Cycadaceae), a new species from southern

Cape York Peninsula, Queensland

P.I.Forster 8c B.Gray .74-84

Rhaphidosporaplatyphylla (S.Moore) Bremek. ex A.R.Bean (Acanthaceae),

a new combination for a species from Australia and New Guinea

A. R.Bean .85

Gastrodia umbrosa B.Gray (Orchidaceae, Gastrodieae): a new

mycoheterotrophic orchid endemic to the Atherton Tableland, Queensland,

Australia

B. Gray 8c Y.W.Low .86-92

Oldenlandia pinifolia (Wall, ex G.Don) Kuntze (Rubiaceae), a new addition

to the flora of Australia

J.O.Westaway .93-101

Olearia bella A.R.Bean & Jobson and O. orientalis A.R.Bean 8c Jobson

(Asteraceae: Astereae), two new species from Queensland

A. R. Be an 8c P. C. Jobson .102-112

Hibiscus diversifolius subsp. rivularis (Bremek. 8c Oberm.) Exell (Malvaceae)

in Australia

M. O.Badry, D.M.Crayn 8c J.A.Tate .113-120

Gymnogaster boletoides J.W.Cribb (Boletaceae, Boletales), a striking

Australian secotioid bolete

M.Gelardi, N.Fechner, R.E.Hailing 8c F.Costanzo .121-129

Thismia hawkesii W.E.Cooper and T. lanternatus W.E.Cooper (Thismiaceae),

two new fairy lantern species from the Wet Tropics Bioregion, Queensland,

Australia

W.E.Cooper .130-138

Austrobaileya 10(1): 1-206 (2017)

Elionurus purpureus E.J.Thomps. (Panicoideae: Andropogoneae:

Tripsacinae ), a new species for Queensland: circumscription and breeding

system

E.J.Thompson .139-162

Typifications in Australian Euphorbiaceae, Phyllanthaceae and

Picrodendraceae

P.I.Forster & D.A.Halford .163-167

A family’s contribution to Queensland botany: John Howard Simmonds [Snr]

(1862-1955), Rose Simmonds {nee Culpin) (1877-1960) and John Howard

Simmonds [Jnr] (1901-1992)

J.L.Dowe .168-183

Atriplex alces Edginton & E.J.Thomps. (Chenopodiaceae), a new species

from central Queensland, Australia

M.A.Edginton & E.J.Thompson .184-195

Labichea mulliganensis A.R.Bean (Leguminosae: Caesalpiniodeae), a new

species from Queensland

A. R.Bean .196-199

Didymoplexis micradenia (Rchb.f.) Hemsl. (Orchidaceae): A new record for

the Australian flora

B. Gray .200-204

Pittosporum tinifolium A.Cunn.: a corrected name and reinstatement at

species level for the Queensland species currently known as the rusty-

leaved pittosporum, Pittosporum ferrugineum subspecies linifolium

(A.Cunn.) L.Cayzer et al. (Pittosporaceae)

L.W.Cayzer & G.T.Chandler . 205-206

A taxonomic revision of Pimelea section Epallage

(Endl.) Benth. (Thymelaeaceae) in Queensland

A.R. Bean

Summary

Bean, A.R. (2017). A taxonomic revision of Pimelea section Epallage (Endl.) Benth. (Thymelaeaceae)

in Queensland. Austrobaileya 10(1): 1-46. Pimelea section Epallage is revised for Queensland

and comprises 24 species, with eight species newly described, viz. P. approximans A.R.Bean, P.

chlorina A.R.Bean, P. confertiflora A.R.Bean, P.fugiens A.R.Bean, P. gigandra A.R.Bean, P. mollis

A.R.Bean, P. plurinervia A.R.Bean and P. rupestris A.R.Bean. New combinations are P. amabilis

(Domin) A.R.Bean, P. leptospermoides subsp. bowmanii (Benth.) A.R.Bean and P. hirsuta subsp.

elliptifolia (Threlfall) A.R.Bean. The distributions of all taxa are mapped, the newly named species

are illustrated, and photographic images are provided for several species. P. altior F.Muell., P. hirsuta

Meisn. and P. leptostachya Benth. are restored to species rank. Lectotypifications are provided for P.

altior, P. bowmanii Benth., P. latifolia R.Br., P. leptospermoides F.Muell. and P. leptostachya Benth.

A key is provided for the identification of all Pimelea species occurring in Queensland.

Key Words: Thymelaeaceae, Pimelea, Pimelea section Epallage, Pimelea altior, Pimelea amabilis,

Pimelea approximans, Pimelea bowmanii, Pimelea chlorina, Pimelea confertiflora, Pimelea fugiens,

Pimelea gigandra, Pimelea hirsuta, Pimelea hirsuta subsp. elliptifolia, Pimelea latifolia, Pimelea

leptospermoides, Pimelea leptospermoides subsp. leptospermoides, Pimelea leptospermoides subsp.

bowmanii, Pimelea leptostachya, Pimelea mollis, Pimelea plurinervia, Pimelea rupestris, Australia

flora, Queensland flora, new species, morphology, identification key, distribution maps, conservation

status

A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Science, Information Technology & Innovation,

Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: Tony.

Bean@dsiti.qld.gov.au

Introduction

The genus Pimelea Banks & Sol. ex Gaertn.

comprises about 140 species, with around 35

species endemic in New Zealand (Burrows

2011), and the remainder in Australia and

islands to its north, with the majority occurring

in non-arid parts of southern Australia.

Major taxonomic studies relevant to species

occurring in Queensland have been Meisner

(1857), Bentham (1873), Threlfall (1983) and

Rye (1990). More recent phylogenetic studies

in the family include Beaumont et al. (2009),

Motsi et al. (2010) and Foster et al. (2016).

Beaumont et al. (2009) discussed the non-

monophyly of the large African genus Gnidia

L., and flagged the possible reduction of

Pimelea as a subgenus of it. Motsi et al. (2010)

presented data suggesting that Thecanthes

Wikstr. should be returned to synonymy

with Pimelea , but due to limited sampling,

the evidence was not conclusive. Foster et

Accepted for publication 28 June 2017

al. (2016) sampled a much wider range of

taxa and examined several gene regions, and

provided very strong evidence for including

Thecanthes within Pimelea.

Rye (1990) provided a sectional

classification of the genus, with seven

sections recognised. The present paper is

concerned with one of these sections, Pimelea

section Epallage (Endl.) Benth., typified by P.

curviflora R.Br. While P. section Epallage

is distributed across Australia, it has its

centre of diversity in Queensland and is

also well represented in New South Wales.

Its members are most readily distinguished

from other sections by the presence of hairs

all along the stems (not just at the nodes),

inflorescence bracts mostly absent, the

floral tube dehiscence circumscissile, the

stamens with very short filaments inserted

below the base of the sepals, and the broad

connective with introrse anther cells. This

section contains the well-known species P.

latifolia R.Br. and P. sericostachya F.Muell.,

A ustrobaileya 10(1): 1-46(2017)

both of which (as currently circumscribed)

are complexes comprising several distinct

species. 24 Queensland taxa are recognised

here as belonging to the section, including

eight newly described species and a number

reinstated from previous synonymies. In

addition, the new combination P. hirsuta

subsp. elliptifolia (Threlfall) A.R.Bean is

made for a New South Wales taxon.

Phylogeny

In the maximum-likelihood phylogram of

the five-gene dataset of Foster et al. (2016),

Pimelea section Epallage sensu Rye (1990)

is polyphyletic, but only because P. sericea

R.Br. appears in a separate “Tasmanian

clade” If this species is excluded, section

Epallage is monophyletic, comprising the

sequenced taxa P. argentea R.Br., P. biflora

Wakefi, P. clavata Labill., P. curviflora var.

divergens Threlfall, P. curviflora var. gracilis

(R.Br.) Threlfall, P. curviflora var. sericea

Benth., P. latifolia subsp. elliptifolia Threlfall,

P. leptospermoides F.Muell., P. micrantha

F.Muell. ex Meisn., P. sericostachya subsp.

sericostachya, P. simplex F.Muell. subsp.

simplex, P. strigosa Gand., P. trichostachya

Lindl., P. williamsonii J.M.Black and P.

venosa Threlfall. P. clavata was included by

Rye (1990) in Pimelea section Pimelea.

In the current paper, some informal species

groups based on morphological grounds

(named for the first described species of that

group) are recognised within the Queensland

species of P. section Epallage'.

a) the P. latifolia group: P. altior , P. fugiens ,

P. gigandra, P. latifolia , P. leptospermoides ,

P. mollis , P. plurinervia and P. strigosa

b) the P. sericostachya group: P. amabilis , P.

approximates, P. confertiflora, P. leptostachya

and P. sericostachya

c) theP. simplex group: P. elongata Threlfall,

P. simplex and P. trichostachya

d) the P. umbratica group: P. aquilonia Rye

and P. umbratica Meisn.

Pimelea chlorina, P. curviflora and P.

rupestris are not readily assignable to any of

these groups.

Hybridisation

Burrows (2008, 2009) reported that many

New Zealand Pimelea species hybridise with

each other, and he named some new species

that he considered were “stabilised hybrids”.

During the current study, no instance of

hybridisation (indicated by plants exhibiting

morphologically intermediate characteristics)

has been noted in the field, or indicated on

herbarium specimen labels. This is despite the

fact that in Queensland, it is not uncommon

to find two (rarely more) Pimelea species

occurring in moderately close proximity.

Toxicity

The toxic properties of Pimelea simplex (both

subspecies), P. elongata and P. trichostachya

are well known (Everist 1974; Fletcher et al.

2009, 2014; McKenzie 2012). Consumption

of these plants by cattle causes St George

disease (otherwise known as Marree disease).

In his discussion of Pimelea , Everist (1974)

noted that “nearly all of them appear to be

distasteful” to livestock, and that “virtually

any species of Pimelea would be toxic if eaten

in sufficient amount”.

Materials and methods

This revision is based on an examination of

herbarium specimens from BRI, CANB,

MEL and NSW, using a binocular microscope

with graticule, as well as field observations

for most species. Measurements of leaves and

hairs are taken from dried material, while

measurements of the flower parts and seeds

are from spirit material or from material

reconstituted with boiling water. Distribution

maps have been compiled with DIVA-GIS

Version 7.5.0 (http://www.diva-gis.org), using

localities or geocodes given on the labels of

specimens from the herbaria listed above.

Images of type specimens not present at the

herbaria listed above, have been viewed on the

Jstor Plants website (Jstor 2017), and the Kew

Herbarium Catalogue (Kew 2017). Species

treatments are arranged in alphabetical order.

Abbreviations used in the text and for

specimen citations are Mt (Mountain), NP

(National Park), and SF (State Forest).

Bean, Pimelea section Epallage in Queensland

Notes on major characters used

1. Indumentum length, direction, location etc.

The hairs of Pimelea section Epallage are

always simple and unicellular, but there is

great diversity in their thickness, length,

direction, density and distribution. In some

species, the hairs are noticeably shiny, i.e. they

reflect light strongly, apparently associated

with an increased thickness. In this paper, the

length of the longest hairs is recorded from

each specimen for the various organs, so that

the range of lengths recorded includes the

longest hairs on that plant part over all the

plant specimens examined.

2. Leaf phyllotaxis

The phyllotaxis of mature-aged specimens in

Pimelea section Epallage is often diagnostic.

Two species (P. aquilonia, P. umbratica) have

strictly opposite leaves on mature plants;

others have leaves that vary from opposite to

sub-opposite on the same plant or branch (e.g.

P. altior ); others have consistently alternate

leaves (e.g. P. trichostachya). The sub-opposite

condition is defined as where the disjunction

between the leaf pairs is less than 20% of the

adjacent internode length. In alternate leaves,

there is no discernible pairing of leaves,

except very occasionally, and then only for a

single node. From observations of hundreds of

herbarium specimens, it is postulated that all

species in P. section Epallage have opposite

leaves at the juvenile stage, and that in some

species the leaves become sub-opposite or

alternate as the plant ages; certainly in some

specimens that comprise a whole plant, the

leaves are opposite at the base and alternate

higher up.

3. Leaf venation

In some species, only the central longitudinal

vein (midrib) of the leaf is evident. In several

species, a few lateral veins (1-6 pairs) are

faintly visible on the lower surface, while in

P. plurinervia, 10-15 pairs of lateral veins are

readily visible on the lower surface.

4. Inflorescence structure

Inflorescences in Pimelea section Epallage

are invariably racemose, but often the rachis

is extremely short so that flowers appear to

be attached to a globose or ellipsoidal ‘head’

or ‘capitulum’, and with persistent pedicels

that obscure the surface of the capitulum. In

other species, the rachis is elongated and the

persisting pedicels are widely spaced. This

type of inflorescence has been commonly

referred to as ‘spicate’ (Threlfall 1983; Rye

1990). An intermediate form is referred to in

this paper as ‘cylindrical’ - here the rachis

is longer than the ellipsoidal types, but the

flowers are not as widely spaced as in the

‘spicate’ type. The rachis (with attached

persistent pedicels) is held on the plant long

after the flowers and fruits have abscised,

and can usually be found on any given

mature specimen. Its shape and length are

diagnostic, as are the total flower number

(best determined by counting pedicels on

old rachises), the distance between adjacent

pedicels, and the pedicel indumentum. The

peduncle length is also diagnostic, and again

is most reliably measured on old (spent)

inflorescences/infructescences.

In all species the inflorescence is, strictly

speaking, terminal, with flowers borne at the

apex of the branchlet, but in some species,

a vegetative shoot develops right alongside

the flower buds, and by the time the flowers

have reached anthesis, the vegetative shoot

has extended well past the position of floral

initiation. In these species, the inflorescence

is referred to as axillary (when borne in a leaf

axil) or lateral (when not associated with the

leaf axil). In several species (e.g. P. rupestris),

numerous old capitula can be seen along the

sides of most branches. In the ‘terminal’

species (e.g. P. gigandra ), the spent capitula

or linear rachises are seen at the junction

between two branches, which are otherwise

sterile.

5. Sexuality

A range of sexual systems are present in

Pimelea section Epallage. In some species,

e.g. P. trichostachya , all flowers are bisexual.

In many other species of this section, they are

gynomonoecious, that is, with female flowers

and bisexual flowers on the same plant (e.g. P.

mollis ). In these cases, the female flowers can

be distinguished by the absent or rudimentary

(and non-functional) anthers. In other

species (e.g. P. gigandra ), female flowers

and bisexual flowers occur in separate plants

(gynodioecious), with fruits forming from

both flower types. One species treated here,

P. rupestris, is dioecious, with separate male

and female plants in roughly equal proportion;

the style in the male flowers is non-functional,

and fruits do not form.

6. Seeds

The seeds of all species in this section are

very similar, being ovoid-conical in shape and

black in colour. Threlfall (1983) advocated

the use of surface patterning to distinguish

the various species. The present author finds

that the differences in seed surface patterns

are quite useful for distinguishing groups of

species, such as the colliculate surface present

in the P. sericostachya group. However,

differences in seed surface features between

individual species are often negligible.

There are however, considerable differences

between some species in the length of the

seeds. For example, the seeds of P. latifolia

(4.6-4.8 mm long) are considerably longer

than the related P. altior (3.3-3.4 mm long).

Identification

A dichotomous key to the identification

of all (not just for the section Epallage )

Queensland Pimelea species is presented.

Following the reduction of Thecanthes

Wikstr. into Pimelea (Foster et al. 2016), two

species formerly classified under Thecanthes

(P. sanguinea F.Muell., P. cornucopiae Vahl)

are included in the key.

Taxonomy

Pimelea section Epallage (Endl.) Benth., FI.

Austral. 6: 30 (1873); Epallage Endl., Gen.

PI. 331 (1837); Calyptrostegia [infragen.

unranked] Epallage C.A.Mey., Bull. Cl. Phys.-

Math. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersbourg

ser. 2, 4(4-5): 74 (1845); Pimelea subsection

Epallage (Endl.) Meisn. in DC., Prodr. 14:

511 (1857); Banksia sect. Epallage (Endl.)

Kuntze, Lex. Gen. Phan. 60 (1903). Type: P.

curviflora R.Br., (lecto: fide Threlfall 1983:

170).

Austrobaileya 10(1): 1-46(2017)

Stems hairy. Leaves simple, entire, hairy

at least on abaxial surface, node buttresses

absent. Inflorescence terminal, axillary

or lateral; flowers densely clustered on an

ellipsoidal or globose receptacle, or borne

along an elongate rachis, sometimes clustered

but often well-spaced and not touching each

other. Rachis ± same width as peduncle.

Floral tube usually circumscissile above

the ovary. Anther connective broad, anther

dehiscence introrse. Ovary with erect hairs

distally. Fruits dry.

30 species endemic to Australia, 21 species in

Queensland.

1. Pimelea altior F.Muell., Fragm. 1: 84

(1859); Banksia altior (F.Muell.) Kuntze,

Revis. Gen. PI. 2: 583 (1891); P. altior var.

typica Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 436 (1928),

nom. illeg.; P. latifolia subsp. altior (F.Muell.)

Threlfall, Brunonia 5: 193 (1983); P. latifolia

var. altior (F.Muell.) Threlfall, Brunonia

5: 193 (1983). Type: Queensland. Moreton

District: Moreton Bay, July 1855, F. Mueller

s.n. (lecto [here designated]: MEL 50362;

isolecto: K 000900026).

Pimelea altior var. parvifolia Domin, Biblioth.

Bot. 89: 436 (1928); P. latifolia var. parvifolia

(Domin) Threlfall, Brunonia 5: 193 (1983).

Type: Queensland. Moreton District: Ithaca

Creek, January 1910, C.T. White s.n. (holo: PR

n.v .; iso: BRI [AQ23514]).

Illustration: Leiper et al. (2008: 194), as P.

latifolia subsp. altior.

Perennial shrub, 90-140 cm high, bisexual.

Young stems densely hairy, longest hairs

0.6-1.3 mm long, spreading, slender,

white and opaque. Leaves opposite to sub¬

opposite, disjunction between leaf pairs 0-4

mm, internodes 15-28 mm long; petioles

1-1.7 mm long. Lamina elliptical to broadly

elliptical, 14-38 mm long, 8-14 mm wide,

1.8-2.9 times longer than wide, midrib

visible, lateral veins sometimes visible;

apex obtuse, mucronate; margins flat. Upper

surface of lamina moderately densely hairy;

hairs slender, longest 0.5-1 mm long, c.

0.025 mm wide, patent. Lower surface of

lamina moderately densely hairy; hairs

antrorse to patent, slender, not shiny, white,

Bean, Pimelea section Epallage in Queensland

longest hairs 0.5-1.3 mm long, c. 0.025 mm

wide. Inflorescence terminal, capitulate,

with 4-7 flowers produced (= number of

persistent pedicels), partly enclosed by four

leafy bracts, two short and two rather longer.

Rachis globose, at maturity c. 1 mm long,

densely hairy; peduncle length 0-1 mm long.

Flowers all bisexual. Pedicels 0.4-0.5 mm

long. Floral tube 5.2-8.2 mm long at anthesis,

white; outer surface with hairs sparse to

moderately dense, patent, longer ones 0.3-0.4

mm long; inner surface sparsely hairy. Sepals

erect, 0.9-1.6 mm long, apex obtuse, inner

surface glabrous, outer surface densely hairy.

Staminal filaments c. 0.05 mm long; anthers

0.8-1.2 mm long, dehiscence introrse. Style

not or scarcely exserted. Seed ovoid, 3.3-3.4

mm long, black, surface ± smooth or very

finely foveolate. Fig. 1A.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Port Curtis District: SF 67, Bulburin, Sep 1985, Gibson

776 (BRI); Blackmans Creek, N of Blackmans Gap, 18

km SW of Miriam Vale, Oct 1995, Brushe JB252 &

Brushe (BRI). Burnett District: Just off Q-traverse,

Gallangowan SF, NNW of Jimna, Feb 2009, Bean 28599

(BRI, CANB). Wide Bay District: Upper reaches of

Broken Creek, SE of Builyan, Sep 1995, Bean 8944 &

Robins (BRI, MEL); East branch of Stony Creek, 1.3 km

SSW of Mt Walsh, Mt Walsh NP, May 2008, Young 2359

(BRI); Noosa Bay, s.dat.. Eaves s.n. (MEL 2181371);

Conondale Range, Sep 1980, Dillewaard 176 & Olsen

(BRI); Dog Grass Road, Mapleton SF, N of Mapleton,

Apr 1993, Bean 5952 (BRI). Moreton District: Stable

Camp, Yarraman SF, Nov 1987, Forster PIF3228 et

al. (BRI); Palmwoods, May 1907, White s.n. (BRI

[AQ108716]); Archers Creek, brush under the mountain,

Dec 1843, Leichhardt s.n. (MEL 50350); Kiamba, May

1959, Thorne 21207 et al. (BRI, CANB); Bellthorpe SF,

Beacon Road, c. 18 km NW of Woodford, May 1984,

Sharpe 3550 (BRI); End of Regent Road, near Esk -

Hampton Road, Oct 2015, Bean 32422 (AD, BRI, CANB,

MEL); Fifteen Mile Creek, 10 km NE of Toowoomba,

near Murphy’s Creek, Oct 1973, Telford 3494 (BRI,

CANB, NSW); Neurum Creek camping area, Mt Mee

SF, Aug 2009, Bean 29076 (BRI, CANB, MO, NSW);

D’Aguilar Range, NW of Brisbane, Jun 1974, Moriarty

1533 (BRI, CANB); Mt O’Reilly [W of Samford], Aug

1938, Goy & Smith 517 (BRI); Just S of tower. Camp

Mountain, WNW of Brisbane, Mar 2013, Bean 32119

(BRI, MEL, NSW); One Tree Hill, Aug 1887, Simmonds

s.n. (BRI [AQ108723]); Brisbane River, Jul 1874, Bailey

s.n. (BRI [AQ108718]); Moreton Bay, 1872, Eaves s.n.

(MEL 51283); Banks of Logan River, foot of Mt Ernest,

Oct 1932, Blake 4290 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Pimelea altior

is common in the south-east corner of

Queensland, from the New South Wales

border to Eumundi, with disjunct occurrences

further north at Mt Walsh, and mountainous

areas near Builyan (Map 1). In New South

Wales, it extends as far south as Taree. It

inhabits wet sclerophyll forest with tall

Eucalyptus spp. and Syncarpia glomulifera

(Sm.) Nied., or sometimes on the margins of

rainforest. Soils are sandy-loams, loams, or

red earths.

Phenology : Flowers and fruits may be found

at any time of the year.

Typification: The specimen chosen here as the

lectotype of the name Pimelea altior bears a

label in Mueller’s hand which reads (in part) ‘ in

collibus petraeis’, a phrase which is repeated

in the protologue. The specimen matches the

description given in the protologue very well.

Walter Hill’s name appears as co-collector in

the protologue, but labelling on neither the

lectotype nor the isolectotype mentions him.

Notes : Pimelea altior is readily

distinguishable from P. latifolia sens. str. and

is formally reinstated to species rank here.

It differs from P. latifolia by the opposite to

sub-opposite leaves (alternate for P. latifolia );

the leaves elliptic to broadly elliptic (obovate

for P. latifolia ); laminae 14—38 x 8-14 mm

(31-67 x 13-24 mm for P. latifolia ); the

hairs moderately dense on the upper leaf

surface (absent, or very sparse to sparse for P.

latifolia ); the rachis globose and c. 1 mm long

(rachis ellipsoidal to cylindrical and 5-27

mm long for P. latifolia ); the peduncles 0-1

mm long (2-6 mm long for P. latifolia ); the

sepals 0.9-1.6 mm long (1.6-2.3 mm long for

P. latifolia ); and the inner surface of the floral

tube sparsely hairy (glabrous for P. latifolia).

Specimens from the Yarraman - Blackbutt

area of south-east Queensland (e.g. Forster

PIF3228 et al., BRI) differ from the typical

form by the longer, narrower leaves, the

relatively short, sparse hairs on the upper leaf

surface, and the greater number of flowers per

inflorescence.

Conservation status : Pimelea altior is

a common and widespread species. A

conservation status of Least Concern is

recommended (IUCN 2012).

Austrobaileya 10(1): 1-46(2017)

Fig. 1 . A. Pimelea altior. Mt Glorious (no voucher). Photo: J. Newland & R. Fryer. B. P. chlorina ( Bean 28851 &

Jensen , BRI). Photo: A.R. Bean. C. P. latifolia. Scawfell Island (no voucher). Photo: H. Nicholson. D. P. confertiflora.

Irvinebank (no voucher). Photo: J. Newland & R. Fryer. E. P. fugiens ( Bean 28739 , BRI). Photo: A.R. Bean.

Bean, Pimelea section Epallage in Queensland

2. Pimelea amabilis (Domin) A.R.Bean

comb, et stat. nov.; Pimelea sericostachya

var. amabilis Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 435

(1928); P. sericostachya subsp. amabilis

(Domin) Threlfall, Brunonia 5: 150 (1983).

Type: Queensland. Cook District: At the foot

of the second calcifar karst hill in Chillagoe,

February 1910, K. Domin s.n. (lecto: PR

529469 ,fide Threlfall 1983: 150).

Illustrations : Domin (1928: 435, fig. 169), as

P. sericostachya var. amabilis; Rye (1990:

162), as P. sericostachya subsp. amabilis.

Perennial shrub, 50-100 cm high,

gynomonoecious. Young stems densely hairy,

longest hairs 1.3-2.3 mm long, slender, white

and opaque, appressed. Leaves often sub¬

opposite to opposite, disjunction between

leaf pairs 0-5 mm, or sometimes alternate,

with no discernible leaf pairs, internodes

10-25 mm long; petioles 0.3-1 mm long.

Lamina narrowly-elliptic or elliptic, 20-36

mm long, 4-11 mm wide, 2.4-5.3 times

longer than wide, with no veins visible or

only midrib visible, apex acute, margins flat.

Upper surface of lamina hairy; hairs slender,

longest ones 07-1.5 mm long, c. 0.03 mm

wide, appressed; dense to very dense. Lower

surface of lamina hairy; hairs appressed,

slender, shining, transparent, longest hairs

0.8-2 mm long, c. 0.03 mm wide, dense to

very dense. Inflorescence terminal, spicate,

with 75-250 flowers produced (= number

of persistent pedicels), leafy bracts absent.

Rachis cylindrical, at maturity 17-70 mm

long, very densely hairy; peduncle length

10-29 mm long. Flowers bisexual or female.

Pedicels 30-40 per cm of rachis, each 0.2-

0.4 mm long. Floral tube 4.5-6.2 mm long at

anthesis, yellow-green or yellow; outer surface

with hairs very dense, antrorse, 07-1.6 mm

long; inner surface glabrous. Sepals erect,

0.6-1.3 mm long, apex obtuse, inner surface

glabrous, outer surface very densely hairy.

Staminal filaments 0.05-0.1 mm long; anthers

1-1.1 mm long, dehiscence introrse. Style not

or scarcely exserted. Fruit orientation at right

angles to rachis. Seed ovoid, 37-4.2 mm

long, dark brown, surface colliculate.

Additional selected specimens examined: Queensland.

Cook District: NE escarpment of Hann Tableland, c.

33 km NW of Mareeba, Apr 2013, Mathieson MTM1531

(BRI); Boyle Creek, NW of Mareeba, Apr 1962, McKee

9144 (BRI, CANB); Blackdown Road, 12 miles [19 km]

from Station, Jan 1971, MacDonald 2 (BRI); Stannary

Hills area, c. 7 km S of Mutchilba, Aug 1979, Clarkson

2507 & Byrnes (BRI); 9 km from Mutchilba on road

to Irvinebank via Stannary Hills, Jan 1982, Clarkson

4232B (BRI, CNS, K, MO, NT, PERTH); Stannary Hills,

Jun 1908, Bancroft s.n. (BRI [AQ 97876]); 2.5 km from

Lappa on Petford Road, Feb 1996, Forster PIF18566 &

Ryan (BRI, CNS); c. 2.5 km by road E of Almaden, Jan

2005, McDonald KRM3505 (BRI); junction of roads to

Chillagoe and Ootan, 3 km W of Almaden, May 2003,

McKenzie RAM03/25 (BRI); Almaden, s.dat., Bick s.n.

(BRI [AQ730927]); Leaf Gold Weir road, 10 km W of

Dimbulah, Apr 2001, Sharp 323 et al. (BRI); Bismark

Range, E of Almaden, Jan 2011, McDonald KRM10464

(BRI, DNA). North Kennedy District: 30 km SW of Mt

Garnet, Apr 2002, Bean 18916 (BRI, MEL).

Distribution and habitat : Pimelea amabilis

is endemic to north Queensland where it has

a limited distribution from Hann Tableland

(NW of Mareeba) to 30 km SW of Mt Garnet.

It has been frequently collected around

Almaden and Stannary Hills. There is an

outlying population on Blackdown Station

west of Chillagoe (Map 2). It inhabits skeletal

soil on rocky outcrops of granite or rhyolite,

although the type collection was reputedly

made from a limestone outcrop.

Phenology : Flowers and fruits are recorded

from January to August.

Notes : Pimelea amabilis differs from the

related P. confertiflora by the longer hairs

(07-1.5 mm long) of the upper leaf surface,

with the hairs white or silvery, the often

broader leaves (4-11 mm wide), and the shorter

anthers (1-1.1 mm long). These species have

separate though adjoining distributions; they

apparently grow together only in the Stannary

Hills area.

The intensely silvery leaves of P. amabilis

are very beautiful, and the species deserves to

be brought into cultivation.

Conservation status : Pimelea amabilis is

a common species. A conservation status

of Least Concern is recommended (IUCN

2012 ).

3. Pimelea approximans A.R.Bean sp. nov.

with affinity to P. amabilis , but differing by

the antrorse villous hairs of the upper leaf

surface, the longer strigose hairs on the lower

leaf surface, the acute sepals, and the longer

anthers and seeds. Typus: Queensland. Cook

District: Ninian Bay, 14 May 1979, J.A. Elsol

771 & T.D. Stanley (holo: BRI; iso: CANB).

Perennial shrub, 50-60 cm high,

gynomonoecious. Young stems densely hairy,

longest hairs 1.8-2.5 mm long, coarse, shiny

and transparent, appressed. Leaves sub¬

opposite to opposite (disjunction between

leaf pairs 0-3 mm), or alternate, internodes

8-22 mm long; petioles 1.5-1.8 mm long.

Lamina elliptic, 23-35 mm long, 5-11 mm

wide, 27-4.6 times longer than wide, with

only midrib visible, apex acute, margins

flat. Upper surface of lamina glabrous or

hairy; hairs slender, longest ones 0.6-1.1

mm long, c. 0.025 mm wide, antrorse; very

sparse to moderately dense. Lower surface

of lamina hairy; hairs appressed or antrorse,

coarse, shining, transparent, longest hairs

2.2-27 mm long, c. 0.05 mm wide, sparse

to moderately dense. Inflorescence terminal,

spicate, with 50-130 flowers produced (=

number of persistent pedicels), leafy bracts

absent. Rachis cylindrical, at maturity 21-

50 mm long, very densely hairy; peduncle

length 10-28 mm long. Flowers bisexual or

female. Pedicels 20-40 per cm of rachis, each

0.2-0.4 mm long. Floral tube 4.5-4.8 mm

long at anthesis, yellow; outer surface with

hairs dense, antrorse, 1.3-1.9 mm long; inner

surface glabrous. Sepals erect, 1.2-1.8 mm

long, apex acute, inner surface glabrous, outer

surface densely hairy. Staminal filaments

c. 0.05 mm long; anthers 1.2-1.4 mm long,

dehiscence introrse. Style not or scarcely

exserted. Fruit orientation at right angles to

rachis. Seed ovoid, 3.9-4.5 mm long, dark

brown, surface colliculate. Fig. 2.

Additional specimens examined : Queensland. Cook

District: Top of mountain near Coen River, 1891,

Johnson s.n. (MEL 2182365); Upper Stuart River, 1891,

Johnson s.n. (MEL 2182366); sources of the South Coen

River, 1891, Johnson s.n. (CANB 250141, MEL 2182364);

Stanley Island, Jun 1995, Le Cussan 605 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Pimelea

approximans is endemic to north Queensland

Austrobaileya 10(1): 1-46(2017)

where it is known from the Bathurst Bay area

and the Coen area of Cape York Peninsula

(Map 2). It occurs in woodland or grassland

on rocky hillsides.

Phenology : Flowers and fruits are recorded

for May and June.

Affinities : Pimelea approximans has

affinity with P. amabilis. The leaves and the

inflorescence rachis are similar in size and

shape. However, it differs from P. amabilis in

a number of characteristics: P. approximans

has hairs absent or very sparse to moderately

dense on the upper leaf surface (versus dense

to very dense for P. amabilis ); the hairs on

the lower leaf surface are thicker, sparse to

moderately dense, 2.2-27 mm long (versus

thin, dense to very dense, 0.8-2 mm long for P.

amabilis ); the sepals are acute, and the anthers

are 1.2-1.4 mm long (versus sepals obtuse,

anthers 1-1.1 mm long for P. amabilis).

Conservation status: Pimelea approximans

is known from three subpopulations with

an estimated area of occupancy of 3 km 2 .

No subpopulations are known to be directly

threatened. Applying the Red List criteria

(IUCN 2012), a conservation status of

Vulnerable is recommended (criterion D2).

Etymology: The epithet is from the Latin

approximans , meaning ‘approaching,

approximating’. This is in reference to the

morphological affinity between this species

and P. amabilis.

4. Pimelea aquilonia Rye, FI. Australia

18: 323 (1990). Type: Queensland. Cook

District: Newcastle Bay, 2.5 miles [4 km] S of

Somerset homestead, Cape York Peninsula,

11 May 1948, L.J. Brass 18769 (holo: BRI;

iso: A).

Illustration: Rye (1990: 171).

Perennial shrub, 60-300 cm high,

gynomonoecious. Young stems densely hairy,

longest hairs 0.25-0.5 mm long, thick, shiny

and transparent, antrorse. Leaves strictly

opposite, internodes 1-7 mm long; petioles

0.4-1.1 mm long. Lamina narrowly elliptic to

elliptic, 11-31 mm long, 2-6 mm wide, 4.2-

7.3 times longer than wide, midrib visible,

lateral veins sometimes faintly visible; apex

Bean, Pimelea section Epallage in Queensland

Fig. 2. Pimelea approximans. A. flowering branchlet *1. B. upper leaf surface *3. C. lower leaf surface *3. D. old

inflorescence, where many flowers and fruits have abscised x2. E. floral tube and sepals xio. F. half flower xl2. G.

ovary and style xl2. H. seed xl2. A-D, H from Le Cussan 605 (BRI); E-G from El sol 771 & Stanley (BRI). Del. W.

Smith.

acute; margins flat. Upper surface of lamina

glabrous. Lower surface of lamina hairy;

hairs appressed, slender, somewhat shiny,

transparent, longest hairs 0.2-0.3 mm long, c.

0.025 mm wide, sparse. Inflorescence terminal,

capitulate, with 3-4 flowers produced (=

number of persistent pedicels), leafy bracts

absent. Rachis globular, at maturity 1-2 mm

long, densely hairy; peduncle length 0-2 mm

long. Some flowers bisexual, some female.

Pedicels 0.5-0.7 mm long. Floral tube 9.7-12

mm long at anthesis, white; outer surface with

hairs dense, appressed, longer ones 0.3-0.4

mm long; inner surface hairy. Sepals widely

spreading, 2.4-4.2 mm long, apex acute,

inner surface glabrous, outer surface densely

hairy. Staminal filaments c. 0.05 mm long;

anthers 2.3-2.5 mm long, dehiscence introrse.

Style not or scarcely exserted. Seeds not seen.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: N of Jardine River, c. 32 km NE of

Bamaga, Oct 1971, Dodson s.n. (BRI [AQ3634]);

Heathlands, road to Captain Billy beyond junction. May

1980, Morton 627 (BRI); SE of Conical Hill, 4 km SE

of Shelburne Bay, 3 km W of Thorpe Point, Jun 2008,

Forster PIF33778 et al. (BRI, NSW); Shelburne Bay,

May 1991, Spencer s.n. (BRI [AQ506113]); 6.5 km from

Captain Billy Landing, Jun 1994, Forster PIF15363

(BRI, CNS); 15 km N of Middle Peak road junction.

Mar 1992, Johnson 5115 (AD, BRI, MEL, NSW); 0.8

km N of Captain Billy Landing, Mar 1992, Clarkson

9271 & Neldner (BRI, DNA, K, MEL); Bolt Head, Jul

1990, Clarkson 8772 & Neldner (BRI, CNS, DNA, K,

L); Temple Bay, Bolt Head, Jun 1996, Forster PIF19362

(BRI); Shelburne holdings, near Harmer Creek boat

launching site, Nov 1984, Gunness AG1914 (BRI);

Lake Wicheura, Cape York, Jun 1985, Thiele 909 (BRI,

CANB); Sharp Point, Jun 1978, Clarkson 2108 (BRI);

Upper reaches of Escape River, Jun 1978, Clarkson 2055

(BRI); Richardson Range, 19 km along Middle Peak

track to Shelburne Bay, Jun 2008, Forster PIF33677 &

McDonald (BRI, NSW); Temple Bay, c. 4 km NW of

Glennie Inlet, Jun 1978, Clarkson 2171 (BRI); eastern

slopes of Mt Pieter Botte, July 1983, Godwin C2471

(BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Pimelea aquilonia

is endemic to north Queensland. Its

distribution extends from Somerset (near

the tip of Cape York Peninsula) to Bolt Head

and Temple Bay, about 200 km to the south.

There is also a highly disjunct occurrence at

Mt Pieter Botte north of Daintree (see note

below) (Map 2). It grows on sand dunes close

to the coast, in Thryptomene shrubland or in

fragmented rainforest with hoop pine and/

Austrobaileya 10(1): 1-46 (2017)

or Callitris. In the case of Mt Pieter Botte, it

occurs in granite crevices.

Phenology: Flowers and fruits have been

recorded for most months of the year.

Affinities: Pimelea aquilonia and P.

umbratica are the only Queensland species

with strictly opposite leaves. P. aquilonia

differs from P. umbratica by the antrorse

stem hairs (appressed for P. umbratica ), the

3-4 flowers per inflorescence (8-14 for P.

umbratica ), the floral tube 9.7-12 mm long

(4.2-6.8 mm for P. umbratica ), the obtuse

sepal apex (acute for P. umbratica ), and the

anthers 2.3-2.5 mm long (1.4-1.8 mm long for

P. umbratica).

Note: There is some doubt about the

provenance of the Godwin collection

reputedly from Mt Pieter Botte, as the number

given on the label (C2471) does not match the

number on the tag attached to the specimen

(C2470). The specimen is undoubtedly P.

aquilonia , but perhaps it was collected from

northern Cape York Peninsula.

Conservation status: Pimelea aquilonia

is a common and widespread species. A

conservation status of Least Concern is

recommended (IUCN 2012).

5. Pimelea chlorina A.R.Bean sp. nov.,

distinguished by the alternate leaves, the

inflorescences borne laterally on the stem, the

long silky hairs on the stems and leaves, and

the bisexual greenish-yellow flowers. Typus:

Queensland. North Kennedy District: 0.8

km east of Taravale homestead, south-west of

Paluma, 15 May 2009, A.R. Bean 28851 & R.

Jensen (holo: BRI; iso: CANB, MEL, NSW,

distribuendi ).

Pimelea sp. (Bakers Blue Mt D.G.Fell

DF1588); Bean (2016).

Perennial shrub, 50-150 cm high, bisexual.

Young stems densely hairy, longest hairs

1.4-2.4 mm long, slender, somewhat shiny

and transparent, antrorse to spreading. Leaves

alternate, internodes 3-12 mm long; petioles

0.8-1.4 mm long. Lamina elliptic, obovate

or broadly elliptic, 12-26 mm long, 4.5-11.5

mm wide, 1.8-3.2 times longer than wide,

midrib visible, lateral veins not visible; apex

Bean, Pimelea section Epallage in Queensland

acute; margins flat. Upper surface of lamina

consistently hairy; hairs slender, longest

ones 0.7-2 mm long, c. 0.025 mm wide,

appressed, antrorse or patent; moderately

dense to dense. Lower surface of lamina

hairy; hairs appressed, antrorse or patent,

slender, somewhat shiny, transparent, longest

hairs 1.7-2.5 mm long, c. 0.025 mm wide,

moderately dense to dense. Inflorescence

lateral, with 15-45 flowers produced (=

number of persistent pedicels), leafy bracts

absent. Rachis ellipsoidal or cylindrical, at

maturity 3-9 mm long, very densely hairy;

peduncle length 0-1.5 mm long. Flowers

bisexual. Pedicels 0.7-0.8 mm long. Floral

tube 4.3-6 mm long at anthesis, greenish-

yellow; outer surface with hairs dense,

appressed, longer ones 0.5-1.3 mm long;

inner surface glabrous. Sepals at 45 degrees

or erect, 1-1.6 mm long, apex obtuse, inner

surface glabrous, outer surface densely hairy.

Staminal filaments c. 0.05 mm long; anthers

0.9-1 mm long, dehiscence introrse. Style not

or scarcely exserted. Seed ovoid, 3.4-3.8 mm

long, black, surface foveolate. Figs. IB, 3.

Additional specimens examined : Queensland. Cook

District: Bakers Blue Mt, Font Hills Station, 19 km S

of Mt Carbine, Jan 1989, Fell DF1588 (BRI); Bakers

Blue Mt, Font Hills, Feb 1996, Gray 6624 (BRI, CNS);

Herberton Range, between Atherton and Herberton,

May 1995, Jago 3430 (BRI). North Kennedy District:

Above Return Creek falls, Taravale, NW of Townsville,

May 2009, Bean 28870 & Jensen (AD, BRI); Return

Creek Gorge, c. 8.4 1cm SSE of Taravale homestead on

Mt Zero/Taravale Wildlife Sanctuary, May 2012, Jensen

2595 (BRI); 17.1 km W of Paluma towards Hidden

Valley, Nov 2000, Jackes 2073 (BRI); Three Mile Creek

Falls, Kallanda Station, Apr 2001, Pollock ABP994

& Turpin (BRI); 17.7 km N of Greenvale Railway on

Ewan - Laroona Road, Jan 1999, Cumming 18239 (BRI);

Blencoe Falls lookout (west side), Jun 1996, Cumming

14837 (BRI); Hidden Valley, W of Paluma, Apr 1996,

Forster PIF18973 & Ryan (BRI, MEL); Taravale near

Hell Hole Creek, 0.5-1.5 km E of homestead. Mar 1987,

Jackes 8756 (BRI); W of Mt Spec, Jul 1975, Jackes s.n.

(BRI [AQ195443]); 21 km W of Paluma towards Hidden

Valley, Dec 1976, Jackes s.n. (BRI [AQ195444]); 16 km

SSW of Myola homestead, 84 km W of Charters Towers,

Aug 1992, Thompson HUG39 & Sharpe (BRI); Mingela

Bluff, Maidavale, E of Mingela, Apr 1991, Bean 2970

(BRI, MEL, PERTH).

Distribution and habitat : Pimelea chlorina

is endemic to north Queensland where it is

sporadically distributed from Mt Carbine to

Charters Towers (Map 3). It grows in sandy

soils usually derived from granite, either

on hillsides or associated alluvials, but at

Mingela Bluff, it inhabits hillsides composed

of quartzose sandstone.

Phenology : Flowers and fruits have been

recorded for all months of the year except

September and October.

Affinities: Pimelea chlorina is not

apparently closely related to any other

species. It is distinctive by virtue of the

lateral inflorescences, comprising 15-45

greenish-yellow flowers, and the short,

broad, rather silvery leaves. It is reminiscent

of P. latifolia , but P. chlorina differs by the

lateral inflorescences, the bisexual flowers,

the yellow-green floral tube, and the smaller

leaves with long hairs.

Conservation status: Pimelea chlorina is

known from ten subpopulations with an

estimated area of occupancy of 10 km 2 . Most

subpopulations are either in conservation

reserves or in areas unlikely to be cleared of

vegetation. However, there is a threat from

weed encroachment, particularly the invasive

Praxelis clematidea (Griseb.) R.M.King &

H.Rob. It is considered that this species does

not meet the Red List criteria for Vulnerable

(IUCN 2012), but it may do in the near future,

and a conservation status of Near Threatened

is recommended.

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived

from the Greek chloros meaning pale green

or greenish-yellow, and refers to the flowers

that are greenish-yellow.

6. Pimelea confertiflora A.R.Bean sp. nov.,

with affinity to P. amabilis , but differing

by the short antrorse hairs on the upper leaf

surface, the thick strigose hairs of the lower

leaf surface, the longer anthers and the longer

staminal filaments. Typus: Queensland.

Cook District: Mount Misery, 7 km from

Irvinebank, on road to Silver Valley, 24

February 1990, P.I. Forster PIF6271 (holo:

BRI; iso: CANB, DNA).

Perennial shrub, 40-150 cm high,

gynomonoecious. Young stems densely hairy,

longest hairs 1.2-1.8 mm long, coarse, shiny

and transparent, appressed. Leaves often sub-

A ustrobaileya 10(1): 1-46(2017)

Fig. 3. Pimelea chlorina. A. flowering branchlet xl. B. upper leaf surface *4. C. lower leaf surface x4. D. old

inflorescence, where all flowers and fruits have abscised x4. E. floral tube and sepals xio. F. half flower xi2. G. ovary

and style xl2. H. seed xl6. All from Bean 28851 & Jensen (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

Bean, Pimelea section Epallage in Queensland

opposite to opposite (disjunction between leaf

pairs 0-6 mm), or sometimes alternate, with

no discernible leaf pairs, internodes 8-23

mm long; petioles 0.5-1.2 mm long. Lamina

elliptic or narrowly-elliptic, 13-29 mm long,

2-6 mm wide, 3.7-9 times longer than wide,

with no veins visible or only midrib visible,

apex acute, margins flat. Upper surface of

lamina hairy; hairs slender, longest ones

0.3-0.7 mm long, c. 0.025 mm wide, antrorse

or patent; moderately dense to dense. Lower

surface of lamina hairy; hairs appressed,

coarse, shining, transparent, longest hairs

1.2-2.1 mm long, c. 0.05 mm wide, dense to

very dense. Inflorescence terminal, spicate,

with 52-130 flowers produced (= number

of persistent pedicels), leafy bracts absent.

Rachis cylindrical, at maturity 18-55 mm

long, very densely hairy; peduncle length

2-30 mm long. Flowers bisexual or female.

Pedicels 20-30 per cm of rachis, each 0.3-1

mm long. Floral tube 4.5-6.6 mm long

at anthesis, yellow-green or yellow; outer

surface with hairs very dense, antrorse, 0.9-

1.2 mm long; inner surface glabrous. Sepals

erect, 0.7-1.6 mm long, apex obtuse, inner

surface glabrous, outer surface densely hairy.

Staminal filaments 0.05-0.1 mm long; anthers

1.1-1.3 mm long, dehiscence introrse. Style

not or scarcely exserted. Fruit orientation at

right angles to rachis. Seed ovoid, 3.5-4.1 mm

long, dark brown, surface verrucate. Figs.

1C, 4.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: 35 km NW of Mt Carbine, Watershed

Mine site, Apr 2008, Wannan 5136 ( BRI, NSW); Windsor

Tableland NP, c. 35 km NNW of Mount Carbine, Apr

2013, Mathieson MTM1448 & Forster (BRI); c. 5 km N

of Spencer Creek crossing on road to Windsor Tableland,

May 1989, Jones 4427 & Clemens (BRI); Mt Windsor

Tableland, 10 Sep 1980, Hind 2747 & Forlonge (BRI,

NSW); c. 3 km SW along Bethels Crossing Road,

adjacent to Mt Alto, 4 km WSW of Mt Carbine, Apr

2007, Kemp JEK10126 & McKenna (BRI); 5.2 km E of

Davies Creek Road from Kennedy Highway, Aug 1993,

Neldner 4119 (BRI); Davies Creek forestry road, c. 15

miles [24 km] E of Mareeba, Aug 1963, Schodde 3317

(BRI); 16 km NW of Mt Garnet, on road to Lappa, Jan

1993, Bean 5476 & Forster (BRI); Near granite gorge off

Chewko Road, near Mareeba, Apr 1990, van der Werff

11508 (BRI); Stannary Hills, 15.5 km S of Mutchilba,

opposite Iona Mine, May 2006, Forster PIF31696 &

McDonald (BRI); Mt Molloy, Apr 1932, Brass 2467A

(BRI); The jump-up, between Carbeen and Turkinjee,

c. 12 miles [19 km] N of Atherton, Apr 1953, Melville

3718 et al. (BRI); Mt Misery, near top of range. May

1979, Clarkson 151 (BRI); Powerline track, 1.1 km N

of Herberton - Irvinebank road, turnoff 5.8 km W of

Herberton, May 2005, Camming 23205 (BRI); Undara

western tunnel line, Mt Rosey, Nov 1989, Godwin C3688

(BRI). North Kennedy District: Road to Baal Gammon

mining area, W of Herberton, Jul 2004, McDonald

KRM2912 & Bean (BRI); Road to Old Baal Gammon

mine, off Herberton - Irvinebank Road, Mar 2004,

Sankowsky 2379 & Sankowsky (BRI); Western firebreak,

TR 245, near Ravenshoe, Jul 1999, McDonald KRM32 et

al. (BRI); Road between Herberton and Watsonville, Jul

1967, Brass 33608 (BRI); Herberton, Jan 1912, Kenny

s.n. (BRI [AQ97870]); Evelyn Creek Conservation Park,

W of Ravenshoe, Mar 2005, McDonald KRM4190 &

Winter (BRI); Silver Valley Road, W of Ravenshoe, Apr

2005, Forster PIF30723 & McDonald (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Pimelea

confertiflora is endemic to north Queensland

occurring from Windsor Tableland (near Mt

Carbine) to Undara NP (near Mt Surprise),

and east to Davies Creek road, near Mareeba

(Map 3). It inhabits hillsides with sandy or

skeletal soil on rocky outcrops of granite or

rhyolite.

Phenology : Flowers and fruits may be found

at any time of the year.

Affinities: The name Pimelea sericostachya

subsp. sericostachya has been widely

misapplied to this species. P. confertiflora

differs from P. sericostachya by the

inflorescence rachis 18-55 mm long (63-250

mm long for P. sericostachya ), 20-30 flowers

per centimetre of rachis (4-8 per cm for P.

sericostachya ), and the much denser hairs on

the lower leaf surface, rachis, floral tube and

sepals.

Conservation status: Pimelea confertiflora

is a common and widespread species. A

conservation status of Least Concern is

recommended (IUCN 2012).

Etymology: From the Latin confer tus

‘crowded’ and florus ‘flowers’, referring to

the flowers of this species that are crowded

together on the rachis.

7. Pimelea curviflora R.Br., Prodr. 362

(1810). Type: New South Wales. Near

Parramatta, June 1802, R. Brown (Bennett

No. 3186) (holo: BM).

Fig. 4. Pimelea confertiflora. A. flowering branchlet *1. B. upper leaf surface *3. C. lower leaf surface x3. D. old

inflorescence, where most flowers and fruits have abscised x3. E. floral tube and sepals xlO. F. half flower xl2. G. ovary

and style xl2. H. seed xl2. A-C from Sankowsky 2379 & Sankowsky (BRI); D from Neldner 4119 (BRI); E-H from

McDonald KRM2912 & Bean (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

Bean, Pimelea section Epallage in Queensland

Annual herb or perennial shrub, 20-45 cm

high, gynomonoecious. Young stems sparsely

to densely hairy, longest hairs 1.6-2.4 mm

long, thick, shiny and transparent, antrorse.

Leaves opposite to sub-opposite, disjunction

between leaf pairs 0-4 mm, or sometimes

alternate, internodes 7-27 mm long; petioles

0.8-1 mm long. Lamina oblanceolate, broadly-

elliptic or elliptic, 12-20 mm long, 2.5-6 mm

wide, 2.3-5.2 times longer than wide, with

only the midrib visible, apex acute, margins

flat. Upper surface of lamina glabrous. Lower

surface of lamina hairy; hairs moderately

dense, appressed to antrorse, thick, very

shiny, transparent, longest hairs 1.6-2.2

mm long, c. 0.05 mm wide. Inflorescence

terminal, capitulate, with 9-28 flowers

produced (= number of persistent pedicels),

partly enclosed by two or four leafy bracts.

Rachis globose to ellipsoidal, at maturity 2-4

mm long, very densely hairy; peduncle length

0-1 mm long. Flowers a mixture of bisexual

and female. Pedicels 0.3-0.5 mm long. Floral

tube 4.6-6 mm long at anthesis, yellow; outer

surface with hairs dense, appressed, 0.4-1.5

mm long; inner surface glabrous. Sepals

erect, 1-2.5 mm long, apex obtuse, inner

surface glabrous, outer surface densely hairy.

Staminal filaments 0.05-0.1 mm long; anthers

1.2-1.3 mm long, dehiscence introrse. Style

not or scarcely exserted. Seed ovoid, 2.8-2.9

mm long, black, surface foveolate.

Two varieties occur in Queensland, distinguished by the following key:

Longest leaf hairs 1.3-2.5 mm; flowers 5-15 per inflorescence . . P. curviflora var. divergens

Longest leaf hairs 0.6-1.0 mm; flowers 3-7 per inflorescence.P. curviflora var. gracilis

7a. Pimelea curviflora var. divergens

Threlfall, Brunonia 5: 189 (1983). Type: New

South Wales. Currububula District, 31 May

1940, Glenfield Vet. Res. 40/812 (holo: NSW).

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Burnett District: Well Station Creek, c. 50 km SW

of Mundubbera, Nov 2008, Bean 28163 & Grimshaw

(BRI); Narayan Village, Mar 1973, Hargreaves N1203

(BRI); Boyne River, c. 15 km W of Kingaroy, Oct 1954,

Johnson & Pedley s.n. (BRI [AQ108793]); N of Bunya

Mountains, 20 km N of Kumbia, Oct 1998, Martin 99

(BRI); 6 km from Kumbia towards Bunya Mountains,

Dec 1997, Bean 12689 (BRI). Darling Downs District:

SF98 (Bell - Jandowae), Dec 1984, Specht 211 (BRI);

Gowrie Junction, S of railway line, Oct 1999, Bean

15616 (BRI); Wyreema, Mar 1931, Hubbard 5893 (BRI);

2 miles [3 km] S of Pittsworth, Nov 1946, Everist &

Webb 1226 (BRI); Near Pilton, Oct 1954, Everist s.n.

(BRI [AQ108788]); Near Swanfels, ENE of Warwick,

Nov 1971, Blake 23744A (BRI); Glenlyon - Bonshaw

Road, near Emu Park turnoff, Dec 1999, Butler s.n. (BRI

[AQ492887]). Moreton District: 8 km W of Blackbutt,

towards Yarraman, Nov 1996, Bean 11397 (BRI); Mt

Mistake, Jun 1887, Simmonds s.n. (BRI [AQ418743]).

Distribution and habitat : Pimelea curviflora

var. divergens occurs between Warwick

and Mundubbera, with an apparent outlier

near Bonshaw (Map 4). It also occurs in the

north-western slopes region of New South

Wales, south to around Tamworth. It inhabits

hillsides with clay or clay-loam soils, usually

derived from basalt.

Phenology : Flowers and fruits are recorded

mainly from October to December, and there

is a single record from March.

Notes : The specimens cited above are a very

good match for the type of this variety. The

Queensland specimens cited by Threlfall

(1983) and Rye (1990) under the name P.

curviflora var. sericea Benth. have been

identified here as P. curviflora var. divergens.

I could not find any Queensland specimens

that match the type of P. curviflora var.

sericea.

Conservation status : Pimelea curviflora

var. divergens is a common and widespread

variety. A conservation status of Least

Concern is recommended (IUCN 2012).

7b. Pimelea curviflora var. gracilis (R.Br.)

Threlfall in Jessop & Toelken, FI. South

Austral. 4,4: 2147 (1986); P. gracilis R.Br.,

Prodr. 362 (1810). Type: [Tasmania] Western

Arm, Port Dairymple, 6 January 1804, R.

Brown (Bennett No. 3187) (holo: BM, fide

Threlfall 1983: 2147).

Illustration : Leiper et al. (2008: 485).

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Darling Downs District: Hellhole Gorge, NE of Yangan,

Oct 1996, Bean 10941 (BRI, MEL); Near Swanfels, Nov

1971, Blake 23744B (BRI); Killarney, Oct 1891, 5. coll.

(BRI [AQ85861]). MORETON DISTRICT: Mt Mistake,

Jun 1887, Bailey s.n. (BRI [AQ108794]); Mt Mistake,

Nov 1930, Hubbard 5218 (BRI); Mt Mistake, Apr 1939,

Blake 14005 (BRI, K, NSW).

Distribution and habitat : In Queensland,

Pimelea curviflora var. gracilis is confined to

the vicinity of the Great Dividing Range, close

to the New South Wales border (Map 5), but

is otherwise widespread in New South Wales,

Victoria, South Australia and Tasmania.

Few Queensland specimens include habitat

data, but it is recorded as growing “on edge

of rainforest in rocky situations”, “cliff faces

in ecotone”, and “on sandy soil over rhyolite,

eucalypt woodland”.

Phenology : Flowers and fruits are recorded

between April and November.

Notes : The Queensland specimens cited above

are not a particularly good match for the type

of this variety, but they are maintained under

this name merely for convenience until some

future researcher completes a revision of the

P. curviflora complex.

Conservation status : Pimelea curviflora var.

gracilis is a common and widespread variety.

A conservation status of Least Concern is

recommended (IUCN 2012).

8. Pimelea elongata Threlfall, Telopea 2:

55 (1980). Type: Queensland. Warrego

District: Tributary of Beechel Creek, 3 miles

[5 km] NW of Cheepie, 22 July 1970, 1. Clark

s.n. (holo: BRI [AQ24720]).

Illustrations : Rye (1990: 162); Fletcher et al.

(2009: 14, 15).

Annual forb, 15-40 cm high, bisexual. Young

stems very sparsely hairy, longest hairs 0.3-

0.6 mm long, slender, somewhat shiny and

transparent, appressed to antrorse. Leaves

alternate, internodes 1-14 mm long; petioles

0.5-0.6 mm long. Lamina narrowly-elliptic

to oblanceolate, 7-15 mm long, 1.4-2.8 mm

wide, 3.8-7.9 times longer than wide, with no

veins visible, apex obtuse, margins flat. Upper

surface of lamina glabrous. Lower surface

Austrobaileya 10(1): 1-46(2017)

of lamina glabrous or occasionally hairy;

hairs appressed, slender, somewhat shiny,

transparent, longest hairs 0.3-0.5 mm long,

c. 0.025 mm wide, very sparse. Inflorescence

terminal, spicate, with 17-42 flowers produced

(= number of persistent pedicels), leafy bracts

absent. Rachis linear, at maturity 18—100 mm

long, sparsely hairy; peduncle length 0-8

mm long. Flowers bisexual. Pedicels 3-6 per

cm of rachis, each 0.5-0.9 mm long. Floral

tube 2.4-3 mm long at anthesis, green-yellow

to yellow, but obscured by white hairs; outer

surface with a dense to very dense layer of

short appressed hairs 0.3-0.5 mm long; inner

surface glabrous. Sepals erect, 0.5-0.8 mm

long, apex obtuse, inner surface glabrous,

outer surface moderately densely hairy.

Staminal filaments 0.1-0.2 mm long; anthers

0.3-0.6 mm long, dehiscence introrse. Style

not or scarcely exserted. Seed ovoid, 2.3-2.5

mm long, black, surface foveolate.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Gregory North District: Tonkoro Station, 2.4 km

from Gun Creek well at bearing 337 degrees, Aug 2013,

Pennay CP545 & Richter (BRI). Mitchell District: 12

km E of Jundah, 2 km W of Paradise house, Dec 2008,

Milson JM1735 (BRI); 20 km E of Trinidad homestead

on road to Milo, Nov 2007, Silcock Trinidadl et al.

(BRI). Gregory South District: Kyabra Creek rest area,

on the Quilpie - Windorah Road, Sep 2010, Bean 30283

(BRI); 9 km NW of Eromanga, Feb 1972, Kelly s.n. (BRI

[AQ1653]). Warrego District: 104 miles [167 km] from

Charleville on Quilpie Road, Sep 1963, Everist 7528

(BRI); 5 km S of Toompine onToompine-Thargomindah

Road, Sep 2009, Silcock PP09/082 (BRI); 1 km E of

Thurlgoona homestead on N side of creek, c. 75 km SSE

of Cunnamulla, May 2008, O’Sullivan PP08/159 (BRI);

c. 27 km NE of Thargomindah on Quilpie Road, Sep

1973, Henderson H2082 & Boyland (BRI); 35 km W of

Thargomindah, Sep 2005, Batianoff & Butler 0509208

(BRI); Moombidary Station, c. 48 km W of Hungerford,

Nov 1954, Smith 6040 (BRI). Maranoa District: 2 km

NW of Carellen homestead, c. 90 km WNW of Bollon,

Mar 2008, Bean 27451 & Wang (BRI); 64 km E of

Cunnamulla on Balonne Highway, Sep 2003, McKenzie

RAM03/188 (BRI); 7 km NE of South Plain, May 1977,

Purdie 616E (BRI); Dingwall Station, c. 156 km SSE

of Charleville, Apr 1952, Everist 5006 (BRI); Murra

Murra, on flat immediately E of homestead, SW Bollon,

Feb 2007, Eddie CPE1085 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Pimelea elongata

is widespread in southern inland Queensland

as far east as Bollon, and as far north as

Vergemont (W of Longreach), but apparently

absent from far south-western Queensland

(Map 5). It also extends to far northern parts

Bean, Pimelea section Epallage in Queensland

of New South Wales. It grows along drainage

lines or in the bed of ephemeral lakes, in clay

or clay-loam soil. The vegetation community

is often grassland, but it sometimes grows

with Eucalyptus coolabah Blakely & Jacobs,

E. populnea F.Muell. or Acacia aneura

F. Muell. ex Benth.

Phenology : Flowers and fruits may be found

at any time of the year.

Notes : Pimelea elongata is distinguished

by its annual habit, leaves without visible

venation and very sparsely hairy on the lower

surface, the sparsely hairy linear rachises, the

floral tube only 2.4-3 mm long at anthesis,

and the anthers 0.3-0.6 mm long.

Conservation status : Pimelea elongata

is a common and widespread species. A

conservation status of Least Concern is

recommended (IUCN 2012).

9. Pimelea fugiens A.R.Bean sp. nov. with

affinity to P. strigosa , but differing by the

opposite or sub-opposite leaves, the shorter

sepals, and the shorter hairs on the stems

and the floral tube. Typus: Queensland. Port

Curtis District: Thangool - Lookerbie Road,

S of Thangool, 9 May 2009, A.R. Bean 28739

(holo: BRI; iso: CANB, MEL, MO, NSW, P,

distribuendi).

Perennial shrub, 30-40 cm high, bisexual.

Young stems sparsely hairy, longest hairs

0.6-0.8 mm long, slender, somewhat shiny

and transparent, appressed. Leaves opposite

or sub-opposite, disjunction between leaf

pairs 0-3 mm, internodes 9-25 mm long;

petioles 0.7-1.2 mm long. Lamina elliptic,

15-33 mm long, 5-12 mm wide, 2.2-3.5

times longer than wide, midrib visible,

lateral veins sometimes visible; apex acute,

margins recurved. Upper surface of lamina

glabrous or sometimes with a few hairs on

midrib; hairs slender, longest ones 0.2-0.4

mm long, c. 0.02 mm wide, appressed; very

sparse. Lower surface of lamina hairy;

hairs appressed, slender, somewhat shiny,

transparent, longest hairs 0.5-0.6 mm long,

c. 0.02 mm wide, sparse. Inflorescence

terminal or axillary, capitulate, with 12-18

flowers produced (= number of persistent

pedicels), leafy bracts absent. Rachis globose

to ellipsoidal, at maturity 2-4 mm long, very

densely hairy; peduncle length 8-28 mm

long. Flowers bisexual. Pedicels 0.2-0.4 mm

long. Floral tube 3.6-4.6 mm long at anthesis,

pale yellow; outer surface with hairs dense,

appressed, 0.4-0.5 mm long; inner surface

glabrous. Sepals erect, 0.9-1.3 mm long, apex

obtuse, inner surface glabrous, outer surface

moderately densely hairy. Staminal filaments

0-0.05 mm long; anthers 0.6-0.75 mm long,

dehiscence introrse. Style not or scarcely

exserted. Seed ovoid, c. 3.3 mm long, black,

surface ± smooth. Figs. ID, 5.

Additional specimens examined : Queensland.

Port Curtis District: Lookerbie road, c. 13 km S of

Thangool, Apr 1996, Bean 10252 & Turpin (BRI); Dry

Creek, Portion 3 Clifford, 29 km E of Biloela, Oct 1993,

Brushe 43 & Hoy (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Pimelea fugiens

is endemic to central Queensland and known

only from two sites in the Biloela district

(Map 6). It grows along dry gullies dominated

by Melaleuca bracteata F.Muell., with other

associated species including Eucalyptus

tereticornis Sm. subsp. tereticornis,

Corymbia tessellaris (F.Muell.) K.D.Hill &

L.A.S.Johnson and Pleiogynium timorense

(DC.) Leenh. and with introduced weeds

Dolichandra unguis-cati (L.) L.G.Lohmann

and Lantana montevidensis (Spreng.) Briq.

The soil is brown clay with much stone.

Phenology : Flowers and fruits are recorded

for April, May and October.

Affinities : Pimelea fugiens is apparently

closely related to P. strigosa , but differs by the

longest stem hairs 0.6-0.8 mm long (1.2-1.7

mm long in P. strigosa ), the leaves opposite to

sub-opposite (mostly alternate in P. strigosa );

the glabrous upper leaf surface (upper surface

hairy for P. strigosa)., the hairs 0.4-0.5 mm

long on the outer surface of the floral tube

(hairs 0.6-0.9 mm long for P. strigosa ); and

the sepals 0.9-1.3 mm long (1.3-1.7 mm long

for P. strigosa).

Conservation status : Although this species is

apparently not grazed by domestic stock, the

known population is fewer than 100 plants,

and there is a significant threat posed by

Austrobaileya 10(1): 1-46(2017)

Fig. 5. Pimelea fugiens. A. flowering branchlet xi. B. upper leaf surface x2. C. lower leaf surface x2. D. old

inflorescence, where all flowers and fruits have abscised, and peduncle x4. E. floral tube and sepals xl2. F. half flower

xl4. G. ovary and style xl4. A, E-G from Bean 28739 (BRI); B-D from Bean 10252 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

Bean, Pimelea section Epallage in Queensland

alien invasive weeds, especially Dolichandra

unguis-cati and Lantana montevidensis.

Based on the IUCN Red List criteria (IUCN

2012), a conservation status of Endangered is

recommended (Blab(ii,iii,v)+2ab(ii,iii,v); D).

Etymology : The epithet is from the Latin,

and means ‘avoiding, averse to’. This name is

given because cattle avoid eating this plant,

which is likely to be toxic. At the time the

type was collected, this plant was thriving

and untouched when many other nearby plant

species had been heavily grazed by cattle.

10. Pimelea gigandra A.R.Bean sp. nov.

with affinity to P. altior , but differing by the

greater number of flowers per inflorescence,

the longer floral tube and sepals, the hairs on

the stems (away from the growing point) more

or less appressed, the larger anthers, and the

sparser tomentum on the upper leaf surface.

Typus: Queensland. Moreton District:

0.3 km along Duck Creek road, Lamington

National Park, 29 February 2016, A.R. Bean

32730 & J. Wang (holo: BRI; iso: BM, MEL,

NSW, distribnendi).

Pimelea altior var. longifolia Domin, Biblioth.

Bot. 89: 436 (1928). Type: Queensland.

Moreton District: Tamborine Mountain,

March 1910, K. Domin s.n. (holo: ?PR, n.v).

Perennial shrub, 50-300 cm high,

gynodioecious. Young stems densely hairy,

longest hairs 0.6-1.3 mm long, appressed or

antrorse, slender, transparent and somewhat

shiny. Leaves opposite to sub-opposite,

disjunction between leaf pairs 0-3 mm,

internodes 15-36 mm long; petioles 1.8-3

mm long. Lamina elliptical, 33-82 mm

long, 11-23 mm wide, 2.4-37 times longer

than wide, midrib visible, lateral veins

sometimes visible; apex obtuse or acute,

mucronate; margins recurved. Upper surface

of lamina very sparsely to sparsely hairy;

hairs slender, longest ones 0.3-0.6 mm long,

c. 0.025 mm wide, antrorse or patent. Lower

surface of lamina sparsely to moderately

densely hairy; hairs appressed to antrorse,

slender, somewhat shiny, transparent, longest

hairs 0.4-0.8 mm long, c. 0.025 mm wide.

Inflorescence terminal, capitulate, with 10-

19 flowers produced (= number of persistent

pedicels), partly enclosed by four leafy bracts,

two short and two rather longer. Rachis

globose, at maturity 2-3.5 mm long, densely

hairy; peduncle length 1-3 mm long. Some

flowers female and some bisexual. Pedicels

0.5-0.8 mm long. Floral tube 8.5-11 mm long

at anthesis, white; outer surface with hairs

moderately dense to dense, patent near base

and ± appressed near apex, longer ones 0.4-

0.6 mm long; inner surface sparsely hairy.

Sepals spreading, 3.1-4 mm long, apex acute,

inner surface glabrous or sparsely hairy, outer

surface sparsely to densely hairy. Staminal

filaments 0.2-0.4 mm long; anthers 2-2.2

mm long, dehiscence introrse. Style not or

scarcely exserted. Seed ovoid, 3.3-4.4 mm

long, black, surface smooth. Figs. IE, 6, 7A.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Moreton District: Tamborine Heights Park, Contour

Road, Mt Tamborine, Jan 2017, Bean 32882 (BRI);

Mt Tamborine, Mar 1937, Blake 12883 (BRI); Nerang

Creek, s.dat., Schneider s.n. (BRI [AQ108783]); Track to

Bushrangers Cave, Numinbah Gap, Mar 2007, Nicholson

NJN2859 (BRI); Springbrook, Macpherson Range, Sep

1930, Hubbard 4265 (BRI); Caves Circuit, Lamington

NP, Dec 1986, Grimshaw s.n. (BRI [AQ930686]);

Araucaria Lookout, Lamington NP, Dec 2009, Bean

29316 (BRI); Numinbah Forest Reserve, at northern end

of Springbrook Plateau, Jul 2006, Halford Q9119 (BRI);

Macpherson Range (National Park), Jan 1919, White s.n.

(BRI [AQ108777]); W slopes of Mt Tenduragan, near

Numinbah, Oct 1938, Blake 13854 (BRI, CANB, K);

Near Ankida Nature Reserve, Springbrook, Sep 2005,

Thompson MOR596 (BRI). New South Wales. North

Coast: Tweed River district. Mar 1896, Betche s.n. (NSW

121405); Brummies Lookout, SE of Tyalgum, Jul 1993,

Bean 6219 (BRI); Mt Nardi, NE of Nimbin, Sep 1972,

Rodd 2227 (NSW); Coopers Creek, via Mullumbimby,

Aug 1936, White 10461 (BRI, MO); Peates Mountain

Road, Whian Whian SF, N of Lismore, Sep 1994, Bean

7917 (BRI); Mt Warning, Oct 1898, Forsyth s.n. (NSW

127747); ibid., Oct 1963, Johnson 2740 (BRI); Richmond

River, s.dat., Henderson s.n. (MEL 50352); 2.9 km W

of Rummery Road on Nightcap Road, in catchment of

Rocky Creek Dam, Nightcap NP, Dec 2010, Johnstone

2783 & Errington (CANB, MEL, NSW); North Creek

on the Richmond River, Aug 1884, s. coll. (MEL 57884);

Richmond River, s.dat., Fawcett s.n. (MEL 2181376);

Mororo, NW of Iluka, Apr 2003, Fensham 4876 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Pimelea gigandra

is confined to a relatively small area from

Mt Tamborine, south-east Queensland to

Mororo, north-east New South Wales (Map

4). It inhabits rainforest margins or tall

open forest with Eucalyptus grandis W.Hill,

Corymbia intermedia (R.T.Baker) K.D.Hill

Austrobaileya 10(1): 1-46(2017)

Fig. 6. Pimelea gigandra. A. flowering branchlet *1. B. upper leaf surface *1.5. C. lower leaf surface *1.5. D. old

inflorescence, where all flowers and fruits have abscised, and peduncle x6. E. floral tube and sepals *6. F. half flower

*8. G. seed *16. A-F from Thompson MOR596 (BRI); G from White s.n. (BRI [AQ108777]). Del. W. Smith.

Bean, Pimelea section Epallage in Queensland

& L.A.S. Johnson, Syncarpia glomulifera, E.

pilularis Sm. or E. campanulata R.T.Baker &

H.G.Sm. It grows in shallow or deep basaltic

soils.

Phenology : Flowers and fruits may be found

at any time of the year.

Affinities : Pimelea gigandra differs from P.

altior by the 10-19 flowers per inflorescence

(4-7 flowers for P. altior), the floral tube 8.5-

11 mm long and the sepals 3.1-4 mm long

(floral tube 5.2-8.2 mm, sepals 0.9-1.6 mm for

P. altior ), the hairs on the stems (away from

the growing point) more or less appressed, the

anthers 2-2.2 mm long (0.8-1.2 mm long for

P. altior), and the sparser tomentum on the

upper leaf surface.

Notes : Pimelea gigandra is unusual within P.

section Epallage because of its long anthers

(2-2.2 mm long), which exceed in length

those of most other Queensland species in this

section.

The type of P. altior var. longifolia has

not been seen, but the description in the

protologue confirms that it belongs in P.

gigandra.

Conservation status : While Pimelea gigandra

is of relatively limited geographical range,

it is a common species within that range.

A conservation status of Least Concern is

recommended (IUCN 2012).

Etymology : From the Greek gigas meaning

Targe or giant’, and andros meaning ‘man

or male’ (in botany, stamen or anther). The

epithet refers to the size of the anthers in this

species, which are much larger than those of

P. latifolia and P. altior, with which it has

been confused.

11. Pimelea latifolia R.Br., Prodr. 362 (1810);

Calyptrostegia latifolia (R.Br.) Endl., Gen.

PI. Suppl. 4(2): 61 (1848); Banksia latifolia

(R.Br.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI. 583 (1891);

Pimelea latifolia subsp. latifolia, Threlfall in

Brunonia 5: 192 (1983). Type: [Queensland],

Cumberland Islands, s.dat., R. Brown

[Bennett No. 3189] (lecto [here designated]:

BM 000895089; isolecto: BM 000895090,

K 000844976, K 000844977, MEL 57877, P

00710502, P 00713797).

Perennial shrub, 30-150 cm high,

gynomonoecious. Young stems sparsely to

densely hairy, longest hairs 0.6-1 mm long,

slender, somewhat shiny and transparent,

antrorse to spreading. Leaves alternate,

internodes 2-19 mm long; petioles 1.2-2.2

mm long. Lamina obovate, 31-67 mm long,

13-24 mm wide, 1.7-3.6 times longer than

wide, midrib visible, lateral veins sometimes

visible; apex acute or obtuse, mucronate;

margins flat. Upper surface of lamina glabrous

or sparsely hairy; hairs slender, longest ones

0.4-0.6 mm long, c. 0.025 mm wide, appressed

to antrorse. Lower surface of lamina sparsely

to moderately densely hairy; hairs appressed,

slender, somewhat shiny, transparent,

longest hairs 1-2 mm long, c. 0.02 mm wide.

Inflorescence terminal, with 24-120 flowers

produced (= number of persistent pedicels),

leafy bracts absent. Rachis cylindrical,

rarely ellipsoidal, at maturity 5-27 mm long,

densely hairy; peduncle length 2-6 mm long.

Flowers a mixture of bisexual and female.

Pedicels 0.5-1 mm long. Floral tube 6.2-7.5

mm long at anthesis, white; outer surface with

hairs sparse to moderately dense, antrorse,

longer ones 0.2-0.5 mm long; inner surface

glabrous. Sepals spreading, 1.6-2.3 mm long,

apex obtuse, inner surface glabrous, outer

surface densely hairy. Staminal filaments

c. 0.05 mm long; anthers 0.9-1 mm long,

dehiscence introrse. Style not or scarcely

exserted. Seed ovoid, 4.6-4.8 mm long, black,

surface ± smooth. Fig. 7B.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

North Kennedy District: Mt Elliot, s.dat.. Fitzalan s.n.

(MEL 57885); western summit ridge of Mt Elliot, S of

Townsville, Aug 1991, Bean 3586 (BRI); Cape Cleveland

section. Bowling Green Bay NP, S of Townsville, Bean

3432 (BRI); Mt Mueller, Sep 1863, Dallachy 21 (MEL);

Proserpine River, in 1890, Birch s.n. (MEL 57887); Port

Denison, s.dat., Fitzalan s.n. (MEL 57883); Mid-reaches

of Kelsey Creek, 8.5 km SSW of Proserpine, Aug 2007,

Fell DGF8447 (BRI); 2-4 km S of Mt Dryander, N of

Proserpine, Apr 1985, Rodd&Hardie 4447 { BRI, CANB,

NSW); Mt Dryander, s.dat., Kilner & Fitzalan s.n. (MEL

57888); Earlando Beach, 28 km N of Airlie Beach, site

90, Sep 1992, Batianoff 9209248 (BRI); Cape Conway,

Conway NP, May 1994, Batianoff940538 & Dillewaard

(BRI). South Kennedy District: North Road, Cathu

SF, S of Proserpine, Nov 2010, Bean 30597 et al. (BRI,

CANB, NSW); Bloomsbury via Mackay, Jun 1960,

Wilbraham s.n. (BRI [AQ85902]); SF 658, Carawatha,

Apr 1991, Forster PIF8186 & McDonald (BRI, MEL);

Mt Blackwood NP, c. 30 km NNW of Mackay, May

Austrobaileya 10 ( 1 ): 1 - 46 ( 2017 )

Fig. 7. F. Pimelea gigandra. Cultivated plant with fruit at the Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha (no voucher).

Photo: H. Nicholson. G. P. gigandra. O’Reilly’s Guest House, LamingtonNP (no voucher). Photo: H. Nicholson. H. P.

plurinervia. {McDonald KRM17658 & Jensen , BRI). Photo: R. Jensen. I. P. leptostachya ( Bean 29758 , BRI). Photo:

A.R. Bean. J & K P. rupestris {Bean 28492 , BRI). Photo: A.R. Bean.

Bean, Pimelea section Epallage in Queensland

1991, Bean 3154 (BRI); Palm Bay, St Bees Island, 36 km

NE of Mackay, Mar 1989, Batianoff 11113A (AD, BRI);

Scawfell Island NP, 50 km ENE of Mackay, Nov 1986,

Batianoff6081 (AD, BRI, NSW); Connors River, Sarina,

Jun 1955, Beauglehole ACB3543 (MEL); Prudhoe Island

NP, 53 km SE of Mackay, Nov 1992, Batianoff 921110

(AD, BRI). Leichhardt District: Wandoo, Jul 1959,

Gittins 267 (BRI, CANB); Pine Mountain, SF 79, Apr

1991, Forster PIF8010 & McDonald (BRI, MEL). Port

Curtis District: Ogmore, Sep 1943, Blake 15310 (BRI,

MEL); Rockhampton, s.dat., O’Shanesy 61 (MEL);

Struck Oil, Feb 1986, Hoy 118 (BRI); Head of the Dee

[River], Jan 1867, Bowman 47 (MEL).

Distribution and habitat : Pimelea latifolia

is endemic to eastern Queensland with a

distribution extending from Townsville to just

south of Rockhampton, including continental

islands (Map 1). It grows on margins of

rainforest or vinethicket, on shallow soils at

altitudes below 400 metres. On the islands of

the Whitsunday group, it is found on coastal

headlands adjacent to littoral rainforest.

Phenology : Flowers and fruits have been

recorded for every month of the year except

December.

Notes : The name Pimelea latifolia has been

widely misapplied to other species, mainly P.

altior.

Plants from the islands tend to have

obtuse and mucronate leaf apices, while those

from mainland areas usually have acute and

mucronate leaf apices.

Conservation status : Pimelea latifolia

is a common and widespread species. A

conservation status of Least Concern is

recommended (IUCN 2012).

12. Pimelea leptospermoides F.Muell.,

Fragm. 7: 2 (1869); Banksia leptospermoides

(F.Muell.) Kuntze, Revis. Gen. PI. 2: 583

(1891). Type: Queensland. Port Curtis

District: Cawarral, s.dat., A. Thozets.n. (lecto

[here designated]: K 000844992; isolecto: K

000844991, MEL 57889, MEL 57890).

Perennial shrub, 30-100 cm high,

gynodioecious. Young stems densely hairy,

longest hairs 0.25-0.9 mm long, thick,

white and opaque or shiny and transparent,

appressed, antrorse or spreading. Leaves

alternate, internodes 0.5-10 mm long; petioles

0.7-1 mm long. Lamina elliptic, obovate or

oblanceolate, 8.5-26 mm long, 2.6-7 mm

wide, 2.2-5.3 times longer than wide, midrib

visible, lateral veins sometimes faintly visible;

apex acuminate to mucronate; margins flat.

Upper surface of lamina glabrous or with

hairs very sparse to dense, hairs appressed,

slender, 0.2-0.7 mm long. Lower surface

of lamina hairy; hairs appressed, antrorse

or patent, slender, somewhat shiny, white

or transparent, longest hairs 0.25-0.9 mm

long, c. 0.025 mm wide, dense or sparse.

Inflorescence terminal or axillary, capitulate,

with 3-7 flowers produced (= number of

persistent pedicels), leafy bracts absent.

Rachis globular, at maturity 1-2 mm long,

densely hairy; peduncle obsolete. Bisexual

flowers and female flowers on separate plants.

Pedicels 0.3-0.5 mm long. Floral tube 4.8-8.2

mm long at anthesis, white; outer surface with

hairs dense, appressed (antrorse), longer ones

0.2-0.6 mm long; inner surface hairy. Sepals

Two subspecies are recognised, distinguished by the following key:

Hairs on lower leaf surface antrorse to patent, dense, 0.8-0.9 mm long; hairs

on floral tube 0.4-0.6 mm long. 12a. P. leptospermoides subsp. bowmanii

Hairs on lower leaf surface appressed, sparse, 0.25-0.6 mm long; hairs on

floral tube 0.2-0.3 mm long. 12b. P. leptospermoides subsp. leptospermoides

widely spreading, 1.6-2.5 mm long, apex

acute, inner surface glabrous, outer surface

densely hairy. Staminal filaments c. 0.05 mm

long; anthers 1.8-2.2 mm long, dehiscence

introrse. Style not or scarcely exserted. Seeds

2.6-3.2 mm long, black, surface smooth or

with faint lines.

12a. Pimelea leptospermoides subsp.

bowmanii (Benth.) A.R.Bean comb, et stat.

nov.; Pimelea bowmanii Benth., FI. Austral. 6:

30 (1873), as ‘bowmanni’. Type: Queensland.

Port Curtis District: Broadsound, s.dat .,

E.M. Bowman s.n. (lecto [here designated]: K

000900014; isolecto: MEL 50537).

Young stems with longest hairs 0.8-0.9 mm

long, antrorse to spreading. Lamina 8.5-18

mm long, 4-6 mm wide, 2.2-3.8 times longer

than wide. Upper surface of lamina with hairs

moderately dense to dense, hairs 0.5-07 mm

long. Lower surface of lamina with hairs

antrorse to patent, slender, longest hairs 0.8-

0.9 mm long. Floral tube outer surface with

hairs dense, longer ones c. 0.5 mm long.

Additional specimens examined : Queensland. Port

Curtis District: S of Atkinson Road, 1.8 km across

open field near pylon line, c. 40 km SE of Marlborough,

Apr 2008, Reeves 3431 & Batianoff( BRI, E, HO, MEL);

Atkinson Road, c. 30 km W of Bruce Highway, W of

Glen Geddes, Apr 2008, Reeves 3450 & Batianoff ( BRI,

E); S of Atkinson Road, 0.8 km across open field near

pylon line, c. 30 km SE of Marlborough, Apr 2008,

Reeves 3427 & Batianoff (BRI, E, MEL); Atkinsons

Road, Canoona, 25 km from Bruce Hwy, Mar 1994, Bean

7527 & Forster (BRI); Broadsound, s.dat.. Bowman 50

(BRI, MEL).

Distribution and habitat : Pimelea

leptospermoides subsp. bowmanii is endemic

to Queensland and is apparently confined to

the Atkinson Road area west of Canoona,

about 65 km north-west of Rockhampton

(Map 7). It is restricted to shallow soils

derived from serpentinite rocks, and occurs

as an understorey plant in shrubby eucalypt

woodland.

Phenology : Flowers and fruits have been

recorded in March and April.

Affinities: Pimelea leptospermoides subsp.

bowmanii differs from the typical subspecies

by the indumentum pattern. The hairs are

longer on all plant parts, antrorse to spreading

on the stems and leaves (usually appressed

in subsp. leptospermoides ), and moderately

dense to dense on the upper leaf surface

(very sparse, sparse or glabrous for subsp.

leptospermoides).

Conservation status: Pimelea

leptospermoides subsp. bowmanii is

known from three subpopulations with an

estimated area of occupancy of less than 1

km 2 . The subpopulations are threatened by

road widening, land clearing and grazing.

Applying the Red List criteria (IUCN 2012),

a conservation status of Endangered is

recommended (Blab(ii,iii)+2ab(ii,iii)).

Austrobaileya 10 ( 1 ): 1 - 46 ( 2017 )

12b. Pimelea leptospermoides subsp.

leptospermoides

Illustration: Melzer & Plumb (2007: 345).

Young stems with longest hairs 0.25-0.5 mm

long, appressed to antrorse. Lamina 8-26 mm

long, 2.6-7 mm wide, 2.2-5.3 times longer

than wide. Upper surface of lamina glabrous,

or very sparsely to sparsely hairy, hairs

0.2-0.4 mm long. Lower surface of lamina

with hairs appressed, longest hairs 0.25-0.6

mm long. Floral tube hairs dense, appressed,

longer ones 0.2-0.3 mm long.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Port Curtis District: Marlborough, Oct 1937, White

12114 (BRI); 8.5 km W of Marlborough, along Old

Bruce Highway, Jun 2009, Bean 28991 (BRI, CANB);

1 mile [1.7 km] N of Marlborough homestead, Jun 1963,

Lazarides 6879 (BRI, CANB); c. 12 km N of Marlborough

on inland road to Sarina, Jun 1997, Plumb JP45 (BRI);

Mt Slopeaway, near Marlborough, Aug 1963, Specht

1748 (BRI); Lot 11, Princhester Parish, about 10km SE

of Marlborough, Jun 1995, Sinclair GS95033 (BRI);

Marlborough Creek, 25 km SW of Marlborough, Magpie

mining lease, Nov 1997, McCabe & Rayner 38 (BRI);

Balmoral, vegetation monitoring site, c. 6 km N of Glen

Geddes, Jun 1983, Anderson 3402 (BRI); Marlborough

Creek near Frasers Working Mine, 13 km south of

Marlborough Station, May 1991, Batianoff MC9105002

& Franks (AD, BRI, CANB, CNS, MEL, NSW); Eden

Bann, SE of Marlborough, May 1993, Batianoff &

Guymer s.n. (AD, BRI [AQ796134], CANB, MEL, MO,

NSW, NY); Site 11, Ramifies block, Marlborough, Dec

1998, Batianoff 9812186 et al. (BRI, CANB, MEL,

NSW); Glen Geddes, 2-3 km from Bruce Highway, Apr

2008, Reeves 3469 & Batianoff ( BRI, DNA, E, NSW);

Glen Geddes, 8.3 km from Coorumburra SF turnoff,

Oct 1991, Batianoff 911010 & Robins (AD, BRI, CANB,

DNA, K, L, MEL, NSW); 1 km W of Glen Geddes

Rail siding. May 1992, Forster PIF9899 (BRI, CANB,

K, MEL, NSW); Just west of Canoona, c. 45 km NW

of Rockhampton, on the road to Mona Vale, Nov 1990,

Henderson H3493 & Robins (BRI, MEL); Mt Wheeler,

12 km SW of Yeppoon, Oct 1991, Batianoff911022 (AD,

BRI, DNA, MEL, NSW); Base of Mt Wheeler, 15 km E

of Rockhampton, Aug 1981, Shanahan 3 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Pimelea

leptospermoides subsp. leptospermoides is

endemic to sub-coastal central Queensland,

between Canoona and Marlborough (Map

7). It is restricted to shallow soils derived

from serpentinite rocks, and occurs as

an understorey plant in shrubby eucalypt

woodland.

Phenology: Flowers and fruits may be found

at any time of the year.

Bean, Pimelea section Epallage in Queensland

Typification : When citing the type of

Pimelea leptospermoides , Threlfall (1983)

stated “ Lectotypus: Cawarra, Thozet, Herb. F.

Mueller (K) ” However, there are two sheets

at Kew with these details. A second-stage

lectotypification is made here.

Conservation status : Pimelea

leptospermoides subsp. leptospermoides is

known from about 22 subpopulations with

an estimated area of occupancy of 30 km 2 .

Most subpopulations are not threatened by

land clearing or grazing. However, there is

a significant threat from mining, as valuable

minerals are extracted from the serpentinite

rock upon which the subspecies grows. It is

considered that this subspecies does not meet

the Red List criteria for Vulnerable (IUCN

2012), but it may do in the near future, and

a conservation status of Near Threatened is

recommended.

13. Pimelea leptostachya Benth., FI.

Austral. 6: 24 (1873). Type: Queensland.

Port Curtis District: Herbert’s Creek, near

Rockhampton, in 1871, E.M. Bowman s.n.

(lecto [here designated]: MEL 57894; isolecto:

K 000844980, MEL 57891, MEL 57893, MEL

58299).

Perennial shrub, 20-40 cm high,

gynomonoecious. Young stems densely hairy,

longest hairs 0.7-1 mm long, coarse, shiny

and transparent, appressed. Leaves alternate

(except at base of plant), internodes 1-16

mm long; petioles 0.7-1.1 mm long. Lamina

narrowly-elliptic, 11-30 mm long, 3-5.5 mm

wide, 3.7-6 times longer than wide, with only

midrib visible, apex acute, margins flat. Upper

surface of lamina glabrous. Lower surface

of lamina hairy; hairs appressed, coarse,

shining, transparent, longest hairs 0.6-1.2

mm long, c. 0.05 mm wide, very sparse.

Inflorescence terminal, spicate, with 13—23

flowers produced (= number of persistent

pedicels), leafy bracts absent. Rachis linear,

at maturity 25-45(-80) mm long, sparsely

hairy; peduncle length 2-11 mm long.

Flowers bisexual or female. Pedicels 2-3 per

cm of rachis, each 0.9-2 mm long. Floral tube

3.9-5 mm long at anthesis, maroon or yellow;

outer surface with hairs sparse, antrorse, 0.4-

0.6 mm long; inner surface glabrous. Sepals

erect, 0.8-1.2 mm long, apex obtuse, inner

surface glabrous, outer surface sparsely hairy.

Staminal filaments c. 0.05 mm long; anthers

0.8-0.9 mm long, dehiscence introrse. Style

not or scarcely exserted. Fruit orientation

ascending. Seed ovoid, 3.6-37 mm long,

black, surface colliculate. Fig. 1C.

Additional specimens examined: Queensland.

Leichhardt District: Bundoora SF, c. 40 km NE of

Capella, May 2009, Bean 28760 (BM, BRI, NSW, NY);

Bundoora SF, c. 40 km NE of Capella, May 2009, Bean

28758 (B, BRI, MEL, PRE); Bundoora SF, c. 40 km NE

of Capella, May 2009, Bean 28768 (BRI); Dalmally

Road, S of Springsure, Oct 1998, Bean 14056 (BRI,

MEL); Injune - Rolleston Road, 86 km N of Injune, Mar

1994, Hohnen 51 (BRI); Injune - Rolleston Road, 86 km

N of Injune, Mar 1994, Halford Q2162 (BRI, L, MEL);

56 km NW of Injune, Jun 2011, Paterson s.n. (BRI

[AQ796629]); 4-5 km NE of Injune, Dec 2011, Schell

s.n. (BRI [AQ798495]); Injune - Taroom Road, c. 54 km

E of Injune, Apr 2010, Eddie CPE1932 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Pimelea

leptostachya is endemic to Queensland, from

Capella in the north to Injune in the south,

and from Springsure to Rockhampton (Map

6). It inhabits sandy soils on hillsides, often

adjacent to sandstone cliffs or outcrops.

Phenology : Flowers and fruits are recorded

from March to June and from October to

December.

Typification : Bentham cited specimens from

Rockhampton (now at K) and Herbert’s Creek

(now at MEL), so he evidently saw all of

Bowman’s collections of it. I believe that all

of Bowman’s collections were from Herbert’s

Creek and that Mueller truncated the locality

when writing the label of the specimen now at

K. This latter specimen has roots and is a very

good match for the lectotype and similarly is

a plant that has been pulled up by the roots.

The year written by Mueller on the label

of the lectotype appears to read ‘1878’,

but Bowman died in 1872. One of the

isolectotypes has the year ‘1871’ on its label.

This is probably correct, as Bowman made

many other collections from Herbert’s Creek

in 1871.

Affinities : Pimelea leptostachya is closely

allied to P. sericostachya, but the former

differs by the 13-23 flowers per inflorescence

(33-95 flowers for P. sericostachya ); the

anthers 0.8-0.9 mm long (1.1-1.3 mm long

for P. sericostachya ); the sepals 0.8-1.2 mm

long (1.5-2.1 mm long for P. sericostachya );

and the hairs on the outside of the floral

tube 0.4-0.6 mm long (1-1.4 mm long for P.

sericostachya).

Notes : A specimen from near Springsure

{Bean 14056 ) has longer rachises (60-80 mm)

than all other collections of P. leptostachya,

but otherwise appears to conform to it.

Conservation status : Pimelea leptostachya

is known from six subpopulations with an

estimated area of occupancy of 5 km 2 . Most

subpopulations are either in conservation

reserves or are remote from disturbances such

as roads or grazing, and there are no current

perceived threats. Therefore a conservation

status of Least Concern is recommended.

14. Pimelea mollis A.R.Bean sp. nov. with

affinity to P. latifolia , but differing by the

longer hairs on the stems and the floral tube,

the very dense hairs on the floral tube, the

consistently hairy upper leaf surface, the

shorter sepals and the shorter seeds. Typus:

Queensland. Port Curtis District: Callide

Range, NNE of Biloela, 10 May 2009, A.R.

Bean 28756 (holo: BRI; iso: CANB, MEL,

NSW).

Perennial shrub, 50-100 cm high,

gynomonoecious. Young stems sparsely to

densely hairy, longest hairs 1.8-2.6 mm long,

slender, somewhat shiny and transparent,

antrorse to spreading. Leaves opposite to sub¬

opposite, disjunction between leaf pairs 0-5(-

7) mm, internodes 10-27 mm long; petioles

1.5-2.2 mm long. Lamina elliptic, 32-49

mm long, 11-17 mm wide, 2.4-3.5 times

longer than wide, midrib visible, a few lateral

veins sometimes visible; apex acute, obtuse

or mucronate; margins flat. Upper surface

of lamina consistently hairy; hairs slender,

longest ones 1.1-1.7 mm long, c. 0.025 mm

wide, antrorse; sparse. Lower surface of

lamina hairy; hairs appressed to antrorse,

slender, somewhat shiny, transparent, longest

hairs 1.1-1.7 mm long, c. 0.025 mm wide,

sparse to moderately dense. Inflorescence

axillary, capitulate, with 24-45 flowers

produced (= number of persistent pedicels),

Austrobaileya 10 ( 1 ): 1 - 46 ( 2017 )

leafy bracts absent. Rachis ellipsoidal, at

maturity 4-11 mm long, very densely hairy;

peduncle length 4-16 mm long. Flowers a

mixture of bisexual and female. Pedicels

0.7-1.1 mm long. Floral tube 5.5-7.2 mm long

at anthesis, white; outer surface with dense,

antrorse to patent hairs, longer ones 0.7-1.9

mm long; inner surface glabrous. Sepals

at 45° or spreading, 1.3-1.7 mm long, apex

obtuse, inner surface glabrous, outer surface

densely hairy. Staminal filaments 0-0.1 mm

long; anthers 1-1.25 mm long, dehiscence

introrse. Style not or scarcely exserted. Seed

ovoid, 3.4-37 mm long, black, surface ±

smooth. Fig. 8.

Additional specimens examined : Queensland.

Leichhardt District: Rockland Spring, c. 22 miles [35

km] S of Bluff, Aug 1964, Gittins 907 (BRI, CANB,

NSW); Nugga Nugga Holding, 65 km SW of Bauhinia,

Aug 2010, Eddie CPE1606 & Harris (BRI); Sunnyholt

Holding, Arcadia Valley, c. 70 km NNE of Injune, Oct

2008, Eddie CPE2124 (BRI); Lonesome Holding, at

southern end of the Battleship just below summit, NE

of Injune, Apr 2004, Eddie Lot6 et al. (BRI); Lonesome

Holding, c. 51 km NE of Injune, Oct 2011, Eddie

CPE1997 (BRI); Kentucky, c. 45 km NE of Injune, May

2010, Eddie CPE1587 & Harris (BRI); 25.1 km ENE of

Taroom, eastern slopes of Mt Glebe, Beaumont Station,

Nov 1996, Halford Q3107 & Dowling (AD, BRI). Port

Curtis District: TR170, Callide Range, NNE of Biloela,

Apr 2003, Bean 20201 (BRI, MEL); Greycliffe, Biloela,

Sep 1992, Noble s.n. (BRI [AQ517498]); Davis Road,

Biloela, Oct 1992, Noble 2 (BRI); Blackman’s Creek,

19 km SW of Miriam Vale, Dec 1990, Brushe TOI203

(BRI). Burnett District: Fontainea Scrub, SF172,

Gurgeena Plateau, Mar 1994, Forster PIF15062 (BRI,

CNS, MEL); Mondure SF, S of Hivesville, Apr 2015,

Forster PIF42239 & Thomas (BRI); Meandu mine, near

Nanango, site SW6BT1, Oct 2015, Neldner 5715 (BRI);

Tarong mine site, 18 km SW of Nanango, Jan 1997,

Bellairs 128 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Pimelea mollis

is endemic to southern Queensland, mainly

away from the coast, as far south as Injune

and Nanango, and north to Biloela and Dingo

(Map 5). It most often inhabits semi-evergreen

vinethicket and adjacent open eucalypt forest

on plateaux with red lateritised basalt, but

sometimes occurs in forest dominated by

Acacia rhodoxylon Maiden.

Phenology : Flowers and fruits have been

recorded in March-April and also August-

November.

Bean, Pimelea section Epallage in Queensland

Fig. 8. Pimelea mollis. A. flowering branchlet *0.6. B. upper leaf surface *2. C. lower leaf surface x2. D. old

inflorescence, where all flowers and fruits have abscised, and peduncle x4. E. floral tube and sepals xio. F. half

flower xl2. G. ovary and style xl2. H. seed xl6. A-C from Eddie CPE1606 & Harris (BRI); D from Noble s.n. (BRI

[AQ517498]); E-H from Forster PIF42239 & Thomas (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

Affinities: Pimelea mollis is allied to P.

latifolia , but differs by the longest stem

hairs 1.8-2.6 mm long (0.6-1 mm long in

P. latifolia ), the elliptical leaves (obovate

in P. latifolia ); the consistently hairy upper

leaf surface with hairs 1.1-1.7 mm long

(upper surface often glabrous, hairs when

present 0.4-0.6 mm long for P. latifolia ); the

peduncles (4-)6-16 mm long (2-6 mm long

for P. latifolia ); the very dense hairs 0.7-1.9

mm long on the outer surface of the floral tube

(sparse to moderately dense hairs 0.2-0.5 mm

long for P. latifolia)., the sepals 1.3-1.7 mm

long (1.6-2.3 mm long for P. latifolia ), and

the seeds 3.4-37 mm long (4.6-4.8 mm long

for P. latifolia ).

Pimelea mollis can also be confused

with P. strigosa, but P. mollis differs by the

leaves 11-17 mm wide (4.8-9.5 mm wide

for P. strigosa), the hairs on the upper leaf

surface 1.1-1.7 mm long (0.3-0.7 mm long

for P. strigosa ), the rachis 4-11 mm long (2-3

mm for P. strigosa ), the 24-45 flowers per

inflorescence (18-23 for P. strigosa ), and the

anthers 1-1.25 mm long (0.7-0.8 mm long for

P. strigosa ).

Conservation status: Pimelea mollis is

known from 13 subpopulations with an

estimated area of occupancy of 5 km 2 . There

is some threat from road widening, vegetation

clearing or weed encroachment, particularly

Lantana camara L. It is considered that this

species does not meet the Red List criteria for

Vulnerable (IUCN 2012), but it may do in the

near future, and a conservation status of Near

Threatened is recommended.

Etymology: The epithet is from the Latin

mollis meaning soft. This is given for the soft

hairs present on the stems and leaves.

15. Pimelea plurinervia A.R.Bean sp. nov.

with affinity to P. latifolia , but differing by

the numerous conspicuous lateral veins of

the leaves, the shorter rachis and peduncles,

the fewer flowers, and the hairy inner surface

of the floral tube. Typus: Queensland.

North Kennedy District: Bishops Peak,

Hinchinbrook Channel National Park, N of

Ingham, 31 May 1991, A.R. Bean 3252 (holo:

BRI; iso: CANB, distribuendi ).

Austrobaileya 10(1): 1-46(2017)

Perennial shrub, 50-200 cm high,

gynomonoecious. Young stems densely

hairy, longest hairs 0.6-1.2 mm long, slender,

white and opaque or somewhat shiny and

transparent, appressed, antrorse or spreading.

Leaves alternate, internodes 2-13 mm

long; petioles 1.5-2.8 mm long. Lamina

oblanceolate, obovate or elliptic, 21-58 mm

long, 6.5-14 mm wide, 2.4-5.1 times longer

than wide, midrib and 10-14 pairs of lateral

veins readily visible below; apex obtuse or

acute, mucronate; margins recurved. Upper

surface of lamina glabrous or hairy; hairs

slender, longest ones 0.3-0.6 mm long,

c. 0.025 mm wide, appressed, antrorse or

patent; very sparse to sparse. Lower surface

of lamina hairy; hairs appressed or antrorse,

slender, somewhat shiny, transparent, longest

hairs 0.35-1 mm long, c. 0.025 mm wide,

sparse. Inflorescence terminal, capitulate,

with 8-18 flowers produced (= number of

persistent pedicels), leafy bracts absent.

Rachis ellipsoidal or globular, at maturity 2-4

mm long, very densely hairy; peduncle length

0-1.5 mm long. Some flowers bisexual, some

female. Pedicels 0.8-1.3 mm long. Floral tube

4.5-8.8 mm long at anthesis, white; outer

surface with hairs moderately dense, antrorse

to appressed, longer ones 0.35-0.6 mm long;

inner surface sparsely hairy. Sepals widely

spreading, 1.6-3.7 mm long, apex acute or

obtuse, inner surface glabrous, outer surface

sparsely hairy. Staminal filaments c. 0.05 mm

long; anthers 1.8-2.8 mm long, dehiscence

introrse. Style not or scarcely exserted.

Seed ovoid, 3-4.1 mm long, black, surface

foveolate or smooth. Figs. 7D, 9.

Additional specimens examined : Queensland. North

Kennedy District: Tully Falls Weir, Jun 1995, Forster

PIF16754 (BRI, MEL); Koombooloomba Weir Road, E

of Tully Falls Road, S of Ravenshoe, Jan 2016, McDonald

KRM17658 & Jensen (BRI); Tully Falls, Feb 1996, Gray

6609 (BRI, CNS); NP 279, Tully Gorge, Dec 1995, Gray

6475 (BRI, CNS); SFR756, Park LA, Tully Weir Road,

Aug 1998, Ford 2093 (BRI, CNS); 32 km S of Cardwell,

Bishops Peak, Nov 1991, Halford Q705 (BRI); Headland

5 of Sunken Reef Bay, Hinchinbrook Island, Sep 1994,

Cumming 13363 (BRI); 24 km S of Cardwell, c. 80 m W

of Bruce Hwy at Waterfall Creek, May 1976, Thorsborne

6 Thorsborne 213 (BRI); Hinchinbrook Island, c. 2.5

km NW of Mt Diamantina, Dec 2000, Anderson TH2598

(BRI); NE slopes of Mt Diamantina, Hinchinbrook

Island, Aug 1951, Blake 18866 (BRI); Cardwell Range, E

slopes of Bishop Peak, c. 0.5 km E of summit, Aug 1996,

Bean, Pimelea section Epallage in Queensland

Fig. 9. Pimelea plurinervia. A. flowering branchlet *1. B. upper leaf surface *2. C. lower leaf surface *2. D. old

inflorescence, where most flowers and fruits have abscised, and peduncle *4. E. floral tube and sepals *6. F. half flower

x8. G. ovary and style x8. H. seed *16. A-C from Anderson TH2598 (BRI); D-H from Forster PIF16754 (BRI). Del.

W. Smith.

Telford 12157 & Donaldson (BRI, CANB); Hinchinbrook

Island, ridge 1 km N of Mt Bowen, Aug 1975, Hockings

s.n. (BRI [AQ250232]); Hinchinbrook Island, c. 2 km

WSW of Mt Bowen, Dec 2000, Kemp TH2906 (BRI);

Hinchinbrook Island, upper south Zoe Creek, Sep 1994,

Hohnen s.n. (BRI [AQ650755]); Cardwell Range, Apr

1947, Flecker 10908 (NSW).

Distribution andhabitat : Pimeleaplurinervia

is endemic to north-east Queensland where it

is known from Hinchinbrook Island, Bishop’s

Peak(mainlandoppositeHinchinbrooklsland),

and in the Tully Falls area south of Ravenshoe

(Map 3). It inhabits wet sclerophyll forest with

rainforest elements, rainforest margins, and

rocky mountains with Allocasuarina littoralis

(Salisb.) L.A.S. Johnson, Banksia plagiocarpa

A.S.George or Kunzea graniticola Byrnes. In

all cases, the geology is granite, and the soil is

shallow or skeletal.

Phenology : Flowers and fruits are recorded

from August to February, and also in May and

June.

Affinities : Pimelea plurinervia is allied to

P. latifolia , but differs by the leaves having

numerous conspicuous lateral veins (lateral

veins either not visible, or a few faintly visible

for P. latifolia ), the rachises 2-4 mm long (5-

27 mm long for P. latifolia ), the 8-18 flowers

per inflorescence (24-120 flowers for P.

latifolia ), the peduncles 0-1.5 mm long (2-6

mm long for P. latifolia ), and the inner surface

of the floral tube sparsely hairy (glabrous for

P. latifolia).

Note : Female flowers in this species have

shorter floral tubes and sepals than the

bisexual flowers occurring in the same

inflorescence.

Conservation status : Pimelea plurinervia

is known from six subpopulations with an

estimated area of occupancy of 15 km 2 .

Most subpopulations are within conservation

reserves, and no specific threats have been

identified. Therefore a conservation status of

Least Concern is recommended.

Etymology : From the Latin pluri meaning

‘many’ and nervis meaning ‘nerves’ or ‘veins’.

This refers to the leaves of this species having

numerous conspicuous lateral veins.

Austrobaileya 10(1): 1-46(2017)

16. Pimelea rupestris A.R.Bean sp. nov.,

distinguished by its dioecious habit, the

persistent floral tube that is conspicuously

hairy on the inner surface, the ellipsoid rachis

and very short peduncles. Typus: Queensland.

Wide Bay District: Western slope of Widgee

Mountain, c. 30 km W of Gympie, 7 February

2009, A.R. Bean 28492 (holo: BRI; iso:

CANB, MEL, NSW, distribuendi).

Perennial shrub, 50-100 cm high, dioecious.

Young stems moderately to very densely

hairy, longest hairs 0.2-0.3 mm long (Qld)

or 0.6-0.7 mm long (NSW), slender, white

and opaque, appressed. Leaves alternate,

internodes 2-6(-9) mm long; petioles 1.3-2.3

mm long. Lamina obovate to elliptical, 10-29

mm long, 4.5-9 mm wide, 2.2-4 times longer

than wide, midrib visible, lateral veins usually

visible; apex acute or obtuse, mucronate;

margins recurved. Upper surface of lamina

usually glabrous but sometimes hairs present

along midrib; hairs slender, longest ones

0.15-0.25 mm long, c. 0.025 mm wide,

appressed. Lower surface of lamina sparsely

hairy; hairs appressed, slender, somewhat

shiny, transparent, longest hairs 0.2-0.3

mm long, c. 0.025 mm wide. Inflorescence

axillary, capitulate, with 40-80 flowers

produced (= number of persistent pedicels).

Rachis ellipsoidal, at maturity 2-4 mm long,

densely hairy; peduncle length 0-1.5 mm

long. Flowers either all female or all male on

any given plant. Pedicels 0.2-0.3 mm long.

Floral tube 3-4.4 mm long at anthesis, white,

persistent, not circumscissile; outer surface

with hairs dense to very dense, appressed,

longer ones 0.25-0.3 mm long (Qld) or c. 0.5

mm long (NSW); inner surface conspicuously

hairy. Sepals erect to spreading, 1.5-2.2 mm

long, apex acute, inner surface sparsely

hairy, outer surface densely hairy. Staminal

filaments 0.2-0.5 mm long; anthers 1-1.2 mm

long, dehiscence introrse. Style exserted in

female flowers, c. 3.5 mm long. Seed ovoid,

2.5-27 mm long, black, surface smooth.

Figs. 7E-F, 10.

Additional specimens examined : Queensland. Wide

Bay District: Western slope of Widgee Mt, c. 30 km

W of Gympie, Feb 2009, Bean 28488 (BRI); ibid., Feb

2009, Bean 28489 (BRI, CANB, NSW); Mt Widgee,

Mar 2000, Forster PIF25317 & Booth (AD, BRI, MEL,

Bean, Pimelea section Epallage in Queensland

Fig. 10. Pimelea rupestris. A. flowering branchlet x2. B. upper leaf surface x4. C. lower leaf surface x4. D. old

inflorescence, where all flowers and fruits have abscised x6. E. floral tube and sepals xl2. F. half flower xi4. G. seed

x24. A-F from Bean 28489 (BRI); G from Bean 17340 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

NSW); Mt Widgee, summit area, south-western slopes,

Sep 1996, Leiper s.n. (BRI [AQ650112]). New South

Wales. North Coast: 4.3 km along Carnham Road, Fine

Flower, NW of Grafton, Feb 2001, Bean 17340 (BRI,

NSW); Carnham Road, Fine Flower, NW of Grafton,

Sep 2001, Bean 17950 (BRI, MEL, NSW); Wave Hill

Station, Jan 2003, Specht s.n. (NSW 619948).

Distribution and habitat : Pimelea rupestris

is known from just three locations; Mt

Widgee in south-east Queensland, and Fine

Flower and Wave Hill station in north-east

New South Wales (Map 4). It is confined to

serpentinite outcrops in hilly or mountainous

terrain, with shallow or skeletal soil.

Phenology : Flowers and fruits are recorded

for January, February, March and September.

Affinities : Pimelea rupestris is not obviously

related to any other species. The dioecious

habit, the floral tube that lacks circumscissile

dehiscence, and the conspicuous hairs on the

inner surface of the floral tube are diagnostic.

It is perhaps reminiscent of P. altior, but

differs from that species by the dioecious

habit, the alternate leaves, the many more

flowers per inflorescence and the acute sepals.

Notes: The populations from New South

Wales differ in minor ways from those at the

type locality; the stem indumentum is not as

dense, with longer individual hairs, and the

hairs on the floral tube are longer.

Conservation status: Nothing is known

about the Wave Hill subpopulation of Pimelea

rupestris. Fewer than 20 plants are known at

Fine Flower in the Gordonbrook Serpentinite

Belt, but that formation is about 25 km long

(Holland 2017), so it is likely that further

subpopulations could be located. At Mt

Widgee, the subpopulation is estimated at

100-200 plants, occupying about 10 hectares.

Using the Red List criteria (IUCN 2012),

a conservation status of Endangered is

recommended (criterion D).

Etymology: From the Latin rupestris , ‘of

rocks, living in rocky places’. This refers to

the habitat of the species.

17. Pimelea sericostachya F.Muell., Fragm.

4: 162 (1864); Pimelea sericostachya var.

sericostachya , Benth., FI. Austral. 6: 24

(1873); Banksia sericostachya (F.Muell.)

Austrobaileya 10(1): 1-46(2017)

Kuntze, Revis. Gen. PI. 2: 583 (1891); Pimelea

sericostachya subsp. sericostachya , Threlfall,

Brunonia 5: 149 (1983). Type: Queensland.

South Kennedy District: Sellham [Sellheim]

River, [1864], E.M. Bowman 100 (lecto: MEL

58313, fide Threlfall (1983: 148); isolecto:

MEL 58314, MEL 58315).

Pimelea sp. (Hughenden D.A.Halford Q242);

Pollock (2010), Bean (2016).

Perennial shrub, 50-100 cm high,

gynomonoecious. Young stems densely

hairy, longest hairs 0.5-1.4 mm long, coarse,

shiny and transparent, appressed. Leaves

alternate, internodes 4-28 mm long; petioles

0.7-1.5 mm long. Lamina oblanceolate, or

narrowly-elliptic, 14-32 mm long, 3-9 mm

wide, 3.6-7.6 times longer than wide, with

only midrib visible, apex acute, margins flat.

Upper surface of lamina glabrous or hairy;

hairs slender, longest ones 0.4-0.8 mm long,

c. 0.025 mm wide, antrorse or appressed; very

sparse, sparse, or moderately dense. Lower

surface of lamina hairy; hairs appressed,

coarse, shining, transparent, longest hairs

1—1.7 mm long, c. 0.05 mm wide, sparse to

moderately dense. Inflorescence terminal,

spicate, with 33-95 flowers produced (=

number of persistent pedicels), leafy bracts

absent. Rachis linear, at maturity 30-250

mm long, moderately hairy; peduncle length

10-24 mm long. Flowers bisexual or female.

Pedicels 4-6(-8) per cm of rachis, each

0.3-0.8 mm long. Floral tube 5.5-6.4 mm

long at anthesis, yellow-green or yellow;

outer surface with hairs sparse, moderately

dense, or dense, antrorse, 1-1.4 mm long;

inner surface glabrous. Sepals spreading at

c. 45°, 1.5-2.1 mm long, apex obtuse, inner

surface glabrous, outer surface sparsely hairy.

Staminal filaments 0.05-0.1 mm long; anthers

1.1-1.3 mm long, dehiscence introrse. Style

not or scarcely exserted. Fruit orientation at

right angles to rachis. Seed ovoid, 3.5-4 mm

long, dark brown, surface colliculate.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: Morgans Folly, Blackdown Station, May

1999, Forster PIF24357 & Booth (BRI, CNS); Blackbraes

NP, 13 km NNW of Blackbraes old homestead, 185

km N of Hughenden, Jun 2013, Leitch QDA002403

(BRI); Pannikin Springs area, Jan 1993, Bean 5613 &

Forster (BRI); Blackdown Station Road, 37 km from

Bean, Pimelea section Epallage in Queensland

Rookwood, Jun 1996, Gray 6769 (BRI); Donkey Spring

Creek, Bulleringa NP, 80 km NW of Mt Surprise,

Apr 1998, Forster PIF22507 & Booth (BRI, DNA,

MEL); 51 km along Almaden road, from junction with

Gulf development road near Mt Surprise, May 2004,

McDonald KRM2598 (BRI). Burke District: 68 km N

ofHughenden, May 1990, Halford Q242 (BRI, PERTH).

North Kennedy District: Taravale, c. 1.5 km before the

homestead. May 2009, Jensen 1755 (BRI); 19 km W of

Paluma towards Hidden Valley, Aug 1993, Cumming

12555 (BRI); c. 7.5 km NW of Hidden Valley township,

along powerline road, Apr 2001, Pollock ABP1057 &

Turpin (BRI); Herveys Range Developmental Road,

76 km W of Townsville, Jul 1989, Jobson 694 (BRI,

MEL); Castle Hill, Townsville, Feb 1992, Bean 4050

(BRI, MEL); 6 km SE of Glencoe homestead on road

to Killarney homestead, 101 km W of Charters Towers,

Sep 1992, Thompson HUG40 & Sharpe (BRI); Near

Charters Towers, May 1962, Gittins 491 (CANB);

Ravenswood, Mar 1943, Blake 14869 (BRI); Charters

Towers, s.dat., Plant s.n. (BRI [AQ97868]); Fanning

River Station, Aug 1989, Godwin C3699 (BRI); The

Bluff, E of Mingela, c. 70 km S of Townsville, Sep 1989,

Cumming 9352 (BRI); Top of peak. Bogie Range, Sep

1950, Smith 4534 (BRI); Eastern slopes of Mt Kelly, c.

14 km SW of Ayr, May 2009, Bean 28834 (BRI); Round

Mountain, 3 km W of Ross River Dam, Townsville, Jun

1991, Bean 3299 (BRI); 34 km N of Pentland, Jul 1975,

Chapman 1343 (BRI, CANB, K, NT, PERTH). South

Kennedy District: W escarpment Dicks Tableland,

s.dat.., Pearson SP596 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Pimelea

sericostachya is endemic to north-east

Queensland with a distribution that extends

from Bellevue Station (west of Port Douglas)

to the Sellheim River, south-east of Charters

Towers, and east to the Dicks Tableland, west

of Mackay. It occurs mainly away from the

coast, except in the Townsville area (Map 2).

It inhabits hills and ridges in sandy or sandy-

loam soil, derived from sandstone or granite.

Phenology : Flowers and fruits may be found

at any time of the year.

Typification : Under Article 9.9 (McNeill etal.

2012), Threlfalfs use of the term “holotype”

is correctable to “lectotype”

Affinities: Pimelea sericostachya is most

closely related to P. leptostachya (see notes

under that species).

Conservation status: Pimelea sericostachya

is a common and widespread species. A

conservation status of Least Concern is

recommended (IUCN 2012).

18. Pimelea simplex F.Muell., Linnaea 25:

443 (1853). Type: South Australia. Cudnaka

[Kanyaka], October 1851, F. Mueller s.n.

(holo: MEL 58319).

Annual forb, 15-40 cm high, bisexual.

Young stems sparsely hairy, hairs slender,

somewhat shiny and transparent, appressed

to antrorse. Leaves alternate; lamina

narrowly-elliptic, with no veins visible or

Two subspecies are recognised and can be distinguished by the following key:

Floral tube hairs 0.6-0.9 mm long; rachis length 3-6 mm. . . . 18b. P. simplex subsp. simplex

Floral tube hairs 1.4-2.8 mm long; rachis length 6-15 mm . . 18a. P. simplex subsp. continua

only midrib visible, margins flat. Upper

surface of lamina glabrous or hairy; hairs

slender, appressed. Lower surface of lamina

hairy; hairs appressed, slender, somewhat

shiny, transparent, c. 0.025 mm wide, sparse.

Inflorescence terminal, spicate, leafy bracts

absent. Rachis cylindrical, very densely hairy.

Flowers bisexual. Floral tube yellow, inner

surface glabrous. Sepals erect, apex obtuse,

inner surface glabrous, outer surface densely

hairy. Anther dehiscence introrse. Style not or

scarcely exserted. Seed ovoid, black, surface

foveolate.

18a. Pimelea simplex subsp. continua

(J.M.Black) Threlfall, Brunonia 5: 152 (1983);

P. continua J.M.Black, Trans. & Proc. Roy.

Soc. South Australia 39: 96 (1915); P. simplex

var. continua (J.M.Black) J.M.Black, FI. S.

Austral. 3: 400 (1926). Type: South Australia.

Ketchowla, NE of Hallett, January 1911, 5.

coll, (holo: MEL 50666).

Illustrations: Rye (1990: 162); Fletcher et al.

(2009: 14, 15).

Longest stem hairs 0.8-1.1 mm long. Leaves

internodes 2-18 mm long; petioles 0.3-0.5

mm long. Lamina 7-23 mm long, 1.7-2.5 mm

wide, 4.1-11 times longer than wide, apex

obtuse or acute. Upper surface with longest

hairs 0.3-0.5 mm long, c. 0.025 mm wide;

sparse. Lower surface of lamina with longest

hairs 0.5-0.7 mm long. Inflorescence with 35-

100 flowers produced (= number of persistent

pedicels). Rachis at maturity 6-15 mm long;

peduncle length 1-10 mm long. Pedicels 60-

120 per cm of rachis, each 0.4-0.7 mm long.

Floral tube 37-5.3 mm long at anthesis; outer

surface with hairs very dense, antrorse to

spreading, 1.4-2.8 mm long. Sepals 0.5-07

mm long. Staminal filaments 0.3-0.5 mm

long; anthers 0.65-0.75 mm long. Seed 2.7-3

mm long.

Additional selected specimens examined (from 101

specimens): Queensland. Gregory North District:

c. 165 km WSW of Longreach, Aug 1989, Pedley 5469

(AD, BRI, DNA, MO); Tonkoro Station, 2.4 km from

Gun Creek Well at bearing of 337 degrees, Aug 2013,

Pennay CP546 & Richter (BRI); Winderere, 15 km W of

Winton, Aug 2007, Sanders PP07/186 (BRI); 44 km by

road W of Winton on road to Boulia, Sep 2005, Thomas

2943 & Halford (BRI). Mitchell District: Mt Victoria,

55 km W of Longreach, Aug 2007, Faggotter JM1725

(BRI); Noonbah Lake Yards Holding Paddock, 8.5 km

W of Noonbah homestead, c. 150 km SW of Longreach,

Jul 2008, Mil son JM1732 (BRI); Adalonga, 70 km W

of Longreach, Aug 2010, Neldner 4582 (BRI, PE); c.

7 km N of Jundah, May 1988, Nicholson & Novelty 75

(BRI); Mayland, 32 km NE of Muttaburra, s.dat ., Shield

s.n. (BRI [AQ4206]); Tancred, 136 km S of Torrens

Creek, Jun 1989, Bolton MPB992B (BRI). Gregory

South District: WARLUS I, Site 187, 240 km NW of

Noccundra, Jul 1971, Boyland 3087 (BRI); Thylungra,

c. 75 miles [121 km] NW of Quilpie, Oct 1955, Everist

5752 (BRI). Warrego District: Clover Downs, 45 km

SE of Cunnamulla, Sep 2007, Silcock PP07/215 (BRI);

33 km NE Charleville, Oct 2008, Burton PP08/428

(BRI); 40 km E of Cunnamulla on Balonne Highway,

Sep 2003, McKenzie RAM03/187 (BRI); 70 km SSE of

Cunnamulla, just N of Thurrulgoona Road, E of house,

Oct 2008, Silcock PP08/250 (BRI). Maranoa District:

120 km SW of Bollon on road to Noorama from Murra

Murra road, Oct 2008, Silcock PP08/251a (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Pimelea simplex

subsp. continua occurs in Queensland from

Muttaburra and Winton in the north to the New

South Wales border south-east of Cunnamulla

(Map 6). It also occurs in South Australia and

far-western NSW. Soils vary from red sandy

loams to heavy grey clays. It is often found

in treeless areas with Astrebla spp., but also

may be in communities dominated by Acacia

tephrina Pedley, A. cambagei, A. aneura

F.Muell. exBenth. or Eucalyptuspopulnea.

Austrobaileya 10(1): 1-46 (2017)

Phenology : Flowers and fruits are recorded

from June to January.

Notes : The Queensland specimens of Pimelea

simplex subsp. continua are not a very good

match for the type and other South Australian

material, as the hairs attached to the floral

tube are much longer in Queensland plants.

It is possible that there is an unrecognised

taxonomic distinction, but more study is

required to elucidate the matter.

Conservation status : Pimelea simplex subsp.

continua is a common and widespread

subspecies. A conservation status of Least

Concern is recommended (IUCN 2012).

18b. Pimelea simplex F.Muell. subsp.

simplex

Illustrations: Fletcher et al. (2009: 14, 15);

Rye (1990: 162).

Longest stem hairs 0.6-0.9 mm long. Leaves

internodes 2-10 mm long; petioles 0.2-0.6

mm long. Lamina 8-16 mm long, 17-3.5

mm wide, 3.9-5.3 times longer than wide,

apex obtuse. Upper surface with longest

hairs 0.3-0.4 mm long, c. 0.025 mm wide;

very sparse. Lower surface of lamina hairy;

hairs appressed, slender, somewhat shiny,

transparent, longest hairs 0.5-0.9 mm long.

Inflorescence with 25-50 flowers produced

(= number of persistent pedicels). Rachis at

maturity 3-6 mm long; peduncle length 0-9

mm long. Pedicels 60-80 per cm of rachis,

each 0.3-0.5 mm long. Floral tube 2.3-47

mm long at anthesis; outer surface with hairs

very dense, antrorse, 0.6-0.9 mm long. Sepals

0.4-1.3 mm long. Staminal filaments 0.2-0.3

mm long; anthers 0.5-0.85 mm long. Seed

2.8-3.1 mm long.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Warrego District: Minoru, 81 km SSE of Cunnamulla

on Thurrulgoonia Road, Sep 2007, Silcock PP07/219

(BRI); Talbarea, 62 km SSE of Cunnamulla, Sep 2007,

Silcock PP07/216 (BRI); 70 km SSE of Cunnamulla, just

N of Thurrulgoona Road, E of house, Oct 2008, Silcock

PP07/216 (BRI); Thurulgoona, Cunnamulla, Sep 2003,

McKenzie RAM03/184 (BRI); 25 km from Adavale, Nov

2006, Berry BB4A (BRI). Maranoa District: A few km

E of River Road on Surat - Glenmorgan Road, N of road,

Sep 2007, Silcock PP07/217 (BRI); Cambridge Downs,

River Road, c. 10 km E of Surat, Sep 2007, Silcock

PP07/194 (BRI); 11 km N of St George at junction of

Moonie and Carnarvon Highways, Sep 2008, Silcock &

Bean, Pimelea section Epallage in Queensland

Mann PP08/244 (BRI); 10 km E of Surat and 700 m N

along River Road, Oct 2007, Silcock P07/263 (BRI); 120

km SW of Bollon on road to Noorama from Murra Murra

road, Oct 2008, Silcock PP08/251b (BRI); Wilga Park,

St George, Balonne Shire, Jul 1989, Oliver s.n. (BISH,

BRI [AQ456674], MO, NSW); Basin Downs, 38 km S

of Surat, Aug 1990, Newman s.n. (BRI [AQ473916]); 19

km W of Hebei at junction of Mundah and Woolabilla

Roads, Dec 2001, Halford Q7706 & Batianoff (BRI);

Koomalah, 37 km S of Dirranbandi, Nov 2004, Fraser

s.n. (BRI [AQ611715]); 10 miles [16 km] S of Surat on St

George Road, Aug 1956, Everist 5820 (BRI); Carnarvon

Highway, 45 miles [75 km] NE of St George, near

Donga Creek, Sep 1960, Everist 6236 (BRI); Carnarvon

Highway between St George & Surat at junction with

Moonie Highway (Dalby turnoff), Willathaw Plain, Sep

2003, Eddie Lot52 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : In Queensland

Pimelea simplex subsp simplex is found from

Surat to Hebei, and west to Cunnamulla,

with an apparently isolated occurrence near

Adavale(Map5). It also occurs inwesternNew

South Wales and semi-arid South Australia. It

grows on reddish-brown or cracking brown

to grey clay soils, in communities dominated

by Eucalyptus populnea or Acacia cambagei

R.T.Baker, or in Astrebla grassland.

Phenology : Flowers and fruits are recorded

from July to November.

Notes : Pimelea simplex subsp. simplex differs

from subsp. continua mainly in the length

of the hairs on the floral tube (0.7-0.9 mm

for subsp. simplex ; 1.4-2.8 mm for subsp.

continua ); there does not appear to be a

clear separation in any other character. The

distributions of subsp. simplex and subsp.

continua in Queensland are largely separate,

but they do overlap in the Thurulgoona area

S of Cunnamulla, and SW of Bollon. In these

two areas, both subspecies have been collected

from the same GPS location, apparently

without intergradation or hybridisation.

Conservation status : Pimelea simplex

subsp. simplex is a common and widespread

subspecies. A conservation status of Least

Concern is recommended (IUCN 2012).

19. Pimelea strigosa Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot.

France 60: 419 (1913). Type: New South

Wales. Warrumbungle Ranges, October

1899, Forsyth s.n. (holo: ?LY, n.v.\ iso: NSW

120783).

Perennial shrub, 20-60 cm high,

gynomonoecious. Young stems sparsely

to densely hairy, longest hairs 1.2-1.7 mm

long, thick, shiny and transparent, antrorse.

Leaves alternate (except near base of plant),

internodes 2-23 mm long; petioles 1-2 mm

long. Lamina elliptic, 19-43 mm long, 4.8-

9.5 mm wide, 2.9-5 times longer than wide,

with only the midrib visible, apex acute,

margins recurved. Upper surface of lamina

with hairs sparse to moderately dense; hairs

slender, longest ones 0.3-0.7 mm long, c.

0.025 mm wide, appressed to antrorse. Lower

surface of lamina hairy; hairs moderately

dense, appressed to antrorse, thick, very

shiny, transparent, longest hairs 0.8-1.3

mm long, c. 0.05 mm wide. Inflorescence

terminal or axillary, capitulate, with 18-23

flowers produced (= number of persistent

pedicels), leafy bracts absent. Rachis globose,

at maturity 2-3 mm long, very densely hairy;

peduncle length 10-32 mm long. Some flowers

bisexual, some female. Pedicels 0.3-0.5 mm

long. Floral tube 4.1-5.2 mm long at anthesis,

yellow-green to yellow; outer surface with

hairs dense, appressed to antrorse, 0.6-0.9

mm long; inner surface glabrous. Sepals

erect, 1.3-1.7 mm long, apex obtuse or acute,

inner surface glabrous, outer surface densely

hairy. Staminal filaments 0.05-0.1 mm long;

anthers 0.7-0.8 mm long, dehiscence introrse.

Style not or scarcely exserted. Seed ovoid, c.

2.9 mm long, black, surface foveolate.

Additional selected specimens examined: Queensland.

Leichhardt District: Kareela, S of Springsure, Aug

1990, O'Keeffe 931 (BRI); Carnarvon Gorge, May 1962,

Johnson 2397 (BRI); Robinson Gorge NP, upstream

section of main gorge in Get Down area, Sep 1992,

Forster PIF11298 & Sharpe (BRI, MEL); SF46, c. 70

km W of Taroom, Sep 2002, Bean 19313 (BRI, MEL).

Maranoa District: East Maranoa River, Mt Moffatt

NP, Dec 1997, Bean 12936 (BRI, MEL). Darling

Downs District: Upper Freestone, NE of Warwick,

Nov 2003, Bean 21171 (BRI); Warwick, s.dat ., Beckler

s.n. (MEL 50795); Warwick, Mar 1911, Boorman s.n.

(BRI [AQ97852]); Connolly Dam, S of Warwick, Oct

1996, Bean 10865 (BRI, MEL, NSW); Cherribah, c. 25

km SSE of Warwick, Oct 2008, Cooper CSP04 (BRI);

Old Stanthorpe Road, between Dalveen and Warwick,

Nov 2001, Halford Q7053 (BRI, HO); Ballandean cattle

station. Red Rock Gorge, Jan 1940, Smith 735 (BRI);

Sundown NP, northern end, Feb 2004, Haselgrove 275

(BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Pimelea strigosa

occurs in Queensland and New South

Wales. In Queensland it is found mainly in

the southern Darling Downs district, in the

Warwick - Stanthorpe area, but there are

some disjunct occurrences between Taroom

and Springsure (Map 5). It also occurs in

northern New South Wales, west of the Great

Divide. It inhabits sandy soils derived from

granite or sandstone, often in riparian or

alluvial situations.

Phenology : Flowers and fruits are recorded

for nearly every month of the year.

Affinities : Pimelea strigosa can easily be

confused with P. curviflora, a species of

similar appearance. P. strigosa is most readily

distinguished from the latter by the long (10-

32 mm) peduncles, and can also be separated

by the mainly alternate leaves, the shorter

stem hairs, the hairy upper leaf surface, the

shorter hairs on the lower leaf surface, and the

shorter anthers.

Conservation status : Pimelea strigosa

is a common and widespread species. A

conservation status of Least Concern is

recommended (IUCN 2012).

20. Pimelea trichostachya Lindl. in

T.L.Mitchell, J. Exped. Trop. Australia 355

(1848). Calyptrostegia trichostachya (Lindl.)

Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 325 (1852); Banksia

trichostachya (Lindl.) Kuntze, Rev is. Gen. PI.

2: 583 (1891). Type: [Queensland] subtropical

New Holland [near Camp XXXI], 18 October

1846, W. Stephenson s.n. (holo: CGE, n.v.,fide

Threlfall (1983)).

Illustrations : Rye (1990: 162); Moore (2005:

430); Fletcher et al. (2009: 14, 15);

Annual forb, 20-60 cm high, bisexual.

Young stems sparsely hairy, longest hairs

0.8-1 mm long, slender, somewhat shiny and

transparent, appressed to antrorse. Leaves

alternate, internodes 3-17 mm long; petioles

0.4-0.8 mm long. Lamina narrowly-elliptic,

4-12 mm long, 0.7-1.3 mm wide, 4-8.8 times

longer than wide, with no veins visible, apex

obtuse or acute, margins flat. Upper surface of

lamina glabrous or rarely hairy; hairs slender,

longest ones 0.25-0.45 mm long, c. 0.025 mm

Austrobaileya 10(1): 1-46(2017)

wide, appressed; very sparse. Lower surface

of lamina glabrous or hairy; hairs appressed,

slender, somewhat shiny, transparent, longest

hairs 0.5-0.8 mm long, c. 0.025 mm wide,

sparse. Inflorescence terminal, spicate,

with 45-85 flowers produced (= number

of persistent pedicels), leafy bracts absent.

Rachis linear, at maturity 20-120 mm long,

moderately densely hairy; peduncle length

2-20 mm long. Flowers bisexual. Pedicels

7-20 per cm of rachis, each 0.7-1 mm long.

Floral tube 3.1-4.3 mm long at anthesis,

yellow, but obscured by white hairs; outer

surface with two layers of hairs; a very dense

layer of short patent hairs 0.2-0.3 mm long,

and a moderately dense layer of patent hairs,

1.5-2 mm long; inner surface glabrous. Sepals

erect, 0.4-0.6 mm long, apex obtuse, inner

surface glabrous, outer surface moderately

densely hairy. Staminal filaments c. 0.5 mm

long; anthers 0.45-0.55 mm long, dehiscence

introrse. Style not or scarcely exserted. Seed

ovoid, 2.4-2.5 mm long, black, surface

foveolate.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Burke District: 43 miles [69 km] NE of Camooweal on

road to Thorntonia, Jul 1974, Ollerenshaw PO1309 &

Kratzing (BRI). South Kennedy District: Glen Innes,

NW of Alpha, Jul 2003, Fensham 4894 (BRI). Gregory

North District: c. 3 km SW of Green Tank, Diamantina

NP, SE of Boulia, SW of Winton, Sep 2005, Mostert

MM306 (BRI). Mitchell District: Erne, c. 45 miles

[75 km] NNE of Blackall, Jun 1939, Everist 1812 (BRI);

Lancevale, 90 km N of Blackall, Feb 2008, Burton

PP08/165 (BRI); 43 km NE of Aramac, Jul 2008, House

PP08/163 (BRI); 47 km SW of Jericho, near Blendon

Station, Sep 2000, Thompson JE'7?2(50 (BRI); Narbethong,

Yalleroi, Blackall Shire, Aug 1990, Cottam 1343 (BRI);

12 km E of Jundah, 2 km W of Paradise house, Dec 2008,

Mil son JM1737 (BRI). Gregory South District: 20.2 km

WSW of Eromanga, on Cooper Developmental Road,

Aug 2010, Bean 30020 (BRI); 122 km W of Birdsville

on track to Poeppel Corner, Simpson Desert NP, Sep

1998, Halford Q3621 (BRI). Warrego District: Mount

Maria, [in 1876], Bailey s.n. (BRI [AQ86130]); Bulloo

Downs, c. 110 km SW of Thargomindah, Oct 2000,

Elsworth BDEA12 (BRI); 271.2 km by road W of St

George on road to Cunnamulla, Sep 2005, Thomas 2792

(BRI); Lake Wyara, Currawinya NP, Oct 1991, Williams

91012 (BRI); 12.5 km S of Charleville, Sep 1987, Wilson

477 (BRI); Tinderry, Feb 1960, Johnson 1570 (BRI);

Charleville, Jan 1931, Hubbard 6139 (BRI); 36 miles [60

km] SE of Quilpie on Cowley Station, Feb 1972, Kelly

s.n. (BRI [AQ1720]). Maranoa District: Spring Hill, 50

km NNW of Roma, Oct 1986, Newman 3 (BRI); Barlin,

NE of Mitchell, Dec 1990, Schefe B1 (BRI); 25.1 km N

Bean, Pimelea section Epallage in Queensland

of Womblebank, NW of Injune, Oct 1998, Bean 14325

(BRI, MEL, NSW); Miltonise, c. 30 miles [48 km] W

of St George, Mar 1936, Blake 10801 (BRI); 11 km SE

of Gradule, W of Goondiwindi, Sep 2001, Bean 17837

(BRI). Darling Downs District: 1 km E of Hannaford

Road intersection with Tara to Glenmorgan Road, Sep

2007, Silcock PP07/211 (BRI); Moonie River, c. 5 miles

[8 km] WSW of Southwood, Sep 1958, Johnson 588

(BRI); Near E boundary of Bendidee SF, c. 40 km NE of

Goondiwindi, Dec 2007, Bean 26993 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Pimelea

trichostachya is a very widespread species in

Queensland in areas west of the Great Dividing

Range, extending as far east as Milmerran, and

north to Aramac, with an outlier north-west of

Mount Isa (Map 1). It also occurs widely in all

other mainland states and territories. It grows

in flat or undulating terrain in red or brown

sand or sandy-loam. Commonly associated

tree species include Eucalyptus melanophloia

F.Muell., E. populnea, Acacia aneura,

Angophora melanoxylon R.T.Baker, Acacia

excelsa Benth. and Callitris glaucophylla Joy

Thomps. & L.A.S. Johnson.

Phenology : Flowers and fruits may be found

at any time of the year.

Notes: Pimelea trichostachya is distinctive by

virtue of the narrow leaves, annual habit, long

patent hairs on the floral tube, linear rachis

and short anthers.

Conservation status: Pimelea trichostachya

is a common and widespread species. A

conservation status of Least Concern is

recommended (IUCN 2012).

21. Pimelea umbratica Meisn. in DC., Prodr.

14: 510 (1857). Type: [Queensland], Base of

Great Dividing Chain, W of Moreton Bay, in

1827, A. Cunningham s.n. (holo: G-DC).

Illustrations: Rye (1990: 171); Leiper et al.

(2008: 451).

Perennial shrub, 100-500 cm high,

gynomonoecious or gynodioecious. Young

stems moderately to densely hairy, longest

hairs 0.3-0.6 mm long, thin, shiny and

transparent or white and opaque, appressed.

Leaves strictly opposite, internodes 2-12

mm long; petioles 1-1.8 mm long. Lamina

narrowly elliptic to elliptic, 12-27 mm long,

4-7 mm wide, 3-5.3 times longer than wide,

midrib visible, lateral veins sometimes faintly

visible; apex acuminate or occasionally acute;

margins flat or recurved. Upper surface

of lamina glabrous or hairy; hairs slender,

longest ones 0.2-0.35 mm long, c. 0.01 mm

wide, appressed; very sparse. Lower surface

of lamina hairy; hairs appressed, slender,

somewhat shiny, transparent, longest hairs

0.3-0.5 mm long, c. 0.01 mm wide, sparse.

Hairs on leaf margins longer and thicker

(0.6-0.9 mm long and c. 0.25 mm wide).

Inflorescence terminal, capitulate, with 8-14

flowers produced (= number of persistent

pedicels), leafy bracts absent. Rachis globular,

at maturity 1-2 mm long, densely hairy;

peduncle length 0-1.5 mm long. Some flowers

bisexual, some female, sometimes produced on

the same plant, sometimes on separate plants.

Pedicels 0.6-0.8 mm long. Floral tube 4.2-6.8

mm long at anthesis, white or yellow-green;

outer surface with hairs moderately dense to

dense, appressed, longer ones 0.3-0.45 mm

long; inner surface glabrous or hairy. Sepals

widely spreading, 1.7-3 mm long, apex acute,

inner surface glabrous, outer surface sparsely

hairy. Staminal filaments 0.05-0.1 mm long;

anthers 1.4-1.8 mm long, dehiscence introrse.

Style not or scarcely exserted. Seeds ovoid, c.

3.7 mm long, black, surface smooth.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Darling Downs District: Mt Cordeaux, below summit,

Dec 1981, Guymer 1664 & Jessup (BRI, CANB, NSW);

Mt Cordeaux, Great Dividing Range, c. 2 km along

walking track to summit, Dec 1986, Beesley 795 &

Ollerenshaw (BRI, CANB, PERTH); Mt Mitchell,

Cunningham’s Gap, Aug 1992, Forster PIF11099 &

Reilly (BRI, MEL); Spicers Peak, E peak. Main Range

NP, Sep 1995, Forster PIF17667 etal. (BRI); Mt Colliery

area, NE of Killarney, adjacent to Main Range NP, Mar

2015, Forster PIF42128 et al. (BRI, MEL); Mt Bell,

Main Range NP, above Teviot Falls, Aug 1998, Leiper

s.n. (BRI [AQ664039]); Wilsons Peak, Aug 1994,

Forster PIF15697 (BRI, NSW). Moreton District: Top

of Buchanan’s Fort, Christmas Creek area, Sep 1995,

Forster PIF17679 & Leiper (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Pimelea umbratica

has a restricted distribution in south-east

Queensland on mountains close to the New

South Wales border, extending as far north

as Mt Cordeaux (Map 4). It is also known

from Mebbin Rock in far north-eastern New

South Wales. It grows on skeletal rhyolite

mountaintops and slopes, in shrubland or low

open woodland.

Affinities: Pimelea umbratica is closely

related to the recently named P. cremnophila

L.M.Copel. & I.Telford from northern New

South Wales (Copeland & Telford 2006).

Among the Queensland species, it seems

closest to P. aquilonia (see notes under that

species).

Phenology: Flowers and fruits have been

recorded for March, August, September and

December.

Auslrobai/eya 10(1): 1-46(2017)

Conservation status: Pimelea umbratica

is known from seven subpopulations with

an estimated area of occupancy of 10 km 2 .

Most subpopulations are within conservation

reserves, and there are no current perceived

threats. Therefore a conservation status of

Least Concern is recommended.

Key to the Queensland taxa of Pimelea

1 Internodes and lower leaf surface with at least a sparse covering of hairs

(visible with a hand lens), and often conspicuously hairy.2

1. Internodes and leaves glabrous (sometimes hairs present at the nodes).28

2 Both sides of the leaf very densely hairy, hairs obscuring the surface.3

2. Hairs not obscuring the surface of the leaf (under magnification), at least

on the upper side (section Epallage) .4

3 Inflorescence hemispherical to globose, with 6-12 involucral bracts.P. penicillaris

3. Inflorescence cylindrical, involucral bracts absent.P. amabilis

4 Longest rachis 1-18 mm long (at fruiting stage or after all flowers/fruits

have fallen).5

4. Longest rachis 18-250 mm long (at fruiting stage or after all flowers/fruits

have fallen).21

5 Leaves alternate, except at base of plant.6

5. Leaves opposite to sub-opposite throughout.15

6 Longest stem hairs >1.2 mm long.7

6. Longest stem hairs < 1.2 mm long.9

7 Peduncles 10-32 mm long.19. P. strigosa

7. Peduncles 0-1.5 mm long.8

8 Upper leaf surface glabrous; inflorescences terminal; seeds 2.8-2.9 mm

long.7. P. curviflora

8. Upper leaf surface conspicuously hairy; inflorescences lateral; seeds 3.4-

3.8 mm long.5. P. chlorina

9 Largest leaves 13-24 mm wide.11. P. latifolia

9. Largest leaves 1.7-14 mm wide.10

10 Longest rachises cylindrical (3—)4—15 mm long (at fruiting stage or after

all flowers/fruits have fallen); petioles 0.2-0.6 mm long; hairs on the

floral tube 0.7-2.8 mm long.11

10. Longest rachises globose to ellipsoidal (at fruiting stage or after all

flowers/fruits have fallen), 1-4 mm long; petioles 0.7-2.8 mm long;

hairs on the floral tube 0.2-0.6 mm long.12

11 Floral tube hairs 0.6-0.9 mm long; rachis length 3-6 mm. . 18b. P. simplex subsp. simplex

11. Floral tube hairs 1.4—2.8 mm long; rachis length 6-15 mm . . 18a. P. simplex subsp. continua

Bean, Pimelea section Epallage in Queensland 39

12 Pedicels 40-80 per inflorescence; floral tube 3-4.4 mm long, not splitting;

inner surface of sepals sparsely hairy; anthers 1-1.2 mm long.16. P. rupestris

12. Pedicels 3-18 per inflorescence; floral tube 4.5-8.8 mm long,

circumscissile; inner surface of sepals glabrous; anthers 1.8-2.8 mm

long.13

13 Petioles 1.5-2.8 mm long; lamina with 8-12 pairs of lateral veins; lamina

margins recurved.15. P. plurinervia

13. Petioles 0.7-1 mm long; lamina with only midrib visible, or with 1-5 pairs

of lateral veins; lamina margins flat.14

14 Hairs on lower leaf surface appressed, sparse, 0.25-0.6 mm long; hairs on

floral tube 0.2-0.3 mm long.12b. P. leptospermoides subsp. leptospermoides

14. Hairs on lower leaf surface antrorse to patent, dense, 0.8-0.9 mm long;

hairs on floral tube 0.4-0.6 mm long.12a. P. leptospermoides subsp. bowmanii

15 Peduncles 0-3 mm long at fruiting stage.16

15. Peduncles 4-28 mm long at fruiting stage.20

16 Leaves strictly opposite.17

16. At least some leaf pairs sub-opposite, separated by 1-5 mm on stem.18

17 Stems hairs appressed; pedicels 8-14 on each rachis; floral tube 4.2-6.8

mm long; sepals acute.21. P. umbratica

17. Stems hairs antrorse; pedicels 3-4 on each rachis; floral tube 9.7-12 mm

long; sepals obtuse.4. P. aquilonia

18 Lamina 2.5-6 mm wide, upper surface glabrous.7. P. curviflora

18. Lamina 8-23 mm wide, upper surface hairy.19

19 Lamina 33-82 mm long; sepals 3.1-4 mm long, acute; floral tube 8.5-11

mm long.10. P. gigandra

19. Lamina 14-38 mm long; sepals 0.9-1.6 mm long, obtuse; floral tube 5.2-

8.2 mm long.1. P. altior

20 Longest stem hairs 0.6-0.8 mm long, appressed; upper leaf surface

glabrous; pedicels 12-18 on each rachis.

20. Longest stem hairs 1.8-2.6 mm long, antrorse or patent; upper leaf surface

hairy; pedicels 24-45 on each rachis.

21 Rachis readily visible between the persistent pedicels (pedicels 2-20 per

cm at midpoint of rachis).22

21. Rachis obscured by tightly packed persistent pedicels (pedicels 20-90 per

cm at midpoint of rachis).25

22 Annual herbs; leaves 0.7-2.8 mm wide; sepals 0.4-0.8 mm long.23

22. Perennial shrubs; leaves 3-9 mm wide; sepals 0.8-2.1 mm long.24

23 Hairs on the floral tube 0.3-0.5 mm long, appressed; 17-42 pedicels per

inflorescence.8. P. elongata

23. Hairs on the floral tube 1.5-2 mm long, patent; 45-85 pedicels per

inflorescence.20. P. trichostachya

24 Floral tube 4.2-5.4 mm long, with longest hairs 1-1.4 mm long; sepals

1.5-2.1 mm long.17. P. sericostachya

24. Floral tube 3.1-3.9 mm long, with longest hairs 0.4-0.6 mm long; sepals

0.8-1.2 mm long.13. P. leptostachya

9. P. fugiens

14. P. mollis

Austrobaileya 10(1): 1-46(2017)

25 Leaves obovate, 13-24 mm wide; longest stem hairs 0.6-1 mm long,

antrorse to patent; floral tube white, with longest hairs 0.2-0.5 mm long. . 11. P. latifolia

25. Leaves elliptic to narrowly-elliptic, 2-11 mm wide; longest stem hairs

1.2-2.5 mm long, appressed; floral tube yellow-green to yellow, with

longest hairs 0.7-1.9 mm long.26

26 Petioles 1.5-1.8 mm long; lower leaf surface with sparse to moderately

dense hairs, the longest ones 2.2-27 mm long.3. P. approximans

26. Petioles 0.3-1.5 mm long; lower leaf surface with dense to very dense

hairs, the longest ones 0.8-2.1 mm long.27

27 Hairs on the upper leaf surface 07-1.5 mm long; anthers 1-1.1 mm long . . . 2. P. amabilis

27. Hairs on the upper leaf surface 0.3-0.6 mm long; anthers 1.1-1.3 mm

long.6. P. confertiflora

28 Largest leaves 35-70 mm long.29

28. Largest leaves 10-35 mm long.31

29 Inflorescence hemispherical, with several involucral bracts; flowers

white.P. ligustrina subsp. ligustrina

29. Inflorescence cylindrical; involucral bracts absent; flowers red.30

30 Leaves 1.5—3(—3.5) times longer than broad; hairs on fruit 4-6 mm long;

longest hairs on upper part of floral tube 2-3 mm long, antrorse.P. decora

30. Leaves 3-7 times longer than broad; hairs on fruit 1.5-2.5 mm long;

upper part of floral tube with longest hairs 0.3-1.5 mm long, patent . P. haematostachya

31 Involucral bracts 2; fruits fleshy.32

31. Involucral bracts 4; fruits dry.33

32 Floral tube hairy throughout.P. microcephala subsp. microcephala

32. Floral tube glabrous.P. neoanglica

33 Floral tube with hairs, at least in upper part; involucral bracts free.34

33. Floral tube glabrous; involucral bracts fused in lower half.35

34 Sparse hairs extending to base of floral tube; all bracts glabrous . . . . P. linifolia sens. lat.

34. Lowest 1-3 mm of floral tube glabrous; at least the upper pair of bracts

with ciliate margins.P. glauca

35 Erect herb; flowers white; pedicels 1-4 mm long.P. cornucopiae

35. Prostrate or sprawling herb; flowers red; pedicels 0.2-1 mm long.P. sanguinea

Taxonomic and nomenclatural adjustments

for taxa occurring outside of Queensland

Taxonomic amendment is needed for two

subspecies of Pimelea latifolia proposed by

Threlfall (1983), and confined to New South

Wales. P. latifolia subsp. hirsnta differs from

P. latifolia sens. str. in a number of characters

(e.g. much smaller leaves with long hairs,

much shorter rachis, sessile inflorescences,

shorter floral tubes), and is here reinstated

to species rank. P. latifolia subsp. elliptifolia

Threlfall is also very different from P.

latifolia , but is very similar to P. hirsuta. It

can perhaps be maintained at subspecies rank

under P. hirsuta , as it differs from typical

P. hirsuta by the generally larger leaves,

the hairs on the leaves antrorse to appressed

(antrorse or spreading in P. hirsuta sens, str),

and the flowers often more numerous (5-15)

in the inflorescence (2-8-flowered for P.

hirsuta sens. str). None of these characters is

absolutely diagnostic, but in combination they

suggest that a taxonomic distinction should be

preserved.

Bean, Pimelea section Epallage in Queensland

Pimelea hirsuta Meisn. in A.DC., Prodr. 14:

513 (1856); Banksia hirsuta (Meisn.) Kuntze,

Rev. Gen. PI. 2: 583 (1891); Pimelea latifolia

subsp. hirsuta (Meisn.) Threlfall, Brunonia 5:

194 (1983). Type: New South Wales. Tomah

and Newcastle, in 1834, R. Cunningham s.n.

(lecto [here designated]: K 000900025).

P. hirsuta subsp. hirsuta is found from the

Nowra area to Newcastle, with an outlier

further north at Lansdowne State Forest near

Taree. It usually occurs close to the coast.

Pimelea hirsuta subsp elliptifolia

(Threlfall) A.R.Bean, comb, nov.; Pimelea

latifolia subsp. elliptifolia Threlfall, Brunonia

5: 195 (1983). Type: New South Wales,

junction of Cedar and Deep Creeks, Millfield,

16 September 1954, E.F. Constable s.n. (holo:

NSW 30784; iso: BRI [AQ522104]).

P. hirsuta subsp. elliptifolia is found mainly

from Cessnock to Merriwa in the Hunter

valley, but also at Glen Davis and Colo River

further south.

Pimelea altior is closely related to P. hirsuta ,

but differs from both subspecies by the white

flowers (yellow or greenish-yellow flowers

for P. hirsuta ), the opposite to sub-opposite

leaves (alternate for P. hirsuta ); leaves 14-38

mm long (7-14(-20) mm long for P. hirsuta ),

and the rachis 1-2 mm long (1-4 mm long for

P. hirsuta ).

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to Will Smith for the excellent

illustrations and for editing the distribution

maps. Hugh Nicholson kindly allowed the

use of images of Pimelea gigandra and P.

latifolia , while Jill Newland & Roger Fryer

have allowed me to use their images of P.

confertiflora and P. altior. I thank Rigel

Jensen for the image of P. plurinervia. I am

grateful to the Directors of MEL, CANB and

NSW for the loan of specimens.

References

Bean, A.R. (2016). Thymelaeaceae. In P.D.Bostock &

A.E.Holland (eds ). Census of the Queensland

Flora 2016. Queensland Department of

Science, Information Technology and

Innovation: Brisbane, http://data.qld.gov.au/

dataset/census-of-the-queensland-fiora-2016,

accessed 11 March 2017.

Beaumont, A.J., Edwards, T.J., Manning, J., Maurin,

O., Rautenbach, M., Motsi, M.C., Fay, M.F.,

Chase, M.W. & Van Der Bank, M. (2009).

Gnidia (Thymelaeaceae) is not monophyletic:

taxonomic implications for Thymelaeoideae

and a partial new generic taxonomy for Gnidia.

Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 160:

402-417.

Bentham, G. (1873). Pimelea. In Flora Australiensis 6:

1-35. L. Reeve & Co.: London.

Burrows, C.J. (2008). Genus Pimelea (Thymelaeaceae)

in New Zealand 1. The taxonomic treatment of

seven endemic, glabrous-leaved species. New

Zealand Journal of Botany 45: 127-176.

-(2009). Genus Pimelea (Thymelaeaceae) in New

Zealand 2. The endemic Pimelea prostrata and

Pimelea urvilleana species complexes. New

Zealand Journal of Botany 47: 163-229.

-(2011). The genus Pimelea (Thymelaeaceae) in

New Zealand, 5. The taxonomic treatment of

five endemic species with both adaxial and

abaxial leaf hair. New Zealand Journal of

Botany 49: 367-412.

Copeland, L.M. & Telford, I.R.H. (2006). Pimelea

cremnophila (Thymelaeaceae), a new species

from the New England Tablelands escarpment

of northern New South Wales. Telopea 11:

111-116.

Domin, K. (1928). Pimelea. In: Beitrage zur Flora und

Planzengeographie Australiens, Bibliotheca

Botanica 89: 433-437. E. Schweizerbart:

Stuttgart.

Everist, S.L. (1974). Poisonous Plants of Australia.

Angus & Robinson: Sydney.

Fletcher, M., Silcock, R., Ossedryver, S., Milson, J.

& Chow, S. (2009). Understanding Pimelea

poisoning of cattle. Department of Employment,

Economic Development and Innovation:

Queensland, http://www.daf.qld.gov.au/_data/

assets/pdf_file/0004/74272/Understanding-

pimelea-poisoning-of-cattle.pdf, accessed 9

February 2017.

Fletcher, M.T., Chow, S. & Ossedryver, S.M. (2014).

Effect of increasing low-dose Simplexin

exposure in cattle consuming Pimelea

trichostachya. Journal of Agricultural and

Food Chemistry 62: 7402-7406.

Foster, C.S.P, Cantrill, D.J., James, E.A., Syme,

A.E., Jordan, R., Douglas, R., Ho, S.Y.W. &

Henwood, M.J. (2016). Molecular phylogenetics

provides new insights into the systematics of

Pimelea and Thecanthes (Thymelaeaceae).

Australian Systematic Botany 29: 185-196.

Holland, R.W. (2017). Northern Rivers Geology. From

deep within the earth lies Baryulgil. http://

nrgeology. blog spot. com. au/2011 /12/from-deep-

within-earth.html, accessed 20 January 2017.

Iucn (2012). International Union for the Conservation of

Nature. IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria.

Version 3.1, 2 nd ed. http://portals.iucn.org/

library/efiles/documents/RL-2001-001-2nd.pdf,

accessed 10 March 2017.

Jstor Plants (2017). Jstor Global Plants. Digitised

Plant specimens. ITHAKA. http://plants.jstor.

org/, accessed 1 February 2017.

Kew (2017). The Herbarium Catalogue, Royal Botanic

Gardens, Kew. http://www.kew.org/herbcat,

accessed 1 January 2017.

Leiper, G., Glazebrook, J., Cox, D. & Rathie, K. (2008).

Mangroves to Mountains, Revised Edition.

Society for Growing Australian Plants, Logan

River Branch: Browns Plains.

Mckenzie, R. (2012). Australia’s Poisonous Plants,

Fungi and Cyanobacteria. CSIRO Publishing:

Clayton, Victoria.

Mcneill, J., Barrie, F.R., Buck, W.R., Demoulin, V.,

Greuter, W., Hawksworth, D.L., Herendeen,

PS., Knapp, S., Marhold, K., Prado, J.,

Prud’homme Van Reine, W.F., Smith, G.F.,

Wiersema, J.H. & Turland, N.J. (2012).

International Code of Nomenclature for algae,

fungi and plants (Melbourne Code). http://www.

iapt-taxon.org/nomen/main.php?page=title,

accessed 14 December 2016.

Austrobaileya 10(1): 1-46(2017)

Meisner, C.D.F. (1857). Thymelaeaceae. In A. de

Candolle (ed.), Prodromus Systematis Naturalis

Regni Vegetabilis 14: 493-605.

Melzer, R. & Plumb, J. (2007). Plants of Capricornia.

Capricorn Conservation Council:

Rockhampton.

Moore, P. (2005). A guide to Plants of Inland Australia.

Reed New Holland: Sydney.

Motsi, M.C., Moteetee, A.N., Beaumont, A.J., Rye,

B.L., Powell, M.P, Savolainen, V. & Van

Der Bank, M. (2010). A phylogenetic study

of Pimelea and Thecanthes (Thymelaeaceae):

evidence from plastid and nuclear ribosomal

DNA sequence data. Australian Systematic

Botany 23: 270-284.

Pollock, A. (2010). Thymelaeaceae. In P.D. Bostock &

A.E. Holland (eds.). Census of the Queensland

Flora 2010. Queensland Herbarium,

Department of Environment and Resource

Management, Brisbane.

Rye, B. (1990). Pimelea. Flora of Australia 18: 134-211.

Australian Government Publishing Service:

Canberra.

Threlfall, S. (1983). The genus Pimelea

(Thymelaeaceae) in eastern mainland Australia.

Brunonia 5: 113-201.

Bean, Pimelea section Epallage in Queensland

Map 1. Distribution of Pimelea altior ▲ (Queensland records only), P. latifolia ■, P. trichostachya • (Queensland

records only).

Map 2. Distribution of Pimelea amabilis A, P.

approximans P. aquilonia ■, P. sericostachya •.

Map 3. Distribution of Pimelea chlorina ■, P.

confertiflora •, P. plurinervia ▲.

A ustrobaileya 10(1): 1-46(2017)

Map 4. Distribution of Pimelea curviflora var. divergens • (Queensland records only), P. gigandra A, P. rupestris

■. P. umbratica ♦.

Bean, Pimelea section Epallage in Queensland 45

Map 5. Distribution of Pimelea curviflora var. gracilis ♦ (Queensland records only), P. elongata • (Queensland

records only), P. mollis ■, P. simplex subsp. simplex •, P. strigosa ▲.

Map 6. Distribution of Pimelea fugiens □, P. leptostachya A, P. simplex subsp. continua • (Queensland records

only).

A ustrobaileya 10(1): 1-46(2017)

Map 7. Distribution of Pimelea leptospermoides subsp. bowmanii A, P. leptospermoides subsp. leptospermoides •.

Fimbristylis buchanensis R.Booth & P.R.Sharpe

and F. triloba R.Booth & P.R.Sharpe (Cyperaceae),

two new species from Queensland

R. Booth & P.R. Sharpe*

Summary

Booth, R. & Sharpe RR. (2017). Fimbristylis buchanensis R.Booth & P.R.Sharpe and F. triloba

R.Booth & P.R.Sharpe (Cyperaceae), two new species from Queensland. Austrobaileya 10(1): 47-

58. Two new species of Fimbristylis Vahl, are described, viz. Fimbristylis buchananensis R.Booth &

P.R.Sharpe, F. triloba R.Booth & P.R.Sharpe. The newtaxa are illustrated and notes are provided on

their distribution and habitat. An identification key to Queensland species of Fimbristylis is provided.

Key Words: Cyperaceae, Fimbristylis, Fimbristylis buchananensis, Fimbristylis triloba, Australia

flora. Northern Territory flora, Queensland flora, taxonomy, identification key

R. Booth, Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha Rd, Toowong,

Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: Ronald.Booth@dsiti.qld.gov.au

P.R. Sharpe, Honorary Associate, Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha,

Mt Coot-tha Rd, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. *Passed away August 2016.

Introduction

The genus Fimbristylis Vahl has c. 300 species

distributed in tropical and subtropical regions,

with some extending into warmer parts of

temperate regions. The species mainly occur

in SE Asia, Malesia and northeastern Australia

(Goetghebeur 1998). Unlike Cyperus L., few

species are pantropical, with the number of

endemic species being relatively high (Kern

1974). S.T. Blake, who contributed much to

our understanding of the Queensland species,

suggested that the genus was represented by c.

eighty species in Australia (Blake 1940), with

Latz (1990) including 128 species in his draft

key to Australian species of Fimbristylis.

Vahl (1805) segregated Fimbristylis from

Scirpus Vahl, including in the former only

those species with spirally arranged glumes

and a biconvex or trigonous nut, and a basally

expanded, usually ciliate, 2 or 3 branched

style. He placed those with sub-distichous

basal glumes and a trigonous style base

that is persistent on the fruit in the genus

Abildgaardia Vahl. The genus Bulbostylis

Kunth was erected by Kunth (1837) for species

considered intermediate between Isolepis

R.Br. and Fimbristylis. Subsequent authors

have variously recognized Fimbristylis ,

Bulbostylis and Abildgaardia as three

separate genera, or treated them as either

two genera, or even one genus on the basis

of morphological similarities (Bruhl 1995;

Muasya etal. 2009). Ghamkhar etal. (2007) in

a molecular analysis argued for the retention

of Abildgaardia (except A. vaginata R.Br.)

distinct from Bulbostylis and Fimbristylis.

For convenience, in the key provided we have

included the genus Abildgaardia alongside

Fimbristylis.

Sharpe (1986) provided manuscript names

and preliminary descriptions for the two

species here formally described and named

and included them in a DELTA key (Jessup

et al. 2005 onwards). Due to the extensive

field work undertaken in recent years by staff

of the Queensland Herbarium, particularly in

north Queensland, more Fimbristylis material

has become available for study. Critical

examination of these collections by the first

author has now enabled these new species to

be formally described and named.

Accepted for publication 28 June 2017

Materials and methods

All herbarium specimens of Fimbristylis held

at BRI have been examined. Measurements

were made from dried material. A common

abbreviation used in the text and specimen

citation is NP (National Park).

Taxonomy

Fimbristylis buchananensis R.Booth &

PR.Sharpe sp. nov. Similar to Fimbristylis

cymosa R.Br. but differs in the longer (> 2.8

mm) glumes versus < 2.25 mm long glumes;

the longer (5-13 mm long) oblong spikelets

versus shorter (3-6 mm long) ovate spikelets

and the narrower (0.3-0.6 mm wide) lamina

versus 1 to 3 mm wide. Typus: Queensland.

Mitchell District: The Lake, east of Aramac,

11 March 1998, R.J. Fensham 3479 (holo:

BRI, iso: NSW).

Fimbristylis sp. Lake Buchanan (V.J.Neldner

+3362); Booth (2014).

Slender perennial with a short rhizome,

25-65 cm tall. Culms tufted, erect, trigonous,

smooth, or striate, 0.8-1.5 mm wide. Sheaths

yellowish-brown to dark brown. Leaves all

basal, less than half length of inflorescence

culm. Lamina erect, flat or canaliculate,

straight, 0.3-0.6 mm wide, ciliate or scabrid on

the margins. Ligule membranous. Involucral

bracts 1-4; longer or shorter than the

inflorescence, erect, or oblique. Inflorescence

simple or once compound, panicle-like,

2-6-branched, 3-6 cm long. Spikes 1-10,

sessile, or pedunculated, ovoid, spreading, or

erect, dense, 5-13 mm long, 1.5-15 mm wide.

Spikelets erect, ovoid, oblong, oblong-ovoid

or cylindrical, open or dense, acute, 5-13

mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, 10-26-flowered,

pedicellate or sessile, straight, 1-14 per

cluster, stramineous or pale brown to brown.

Stamens 3; anthers linear, 1.2-1.5 mm long,

connective setulose. Rachis angular but not

broadly winged. Glumes spirally arranged,

membranous, ovate, narrowly ovate or ovate-

lanceolate, 2.8-3.4 mm long, 1.2-1.5 mm

wide, apex acuminate, with a straight mucro,

surface glabrous, keeled with an arcuate keel,

2-nerved, sides nerveless, margin glabrous.

Rachilla persistent on rachis after glumes

Austrobaileya 10(1): 47-58 (2017)

and achenes have fallen off, winged. Style

deciduous, longer than stigmas, longer than

achene, fimbriate, flat, dilated at the base.

Stigmas three. Achene obovoid, trigonous,

margins obtuse, 0.9-1.1 mm long, 0.5-0.7

mm wide, with 3 longitudinal ribs, surface

with fine, longitudinally linear cells in many

vertical rows, tuberculate with age, apex

apiculate or truncate, base stipitate. Fig. 1.

Additional specimens examined : Queensland. Burke

District: Near the source of Poison Creek, c. 90 miles

[150 km] N of Hughenden, Apr 1935, Blake 8561 (BRI).

South Kennedy District: W of Lake Constant, 2 km

W of Lake Buchanan, May 1991, Neldner & Thompson

3362 (BRI); Lake Constant foreshore, 1.8 km W of

Lake Buchanan, May 1991, Neldner & Thompson 3356

(BRI); W edge of Lake Buchanan, Yarrowmere Station,

Mar 1998, Kemp 3380H (BRI); 21 km S of Yarrowmere

Homestead, on eastern side of lake. Mar 2002, Thompson

BUC2197 (BRI); Lake Buchanan, Mar 1998, Thompson

BUC2128 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Fimbristylis

buchananensis is endemic to Queensland

and has been found from c. 90 km north of

Hughenden to as far south as Aramac, with

most collections around Lake Buchanan and

Lake Constant (Map 1). Most collections

have been around lake foreshores, on old sand

dunes or remnant lake beds.

Affinities: Fimbristylis buchananensis has

some similarities to more robust forms of F.

cymosa which it differs from most obviously

in the glume length, in the longer, oblong

spikelets and the narrower lamina. The plants

also grow in different habitats, F. cymosa

being mostly coastal with saline influence,

while F. buchananensis occurs in inland

areas, mainly in old dune systems.

Conservation status: Least Concern.

Etymology: Named after Lake Buchanan

south west of Charters Towers where the

species is commonly found.

Fimbristylis triloba R.Booth & RR.Sharpe

sp. nov. Similar to Fimbrisytlis rara R.Br.

but differs in the larger achene (1.2-1.4 mm

long versus 0.8-1.1 mm); longer glumes

(> 3.5 mm, versus <2.5 mm) with an acute

apex (versus obtuse) and glandular markings

(versus absent). Typus: Queensland. Burke

District: Esmeralda, SSE of Croydon. 19 July

Fig. 1 . Fimbristylis buchananensis. A. base of plant xo.6. B. inflorescence xo.8. C. spikelet x8. D. spikelet with

rhachilla x8. E. achene with filaments, style and stigmas xl6. F. achene with style and stigmas x32. A & B from Kemp

3380H (BRI); C-F from Neldner & Thompson 3362 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

Austrobaileya 10 ( 1 ): 47-58 ( 2017 )

Fig. 2. Fimbristylis triloba. A. whole plant *0.5. B. spikelet *4. C. glume (side view) *12. D. glume (dorsal view)

showing brown flecks on the surface x]2. E. stigmas and style *32. F. achene (lateral view) *32. G. achene from above

x32. All from Blake 19640 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

Booth & Sharpe, New Queensland Fimbristylis

1954, S.T. Blake 19640 (holo: BRI; iso: NSW,

NT, PERTH).

Fimbristylis sp. (Esmeralda Gorge S.T. Blake

19640); Booth (2014).

Slender annual with fibrous roots, 12-50

cm tall. Culms tufted, trigonous, striate,

scabrous, 0.5-1.2 mm wide. Leaves all basal,

shorter than the stem. Lamina flat, straight,

1-1.5 mm wide, glabrous, margins in lower

part hyaline, spotted with brown flecks.

Involucral bracts 2-4, glume like, shorter

than the spikelet, smooth. Inflorescence

simple or once compound, open, consisting

of 1-5 primary rays obliquely erect. Spikelets

solitary, ovoid or almost globular, obtuse,

many-flowered, erect, 5-12 mm long, 3-6

mm wide, pale brown to brown. Stamens 3;

anthers linear, connective smooth, L8-2 mm

long. Glumes spirally arranged, ovate, or

broadly ovate, 3.5-5 mm long, light brown to

brown with red-brown glandular markings,

surface glabrous, apex acute, margin ciliate,

keeled without nerves; rachilla persistent on

rachis after glumes and achenes have fallen

off, narrowly winged. Style as long as stigmas,

triquetrous, glabrous, base prominently

enlarged, triangular, surface with short, turgid

hairs. Stigmas three. Achene broadly obovoid

or obpyriform, trigonous, apex truncate, base

rather prominently stipitate, lobes at the distal

end decurrent on achene angles; L2-L4 mm

long, 0.8-1 mm wide, smooth, epidermal cells

isodiametric. Fig. 2.

Additional specimens examined: Queensland. Cook

District: Adjacent to Pelican Creek, Staaten River NP,

Apr 2004, Fox 3113 (BRI); S of Highbury Homestead,

Staaten River NP. Apr 2004, Fox 3112 (BRI); 153 km

NE of Normanton, Jul 2001, Thompson NOR181 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Fimbristylis triloba

is endemic to Queensland and has been

collected as far north as Staaten River NP and

as far south as Esmeralda Station (Map 1). It

has been recorded from seepage areas, mainly

in Melaleuca dominated woodlands on sand.

Affinities : Fimbristylis triloba is similar

to F. rara , but easily distinguishable by the

length of the glumes that are reddish-brown

spotted and the glume apex shape. The

inflorescence of F. triloba resembles that of F.

helicophylla Rye, R.L.Barrett & M.D.Barrett

which is restricted to the Kimberley in

Western Australia. It differs in the distinctive

obpyriform achene of F. triloba , compared to

ovate in F. helicophylla ; also the leaves of F.

helicophylla are broad, fleshy, twisted and up

to 3.6 mm wide, versus straight and up to 1.5

mm wide in F. triloba.

Conservation status: Least Concern.

Present in Staaten River NP.

Etymology : Named for the three lobes at the

distal end of the angles of the achenes.

Key to Queensland species of Fimbristylis and Abildgaardia

1 Spikelets solitary on each stem.2

1. Spikelets more than one on each stem.35

2 Stigmas 2.3

2. Stigmas 3.14

3 Achene with transverse, wavy ridges.4

3. Achene longitudinally striate, finely reticulate, smooth or tuberculate.8

4 Spikelet oblique or distinctly nodding; style broad, c. 0.5 mm wide.F. nutans

4. Spikelet erect; style narrow, < 0.4 mm wide.5

5 Glumes 1.5-1.8 mm long.F. nuda

5. Glumes > 2 mm long.6

6 Upper part of top most glumes with short fine hairs on the surface

or margin.F. punctata

6. Upper part of glumes glabrous.7

Austrobaileya 10 ( 1 ): 47-58 ( 2017 )

7 Lowest glume broadly obtuse, much shorter than fertile glumes; mature

achene broadly obovate to sub-orbicular, usually > 1.4 mm long, often

dark brown with a white annulus at the base.F. acuminata

7. Lowest glume obtuse or acute, only slightly shorter than the fertile glume;

mature achene obovate, <1.4 mm long, usually white or straw coloured

without a white annulus at the base.F. acicu laris

8 Spikelet 1-3 mm wide.9

8. Spikelet > 3 mm wide.12

9 Spikelet cylindrical 6-15 mm long; leaves mostly reduced to sheathing

scales; achene < 0.5 mm long, finely tuberculate; upper flowers

female only.F. denudata

9. Spikelet fusiform or ovoid-elliptical; leaves developed; achene >0.5 mm

long, not tuberculate.10

10 Achene nearly terete, obovoid-globose, obscurely 2-angled, dark brown;

glumes 1-1.5 mm long.F. distincta

10. Achene biconvex, acutely angled, grey or white; glumes 2-3 mm long.11

11 Spikelets 2-3 mm wide; glumes muticous; achene 0.8-1.2 mm long,

grey.F. polytrichoides

11. Spikelets < 1.6 mm wide; glumes with > 0.3 mm long mucro; achene

0.6-0.7 mm long, white to pale brown.F. adjuncta

12 Achene oblong-cylindrical, ribbed longitudinally with a conspicuous

gynophore 0.5-1 mm long; upper parts of the stem quadrangular.F. tetragona

12. Achene biconvex, obovoid with gynophore <0.5 mm long; upper part

of the stem terete or flattened.13

13 Glumes 4-6 mm long; base of stem bulbous.F. tristachya

13. Glumes 2.5-3 mm long; base of stem not bulbous.F. schoenoides

14 Spikelet oblique or at right angles to stem.15

14. Spikelet erect.16

15 Glume apex with two terminal wings with red, linear flecks; glabrous . . . . F. costiglumis

15. Glume apex rounded; finely ciliate.F. densa

16 Fertile glumes >8.5 mm long.17

16. Fertile glumes < 8 mm long.18

17 Plants with well-developed leaves; glumes 8.5-10.2 mm, distinctly

awned; achene 2-2.6 mm long, including an abruptly constricted c.

1 mm long stipe.F. odontocarpa

17. Plants nearly leafless; glumes 10-15 mm long, acute; achene > 2.6 mm

long, stipe acuminate and not constricted.F. squarrulosa

18 Achene long cylindrical with a conspicuous gynophore; upper part of the

stem quadrangular.F. tetragona

18. Achene obovate, pyriform or winged, no conspicuous gynophore; upper

part of the stem terete or flattened.19

19 Achene with transversely wavy ridges.20

19. Achene longitudinally striate, finely reticulate, smooth or tuberculate.21

Booth & Sharpe, New Queensland Fimbristylis 53

20 Spikelets 6-8 mm wide; glumes glabrous.F. carolinii

20. Spikelets 2-4 mm wide; glumes with minute hairs on the upper surface.F. punctata

21 Leaves densely minutely hairy.F. leucocolea

21. Leaves glabrous.22

22 Achene flattened with acute edges, these with distinct wings c. 0.5 mm wide.23

22. Achene not flattened, may be somewhat compressed, with no wings.24

23 Basal glume less than 14 as long as fertile glumes, glumes 5-7 mm long,

distichous; wings on the achene solid.F. pachyptera

23. Basal glumes all of a similar size, glumes 4-6 mm long, spirally arranged;

wings on the achene ciliate or membranous.F. pterigosperma

24 Spikelet < 1.5 mm wide; glumes usually < 10 per spikelet.F. pauciflora

24. Spikelet >1.5 mm wide, glumes usually > 10 per spikelet.25

25 Glumes entirely glabrous.26

25. Glumes ciliate on the margins or with hairs on at least parts of the surface.32

26 Keel at the base of the glume at least 0.4 mm wide, broadly rounded.27

26. Keel of glume <0.3 mm wide, angular, if rounded then narrowly so.28

27 Achene coarsely tuberculate, pale straw to grey brown; style with broad,

membranous margins for the entire length; glumes white to straw

coloured; clay soils.Abildgaardia ovata

27. Achene smooth or slightly tuberculate, greyish to dark grey/black; style

fimbriate, with no membranous margins; glumes, light brown to brown;

in rocky situations often with a sandstone influence.F. macrantha

28 Glumes at least 5 mm long; distichous, at least in young spikelets, the

rachillas sometimes becoming twisted with age; spikelets strongly

laterally compressed, similar to those in Cyperus .29

28. Glumes up to 5 mm long, spirally arranged, not strongly laterally

compressed.30

29 Achene densely tuberculate, 2-2.8 mm long.F. oxystachya

29. Achene reticulated often with a few small tubercules, 1.4-1.8 mm

long.Abildgaardia vaginata

30 Spikelet <2.4 mm wide; glumes <2.5 mm long.F. modesta

30. Spikelet at least 2.5 mm wide; glumes > 2.5 mm long.31

31 Glumes oblong acute, lowest (empty) glume more than half as long as

the spikelet.F. dictyocolea

31. Glumes broadly obtuse to rounded, lowest glume half or less than

half of the length of the spikelet.F. simplex

32 Glumes < 3 mm long.33

32. Glumes > 4 mm long.34

33 Achene obpyriform, constricted just below the middle; apex of the

spikelets acute.F. trigastrocarya

33. Achene broadly obovoid to obovoid; apex of spikelets obtuse.F. sphaerocephala

34 Spikelets 5-10 mm wide; glumes 5-10 mm long.F. recta

34. Spikelets 2.5-4 mm wide; glumes < 5 mm long.F. cardiocarpa

54 Austrobaileya 10 ( 1 ): 47-58 ( 2017 )

35 Spikelets more than 1 on each stem but not clustered.36

35. Spikelets capitate or somewhat clustered.85

36 Stigmas 2.37

36. Stigmas 3.58

37 Achene < 1 mm long.38

37. Achene > 1 mm long.48

38 Spikelets, 1-4 (-6), cylindrical, only female flowers in upper part; leaves

mostly reduced to sheathing scales.F. denudata

38. Spikelets numerous, ovoid-oblong, all flowers bisexual; leaves with

lamina.39

39 Achene <0.5 mm long.F. caespitosa

39. Achene >0.5 mm long.40

40 Achene sub-cylindrical, oblong-linear in outline.F. dipsacea

40. Achene not as above.41

41 Style base with numerous long hairs pendent over apex of the achene.F. velata

41. Style base without hairs pendent over achene.42

42 Achene with 5-10 conspicuous longitudinal ribs on each face with

numerous cross-bars, glistening white to stramineous, rarely brown.43

42. Achene reticulate, smooth or tuberculate, not ribbed as above.45

43 Upper part of the stem and the base of the involucral bracts with pilose

hairs; style shorter than the achene.F. depauperata

43. Upper part of the stem and the base of the involucral bracts either glabrous

or with only short hairs on the margins; style longer than the achene.44

44 Stamens 2 or 3; glumes orbicular.F. dichotoma (inland form) 1

44. Stamens 1; glumes elliptic.F. bisumbellata

45 Leaves and involucral bracts densely hairy; glumes acute, mucronulate . . . . F. aestivalis

45. Leaves and involucral bracts glabrous; glumes obtuse, muticous.46

46 Glumes <1.4 mm long.F. stenostachya

46. Glumes >1.4 mm long.47

47 Surface of the glumes pubescent.F. pubisquama

47. Surface of the glumes glabrous.F. cymosa

48 Glumes ciliolate on margins or with hairs on part of the surface.49

48. Glumes entirely glabrous.51

49 Glumes up to 2.5 mm long, pubescent over most of the surface.F. pubisquama

49. Glumes 2.8-4.5 mm long, pubescent mainly on the upper parts.50

50 Glumes nearly as broad as long, style c. 0.4 mm wide; involucral bracts

usually longer than the inflorescence; annual with long leaves.F. sieberiana

50. Glumes considerably longer than broad, style c. 0.25 mm wide; involucral

bracts shorter than the inflorescence; perennial with short leaves.F. ferruginea

1 Fimbristylis dichotoma is a variable species with many forms. Two of these forms are separated in the above

key: Fimbristylis sp. (Elizabeth Springs R.J.Fensham 3743) which occurs in artesian springs, and F. dichotoma

(inland form), a depauperate form that occurs in drier inland areas of Queensland. More study of this extremely

variable species is required to determine whether these and other forms can be distinguished consistently.

Booth & Sharpe, New Queensland Fimbristylis 55

51 Achene with 5-10 conspicuous longitudinal ribs on each face with

numerous cross-bars, glistening, white to stramineous, rarely brown.52

51. Achene smooth, finely reticulate or verrucose.54

52 Upper part of the stem and the base of the involucral bracts with pilose

hairs; style shorter than the achene.F. depauperata

52. Upper part of the stem and the base of the involucral bracts either glabrous

or with only short hairs on the margins; style longer than the achene.53

53 Spikelets uniform pale brown; glumes with the mid rib finishing in a

broad mucro at least 0.2 mm long . . . . F. sp. (Elizabeth Springs R. J.Fensham 3743) 1

53. Spikelets usually with darker brown patches; glume with a mucro < 0.2

mm long.F. dichotoma 1

54 Inflorescence mainly consisting of a single spikelet, occasionally some with 2 or 3 . . . 55

54. Inflorescence a panicle consisting of at least 4 spikelets.57

55 Glumes 4-6 mm long; spikelets 4-5 mm wide; base of stem bulbous.F. tristachya

55. Glumes 2-3 mm long; spikelets 2-4 (-4.5) mm wide; base of stem not bulbous.56

56 Spikelets 2-3 mm wide; glumes longer than they are broad.F. polytrichoides

56. Spikelets 3-4.5 mm wide; glumes as broad as they are long.F. schoenoides

57 Stem and leaves spongy, compressible.F. dolera

57. Plant with leaves reduced to short sheaths, stems not spongy.F. blakei

58 Glumes with long scabrid awns 1-1.5 mm long.F. signata

58. Glumes without long scabrid awns.59

59 Style base with hairs pendent over a dark achene.F. furva

59. Style base not with the above combination.60

60 Glumes folded obtusely around the nut, rounded, causing the glumes to

be somewhat flattened at maturity, and spikelets more or less rounded

in cross section.61

60. Glumes folded acutely, not flattened, causing the spikelets to be angular

or compressed in cross section.67

61 Stems sharply 4 or 5 angled; glumes up to 1.5 mm long.F. littoralis

61. Stems 3-angled or terete; glumes >1.5 mm long.62

62 Glumes 3.5-5 mm long.63

62. Glumes < 3 mm long.65

63 Spikelets oblong, >3.5 times longer than broad.64

63. Spikelets broadly ovoid to almost globular < 2.5 times longer

than broad.F. triloba

64 Glumes with distinct reddish-brown linear flecks on the surface.F. lanceolata

64. Glumes with no reddish-brown flecks.F. insignis

65 Plant with long stolons.F. vagans

65. Plant without stolons.66

66 Plants with broad leaves up to 4.5 mm wide; rays on the inflorescence

scabrous.F. clavata

66. Plant with narrow leaves up to 3 mm wide; rays glabrous.F. rara

56 Austrobaileya 10(1): 47-58 (2017)

67 Glume surface pubescent and/or margins with long hairs.68

67. Glume surface and margins glabrous.71

68 Glumes with a distinct, broad, whitish membranous margin.69

68. Glumes with no membranous margin.F. corynocarya

69 Glumes distichously arranged, similar to Cyperus .F. fimbristyloides

69. Glumes distinctly spirally arranged.70

70 Base of the involucral bracts pubescent; top of stems scabrous.F. phaeoleuca

70. Base of the involucral bracts glabrous; stems glabrous.F. cymosa

71 Plant with long stolons.F. vagans

71. Plant without stolons.72

72 Leaves reduced to loose sheaths; inflorescence consisting of 1 sessile

spikelet plus 1-3 spikelets on branches to 2 cm long.Abildgaardia vaginata

72. Plants with long leaves, inflorescence not as above.73

73 Stems sharply 4 or 5-angled.74

73. Stems 3 angled, terete or compressed, may be ribbed.77

74 Glumes 3-5 mm long.F. eragrostis

74. Glumes 1-1.5 mm long.75

75 Glume mucro with a few scabrous hairs.F. elegans

75. Glume mucro absent or glabrous.76

76 Spikelets ovoid to narrowly ovoid; leaves with a prominent mid-rib and

rib like margins; rachillas with ragged scale like wings after the nuts

have fallen.F. quinquangularis

76. Spikelets mostly globose; leaves with thinly grooved margins, no mid¬

nerve; rachillas not winged.F. littoralis

77 Glume with an obvious broad, whitish membranous margin.78

77. Glume margin with no obvious membranous margin.81

78 Glume apex obtuse or muticous.F. cymosa

78. Glume apex with a mucro or at least acute.79

79 Glumes < 2 mm long.F. elegans

79. Glumes > 2 mm long.80

80 Glume mucro c. 0.4 mm long; spikelets distinctly angular in cross

section;.F. subaristata

80. Glume mucro c. 0.2 mm long or less; spikelets obscurely angular in cross

section;.F. micans

81 Stems in upper part strongly flattened and winged.F. complanata

81. Stems not flattened, may be slightly compressed, but not winged.82

82 Glumes with distinctly raised reddish brown flecks.F. cinnamometorum

82. Glumes with no reddish brown flecks.83

83 Glumes >2.5 mm long.F. buchananensis

83. Glumes <2.5 mm long.84

84 Spikelets not more than 1.2 mm wide.F. microcarya

84. Spikelets >1.3 mm wide.F. cymosa

Booth & Sharpe, New Queensland Fimbristylis 57

85 Stem in upper part strongly flattened and winged; ligule ciliate.F. complanata

85. Stems 3 sided; ligule membranous or absent.86

86 Style with a basal whorl of hairs covering the apex of a dark achene.F. furva

86. Style not as above.87

87 Achene with 5-10 conspicuous longitudinal ribs on either face with

numerous cross-bars, glistening white to stramineous, rarely brown . . . . F. dichotoma 1

87. Achene smooth, with 3 longitudinal ribs, finely reticulate, verrucose or

tuberculate.88

88 Glumes > 4 mm long.F. neilsonii

88. Glumes < 4 mm long.89

89 Involucral bracts and surface of upper glumes pubescent.F. sericea

89. Involucral bracts and upper glumes not pubescent, margins of the glumes

may be slightly ciliate.90

90 Inflorescence a compact head of spikelets.F. schultzii

90. Inflorescence a panicle.91

91 Glumes 1.3-2.5 mm long.F. cymosa

91. Glumes 2.8-3.4 mm long.F. buchananensis

Acknowledgements

We thank Will Smith for the illustrations,

and Tony Bean for his support and helpful

suggestions.

References

Blake, S.T. (1940). Monographic studies in the genus

Fimbristylis (Cyperaceae) Part 1. Papers

from the Department of Biology, University of

Queensland 1(13).

Booth, R. (2014) Cyperaceae. In P.D. Bostock & A.E.

Holland (eds.), Census of the Queensland Flora

2014. Queensland Herbarium, Department

of Science, Information Technology and

Innovation: Brisbane.

Ghamkhar, K., Marchant, A.D., Wilson, K.L. & Bruhl,

J.J. (2007). Phylogeny of Abildgaardieae

(Cyperaceae) inferred from ITS and trnL-F

data. Aliso 23: 149-164.

Goetghebeur, P. (1986). Genera Cyperacearum. Een

bijdrage tot de kennis van de morfologie,

systematiek en fylogenese van de Cyperaceae

genera. Unpublished Dr Sci. Thesis. State

University: Gent.

Jessup, L.W., Sharpe, PR. & Booth. R. (2005 onwards).

Cyperaceae in Queensland: Descriptions,

Illustrations, Identification, and Information

Retrieval. Version: 31 March 2015. Queensland

Herbarium: Brisbane.

Kern, J.H. (1974). Cyperaceae. In C.G.G.J. van Steenis

(ed.). Flora Malesiana Series 1, 7: 435-753.

Wolters-Noordhoff Publishing: Groningen.

Kunth, C.S. (1837). Enumeratio Plantarum Omnium

Hucusque Cognitarum, Secundum Familias

Naturales Disposita, Adjectis Char acteribus,

Differntiis et Synonymis. Vol. 2. J.G.Cottae:

Stuttgart/T ubingen.

Latz, PK. (1990). Taxonomic studies of Fimbristylis

(Cyperaceae) in northern Australia. Nuytsia 7:

161-182.

Sharpe, PR. (1986). Keys to Cyperaceae, Restionaceae,

and Juncaceae of Queensland. Queensland

Botany Bulletin No. 5. Queensland Department

of Primary Industries: Indooroopilly.

Vahl, M. (1805). Enumeratio Plantarum vel ab

aliis, vel ab ipso observatarum, cum earum

differentiis specificis, synonymis selectis et

descriptionibus succinctis. Vol. 2. N. Moller &

Sons: Copenhagen.

Austrobaileya 10 ( 1 ): 47-58 ( 2017 )

Map 1. Distribution of Fimbristylis triloba ♦ and F. buchananensis •. Grey shaded areas are conservation reserves

and National Parks.

Lomandra decomposita (R.Br.) Jian Wang ter & A.R.Bean

(Laxmanniaceae), a new species for Queensland

Jian Wang & A.R. Bean

Summary

J. Wang & A.R. Bean (2017). Lomandra decomposita (R.Br.) Jian Wang ter & A.R.Bean

(Laxmanniaceae), a new combination for a north Queensland species. Austrobaileya 10(1): 59-63.

Lomandra decomposita (R.Br.) Jian Wang ter & A.R.Bean is described, illustrated and differentiated

from similar and related taxa. The known distribution of the newly reinstated species is from Charters

Towers to the islands of the Torres Strait in Queensland. A conservation status of Least Concern is

proposed.

Key Words: Laxmanniaceae, Lomandra, Lomandra decomposita, Lomandra multiflora, Lomandra

multiflora subsp. multiflora, Australia flora, Queensland flora, taxonomy, new combination,

conservation status

J. Wang & A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Science, Information Technology and

Innovation, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia.

Email: Jian.Wang@dsiti.qld.gov.au; Tony.Bean@dsiti.qld.gov.au

Introduction

Lomandra Labill. is a genus of four sections

with 54 species, all occurring in Australia, with

two species extending to New Guinea and one

species in New Caledonia (Lee & Macfarlane

1986; Macfarlane & Conran 2014). The genus

was revised by Lee (1966). Currently, there

are 17 recognised species in Queensland,

as well as three non-autonymic subspecies

(Wang 2015). Lomandra multiflora (R.Br.)

Britten belongs to the Section Lomandra ,

Series Lomandra (Lee & Macfarlane 1984). It

includes two subspecies, L. multiflora (R.Br.)

Britten subsp. multiflora and L. multiflora

subsp. dura (F.Muell.) T.Macfarlane, the

former throughout eastern Queensland, New

South Wales and Victoria and parts of the

Northern Territory and the latter in South

Australia only. Examination of herbarium

material has revealed the existence of a

distinctive species that was included within

Lomandra multiflora (R.Br.) Britten subsp.

multiflora by Lee & Macfarlane (1986). The

nam q Xerotes decomposita R.Br. is applicable

to this species and the new combination is

made here.

Materials and methods

This study is based on morphological

examination of Lomandra herbarium

material, especially specimens identified as

Lomandra multiflora subsp. multiflora , as well

as undetermined Lomandra species at BRI

and specimens received on loan from MEL,

NSW and DNA. Images of type specimens at

BM were viewed online.

All measurements are based on dried

material, except the dimensions of flowers

which are based on material reconstituted with

boiling water. National Park is abbreviated to

NP in the text and specimen citations.

Taxonomy

Lomandra decomposita (R.Br.) Jian

Wang ter & A.R.Bean, comb, nov.; Xerotes

decomposita R.Br., Prodr. 262 (1810);

Xerotes multiflora var. decomposita (R.Br.)

Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 85: 526 (1915). Type:

Queensland. Cook District: Endeavour River,

June/August 1770, J. Banks & D. Solander

s.n. (lecto: BRI [AQ49624] [here designated];

isolecto: BM [000939335, 000939336]).

Accepted for publication 17 February 2017

XerotesmediaB.Br., Prodr. 262 (1810 \Xerotes

multiflora var. media (R.Br.) Domin, Biblioth.

Bot. 85: 526 (1915). Type: Queensland. Cook

District: Endeavour River, June/August 1770,

J. Banks & D. Solander s.n. (syn: BM).

Xerotes savannorum Domin, Biblioth. Bot.

85: 526 (1915). Type: Queensland. North

Kennedy District: near Pentland, March

1910, K. Domin 2385, 2386, 2387 (syn: PR,

n.v.).

Plants more or less robust, forming tussocks

from condensed ascending rhizomes. Each

tussock comprising 1 to 5 tufts. Leaves

firm, upright to slightly curved. Leaf sheath

margins at first membranous or cartilaginous,

fraying into short to long strips or fibres up to

8 cm long, white or pale to dark brown. Leaf

blades usually glaucous, smooth to scabrid,

slightly convex on the abaxial side or inrolled,

40-80 cm long, 2.3-4.5(-6.5) mm wide, with

up to 30 parallel veins on the adaxial side

and up to 28 parallel veins on the abaxial

side; apex broadly rounded to obtuse without

teeth; the margins slightly thickened, smooth

to minutely serrulate. Male inflorescence

1 per tuft, paniculate, usually shorter than

longest leaf; the peduncle flattened, smooth

to verrucate, 10-34(-39) cm long, usually

0.25-0.3 cm broad, pale yellow; the primary

rachis 4-angled, smooth to verrucate, 9-33(-

40) cm long, bearing numerous branches and

flower clusters; branches and flower clusters

appearing whorled or opposite at nodes;

inflorescence branches usually 4-angled,

smooth to verrucate, 4-15 cm long; flower

clusters 3-7 cm apart on the primary rachis,

1-3 cm apart on the secondary rachis (first

branch), 0.5-1.5 cm apart on the tertiary rachis

(second branch); inflorescences occasionally

developing a quaternary rachis (third branch)

0.2-0.3 cm long. Cluster bracts usually 3-7,

long- to short-deltoid, up to 1.5 cm long,

c. 2 mm wide at the widest point, with 1-6

obvious veins, largest at the basal node of

primary rachis, shorter and narrower upwards

along primary rachis as well as on secondary

and tertiary rachis. Flowers in groups of

4-15(-25) in each cluster, all of similar age

within each cluster; bracteoles 3, cucullate, c.

0.5 mm long and 0.4 mm wide, membranous,

Austrobaileya 10 ( 1 ): 59-63 ( 2017 )

completely encircling the pedicel. Flowers

pedicellate, the pedicels slender, terete,

1.5-2.5(-3.5) mm long, 0.1-0.2 mm wide,

grey to dark grey, erect to spreading. Flower

buds globular, green, at anthesis becoming

short campanulate, creamy-yellow to yellow.

Perianth segments 6, with distinct outer and

inner whorls; outer tepals 3, broadly elliptical,

thin, free, uniform in size and texture, 1-1.1

mm long, 0.7-0.8 mm wide, pale yellow;

inner tepals 3, elliptical, free except on lower

1/4—1/3, uniform in size and texture, 1.1-1.2

mm long, 0.8-0.9 mm wide, mostly creamy

yellow except for brighter yellow in the

middle of outer surface. Stamens 6, adnate

basally to the inner tepals, the filament often

connate throughout its length to the inner

tepals; anthers all similar, 0.3-0.4 mm long,

0.2-0.3 mm wide, creamy yellow to bright

yellow; anthers of inner tepals slightly more

distal than the antetepalous anthers. Pistillode

poorly formed, 0.1-0.2 mm long, pale

yellow. Female inflorescences 1-3 per plant,

a spike or usually a 1-branched panicle with

numerous flower clusters, rachis and scape

elongating with age; scape 4-26 cm long, 0.1-

0.2 cm wide, flattened, smooth to verrucate;

rachis often angled, verrucate; branches and

flower clusters appearing whorled or opposite

at nodes; the primary rachis 3-15 cm long,

the secondary rachis usually 1-2 cm long.

Cluster bracts usually 3-7, with 1-3 obvious

veins, deltoid, up to 1.3 cm long, 1.5-2 mm

wide at the base, largest at the basal node of

primary rachis, shorter and narrower distally.

Flowers in group of 3-9(-20), each subtended

by 3-6 bracteoles, c. 2 mm long and 3 mm

wide, membranous, completely encircling the

flower base, sessile or shortly pedicellate, the

pedicels c. 0.5 mm long and 0.5 mm wide,

similar ages within each cluster; outer 3

tepals broadly ovate, c. 4 mm long and 1.8 mm

wide, adnate at the base; inner 3 tepals ovate,

c. 3 mm long and 1.2 mm wide, adnate near

base. Staminodes 3(-6), whitish-transparent,

with well-developed filaments and vestigial

anthers, inserted on basal part of tepal. Pistil

conspicuous, the ovary obovoid, 1.1-1.3 mm

long, 0.7-1 mm diameter; styles stout, fused,

with 3 robust out-curved stigmatic lobes;

ovary with 3 locules; ovules 1 per loculus.

Wang & Bean, Lomandra decomposita

Fig. 1 . Lomandra decomposita. A. habit of male plant with flowering inflorescence x0.3. B. habit of female plant with

fruiting inflorescences x0.3. C. top section of a leaf x2. D. transection view of a leaf x8. E. pedicellate male flower with

bracts xl2. F. male flower spread open xi6. G. sessile female flower and its bracts x8. H-J. sepals of the female flower

x8. K-M. petals of the female flower x8. N. pistil x8. O. opened fruit with seed x6. A, F from Johnson 4984 (BRI); B,

O from Clarkson 180 (BRI); C & D from Kan is 2046 (BRI); E from Forster PIF32574 & McDonald (BRI); G-N from

McDonald 1652 & Batianoff( BRI). Del. W. Smith.

Fruiting peduncle usually 10-25 cm long,

0.2-0.25 cm wide. Capsule 7.5-8 mm long,

5-6 mm diameter with 3 transverse wrinkled

carpels at maturity; carpels dark grey outside,

pale yellow inside; the carpel margins slightly

ridged; the hardened perianth persistent,

3-3.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide; the hardened

bracts occasionally persistent, c. 1.5 mm long,

0.6-0.8 mm wide. Seeds 1 per locule, ovoid,

3.6-5.5 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, 2-angled on

inner face, rounded on outer face, smooth

to rough or slightly wrinkled, translucent in

appearance, light brown to brown. Fig. 1.

Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.

Cook District: Nagir (Mt Ernest) Island, Apr 1997,

Waterhouse BMW4337 (BRI, DNA); Prince of Wales

Island, May 1906, Tate s.n. (BRI [AQ118336]);W of

Bamaga, c. 27 km SW of Cape York, Oct 1965, Smith

12489 (BRI); 28.9 km S of New Road turnoff, off

Telegraph Line, Mar 1992, Johnson 5081 (BRI); 27.2

km SE of Heathlands, Feb 1992, Johnson 4984 (BRI);

E of ‘Bramwell’ Homestead, on Olive River, Cape York

Peninsula, Aug 1978, Kanis 2046 (BRI, L); Olive River

Environmental Reserve, 0.5 km W by road of ‘Bromley’

Homestead, Cape York Peninsula, Jun 2007, Forster

PIF32574 & McDonald (BRI); 1 km N of Maloney’s

Springs, Jun 1989, Forster PIF5294 (BRI); Portland

Roads, Aylen Hills, May 1948, Brass 18939 (BRI); Chilli

Beach to Cape Weymouth Road, Jul 2003, Sankowsky

2078 & Sankowsky (BRI); Portlands Roads Road, 2 km

E of Brown Creek, Jun 2004, Gray 8928 (BRI, CANB),

8930 (BRI, CANB); Above cascades on Coen River

near Coen, Nov 1980, Morton AM789 (BRI); N side of

Nesbit River, Silver Plains, Jun 1998, Forster PIF22995

et al. (BRI, CNS); Stanley Island, Jun 1991, Godwin

C3530 (BRI); 65 km SE of Coen Monitoring site 2 in

Balclutha Creek Natural Refuge, Jun 2011, Thompson

SLT1105 & SLT1106 (BRI); Cooktown, May 1968, San

& Clifford s.n. (BRI [AQ252808]); Endeavour River, in

1878, Persieh 225 (MEL); ibid., in 1883, Persieh 838

(MEL); ibid ., s.dat., Persieh 967 (MEL); ibid , in 1885,

Persieh 406 (MEL); Mt Saunders, Mar 1984, Scarth-

Johnson 1478A (BRI); 1 km W of Airport, Cooktown,

Apr 1975, McDonald 1652 & Batianoff( BRI); Pannikin

Springs area, Blackdown Station, May 1999, Forster

PIF24406 & Booth (BRI); Stannary Hills, 13 km S of

Mutchilba, Portion 603, May 2006, Forster PIF31623 &

McDonald (BRI); c. 14 km N of the Lynd Road junction

on the road to Hughenden, May 1975, Clarkson 179 &

180 (BRI); 4.2 km NW of Margaret’s Bore, ‘Curlew

Paddock’, Lyndhurst Cattle Station, Mar 2002, Kohler

TH6736 & Appelman (BRI). Burke District: 9.5 km SW

of Clyde Park new homestead, 63 km NE of Hughenden,

Mar 1993, Thompson HUG228 & Henderson (BRI),

Thompson HUG241 & Henderson (BRI); 3 km SE

of Clyde Park homestead, 74 km NE of Hughenden,

Sep 1992, Thompson HUG6 & Sharpe (BRI). North

Kennedy District: Minnamoolka Station, c. 35 km S of

Mt Garnet, Apr 1991, Batianoff MM9104023 & Franks

Austrobaileya 10(1): 59-63 (2017)

(BOL, BRI, CANB, K, PRE); 25 km W of Pentland on

Great Dividing Range (locally known as ‘Burra Range’),

Jul 1975, Chapman 1326 (BRI, CANB); North Branch

Creek, White Mountains NP, Apr 1992, Bean 4312

(BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Lomandra

decomposita is endemic to north east

Queensland where it is widespread on

Cape York Peninsula extending south to

White Mountains NP and east to near

Charters Towers. It also occurs on some

Torres Strait islands (Map 1). The species

mainly grows in woodlands with Corymbia

clarksoniana (D.J.Carr & S.G.M.Carr)

K. D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson, C. polycarpa

(F.Muell.) K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson, C.

stockeri (D.J.Carr & S.G.M.Carr) K.D.Hill

& L.A.S. Johnson, Eucalyptus crebra

F.Muell., E. leptophleba F.Muell., E.

platyphylla F.Muell., and open forests of

Corymbia nesophila (Blakely) K.D.Hill &

L. A.S. Johnson or C. peltata (Benth.) K.D.Hill

& L.A.S.Johnson and Eucalyptus tetrodonta

F.Muell., on sandstone and sandy soils. It has

also been recorded in Melaleuca viridiflora

Sol. ex Gaertn. forest, Acacia shirleyi Maiden

and Eucalyptus persistens L.A.S.Johnson

& K.D.Hill woodland on sandstone and

deciduous vinethicket with metamorphic

rocks.

Phenology : Male flowering has been recorded

every month except December. Female

flowering was recorded only in April, August,

October and November. Mature fruits were

collected from February through to July.

Typification: Original material of Xerotes

decomposita is present at BM and BRI. The

BRI specimen is a good quality flowering

specimen. Therefore, it is chosen as the

lectotype of Lomandra decomposita.

Notes : Lomandra decomposita is related to

the widespread L. multiflora subsp. multiflora

of eastern Australia and L. patens A.Lee of

central Australia. It differs from L. multiflora

subsp. multiflora by the glaucous leaves,

shorter pedicels in the male flowers, smaller

and more rounded male flowers and the 6

anthers in the male flower aligned almost on

the same level (Fig. 1). It differs fromZ. patens

by the glaucous leaves, shorter inflorescence

Wang & Bean, Lomandra decomposita

bracts, smaller and more rounded male flowers

with longer pedicels, the 6 anthers in the male

flower aligned almost on the same level, the

fewer branched female inflorescence and

shorter persistent styles of the fruits.

Conservation status : Lomandra decomposita

can be a common species where it occurs. It

is recorded from several National Parks and

is not known to be at risk. Therefore, it is

assessed as Least Concern using the IUCN

(2012) criteria.

Acknowledgements

We are grateful to the Directors of DNA,

MEL and NSW for providing specimens on

loan and to Will Smith for producing the

illustrations and distribution map.

References

Brown, R. (1810) [1963 fascimile], Xerotes R.Br.

Prodromus Florae Novae Hollandiae et Insulae

van-Diemen, p. 262. J.Cramer: New York.

Domin, K. (1915). Xerotes R.Br. Bibliotheca Botanica

85: 526.

Iucn (2012). IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria:

Version 3.1. 2 nd Edition. Gland, Switzerland and

Cambridge, UK: IUCN. iv + 32pp.

Lee, AT. (1966). Xanthorrhoeaceae. Contributions from

the New South Wales National Herbarium,

Flora Series 34: 16-42.

Lee, A.T. & Macfarlane, T.D. (1986). Lomandra.

In A.S. George (ed.). Flora of Australia 46:

100-141. Australian Government Publishing

Service: Canberra.

Macfarlane, T.D. & Conran, J.G. (2014). Lomandra

marginata (Asparagaceae), a shy-flowering

new species from south-western Australia.

Australian Systematic Botany 27: 421-426.

Wang, J. (2015). Laxmanniaceae. In P.D.Bostock &

A.E.Holland (eds). Census of the Queensland

Flora 2015. Queensland Department of

Science, Information Technology and

Innovation: Brisbane, https://data.qld.gov.au/

dataset/census-of-the-queensland-fiora-2015,

accessed 1 December 2015.

Map 1. Distribution of Lomandra decomposita

Austrobaileya 10(1): 64 (2017)

SHORT COMMUNICATION

Polyalthia submontana subsp. sessiliflorus (Jessup)

Jessup, a new combination in Australian Annonaceae

L.W. Jessup

Queensland Herbarium, Department of Science, Information Technology and Innovation, Brisbane

Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: Laurence.

Jessup@dsiti.qld.gov.au

Several genera of Annonaceae were recently

reassessed on the basis of molecular and other

evidence (Xue et al. 2012) and a number of

new combinations were published including

some for Australian taxa. The authors did

not transfer or synonymise an Australian

trinomial for a taxon that is currently

recognised in Queensland. The necessary

combination is therefore made below for this

subspecies.

Polyalthia submontana (Jessup) B.Xue

& R.M.K. Saunders subsp. sessiliflorus

(Jessup) Jessup comb, nov.; Haplostichanthus

submontanus Jessup subsp. sessiliflorus

Jessup, FI. Australia 2: 44,449, fig. 9H (2007).

Type: Queensland. Cook District: near

Curtain Fig tree, c. 2 km SSW of Yungaburra,

5 December 1984, L.W. Jessup 695 (holo:

BRI).

References

Jessup, L.W. (2007). Annonaceae. In A.G. Wilson (ed.),

Flora of Australia 2: 18-57. ABRS/CSIRO:

Canberra/ Melbourne.

Xue, B., Su, Y.C.F., Thomas, D.C. & Saunders, R.M.K.

(2012). Pruning the polyphyletic genus

Polyalthia (Annonaceae) and resurrecting the

genus Monoon. Taxon 61: 1021-1039.

Accepted for publication 13 April 2017

Taeniophyllum walkeri B.Gray (Orchidaceae),

a new species from north Queensland

B. Gray

Summary

Taeniophyllum walkeri B.Gray (Orchidaceae) a new species from north Queensland. Austrobaileya

10(1): 65-69. Taeniophyllum walkeri B.Gray is described, illustrated and compared to related taxa.

A key to the Australian mainland species is expanded to include the new species. A line drawing and

photographs are provided. The species is restricted to the western side of the Mcllwraith Range on

Cape York Peninsula and is so far only known from three collections.

Key Words: Orchidaceae, Taeniophyllum , Taeniophyllum walkeri , Australia flora, Queensland flora,

Mcllwraith Range, new species, taxonomy.

B.Gray, Australian Tropical Herbarium, James Cook University, Cairns Campus, McGregor Road,

Smithfield, Queensland 4878, Australia.

Introduction

Since the recent publication of three new

species of Taeniophyllum (Gray 2015),

material of a new and distinctive species

has been collected in far north Queensland

from central Cape York on the western side

of the Mcllwraith Range to the north east of

Coen. Taeniophyllum walkeri B.Gray is the

second species in the section Taeniophyllum

(synonym: section Trachyrhachis Schltr.)

recorded for Australia. The other Australian

species in this section, T. epacridicola

B.Gray, is known from northern Cape York

(Gray 2015).

This diminutive orchid was first brought

to my attention by James Walker who found

a single flowering specimen in April 2008

near to the Leo Creek Mine road in the

western Mcllwraith Range. This specimen

is represented by a photograph only. Later

a single flowering plant was collected by

Andrew Ford at the same locality in July 2015.

Four fruiting plants were located on one tree

in the same general area in September 2016 by

the author and Mark Nowochatko.

Materials and methods

This study is based on fresh and spirit

specimens collected from plants in situ. All

Accepted for publication 27 February 2017

measurements for floral parts are from fresh

material. An expanded key to the Australian

mainland species is provided {cf Gray 2015).

Taxonomy

Taeniophyllum walkeri B.Gray sp.nov.

Similar to T. oblongum Schltr. from New

Guinea, but differs in having much larger floral

bracts, a cleft apex to the labellum (versus

entire) and rugose outer surfaces to the sepals

(versus smooth). Typus: Queensland. Cook

District: Old Leo Creek Mine road, western

side of Mcllwraith Range NE of Coen, 31 July

2015, A. Ford 6462 (holo: BRI).

Plant epiphytic. Roots 3-5(-6), round in

cross section, attached to the host, 50-150 x

1.8-2.3 mm, green. Inflorescences usually

one or two. Peduncle absent or up to 1 mm

long. Rachis slightly zig-zag, 4-6 mm long.

Floral bracts ovate acuminate, 3-4 mm long,

glabrous. Flowers greenish yellow, c. 4.5 mm

wide, labellum white with reddish markings.

Sepals and petals spreading widely free to the

base. Dorsal sepal broadly elliptic, obtuse at

the apex, c. 4.7 x 1.7 mm, projecting forward

over the column, concave but thickened near

the apex, upper surface somewhat rugose and

slightly keeled. Lateral sepals oblong, obtuse

at the apex, c. 4.7 x 1.3 mm, thickened at the

apex, outer surface somewhat rugose. Petals

linear, c. 3.8 x 1 mm. Labellum thick and

fleshy, c. 3.5x2 mm, channelled on the upper

Austrobaileya 10(1): 65-69 (2017)

Fig. 1 . A. habit of mature flowering plant. B. face view of flower. C. lateral view of flower. D. lateral view of labellum

and column. E. longitudinal section of labellum and column. F. fruit. G. pollinium. H. anther. I. lateral sepal. J. dorsal

sepal. K. petal. L. inflorescence. All from Ford 6462 (BRI). Scale as indicated. Del. B. Gray.

Gray, Taeniophyllum walkeri

surface, side lobes highest towards the rear,

apex cleft. Spur c. 2.2 x 1.6 mm in line with

the labellum. Column projecting forward,

beak like, c. 2.5 mm long, creamy yellow with

red margins. Anther cap lanceolate, c. 2.5

x 1 mm. Pollinia 4 in unequal pairs. Stype

slender c. 2 mm long. Capsule 12-14 x c. 3.5

mm. Figs. 1-3.

Additional specimen examined : Queensland. Cook

District: Leo Creek Mine road, Mcllwraith Range, Sep

2016, Gray 9740 & Nowochatko (CNS).

Distribution and habitat : Taeniophyllum

walkeri is endemic to central Cape York

where it is known from a restricted area on

the Leo Creek Mine road on the western side

of the Mcllwraith Range north east of Coen.

All collections made have been growing on

twigs and smaller branches of Larsenaikia

ochreata (F.Muell.) Tirveng. in relatively

open areas near rainforest. T. muelleri Lindl.

ex Benth. was a very common orchid on the

same host tree.

Fig. 2. Mature flowering plant. Inflorescences showing open flower and a flower bud. (Ford 6462 , BRI). Photo: B.

Gray.

Phenology : Flowering collections were made

in April and July, and a fruiting collection in

September.

Notes : Taeniophyllum walkeri is closest to T.

oblongum Schltr. from Papua New Guinea

(Schlechter 1982) but a comparison of floral

morphology with the description and line

drawing of that species show the plants to

be distinct from one another with the former

having much larger floral bracts, a cleft apex

to the labellum and rugose outer surfaces to

the sepals. Schlechter (1982) states that T.

oblongum was rare and that he located only a

single plant, despite a long stay in the Minjem

Valley. The type specimen of T. oblongum

was almost certainly destroyed in Berlin

during World War 2.

Austrobaileya 10(1): 65-69 (2017)

There are also some similarities to

Taeniophyllum breviscapum J.J.Sm. from

New Guinea but that species differs in having

verrucose, compared to smooth floral bracts.

Etymology : The specific epithet honours

entomologist James Walker who discovered

this species while doing field work in the area.

Key to mainland Australian species of Taeniophyllum

1 Sepals and petals fused near the base forming a tube; flowers < 3 mm

diameter.2

1. Sepals and petals free to the base not forming a tube; flowers > 3 mm diameter.6

2 Roots terete in cross section.T. muelleri

2. Roots triangular or flattened in cross section.3

3 Roots triangular in cross section (having a raised longitudinal ridge). . . T. triquetroradix

3. Roots flat in cross section.4

4 Peduncle filiform.5

4. Peduncle not filiform, roots 2-3 mm broad; peduncle 2-3 long, floral

bracts overlapping, hiding the rachis; flowers 4-5 mm long.T. confertum

5 Roots 1-1.5 mm broad; peduncle filiform, 12-15 mm long; rachis filiform;

floral bracts small, alternating c. 0.5 mm apart, all in one plane; flowers

c. 2.5 mm long.T. explanatum

5. Roots c. 1 mm or less broad; peduncle filiform, 2-5 mm long; rachis

not filiform, fleshy, parallel sided, twice as wide as peduncle; floral

bracts alternating <0.5 mm apart; flowers < 2 mm long.T. clementsii

6 Peduncle, rachis and ovary sparsely covered with erect short-bristly hairs;

flowers green, turning yellow with age.T. lobatum

6. Peduncle, rachis and ovary glabrous.7

7 Peduncle filiform, 20-50(-60) mm long; floral bracts overlapping; flower

7-11 mm wide; roots 1.5-2.5 mm broad, mostly hanging free from host,

some appressed.T. malianum

7. Peduncle not filiform.8

8 Roots flat, 2-3.5(-4) mm broad, greyish green; peduncle and rachis

reddish, zig-zag from the base, 8-10 mm long; floral bracts alternating

2-3 mm apart; flower 4.5-5 mm wide.T. epacridicola

8. Roots ± terete in cross section 1.8-2.3 mm diameter, green; peduncle

0-1 mm long, floral bracts overlapping hiding the rachis; flower

c. 4.5 mm wide.T. walkeri

Gray, Taeniophyllum walkeri

Fig. 3. Close-up of open flower ( Ford 6462 , BRI). Photo

B. Gray. Fig. 4. Fruiting plant ( Gray BG9740 & Nowochatko ,

CNS). Photo: M. Nowochatko.

Acknowledgements : I would like thank James

Walker for bringing this plant to my attention

and providing details of the collection site and

host tree. I am indebted to Andrew Ford who

went to considerable trouble to collect fertile

material for the type specimen. Also, Mark

Nowochatko is thanked for his assistance with

the field work.

References

Gray, B. (2015). Three new species of Taeniophyllum

Blume (Orchidaceae) from northern

Queensland. Austrobaileya 9: 382-392.

Schlechter, R. (1982). The Orchidaceae of German

New Guinea. Australian Orchid Foundation:

Melbourne. ( Taeniophyllum , pp. 1077-1096).

Melaleuca comosa A.R.Bean (Myrtaceae), a

new species from western Queensland

A.R. Bean

Summary

Bean, A.R. (2017). Melaleuca comosa A.R.Bean (Myrtaceae), a new species from western

Queensland. Austrobaileya 10(1): 70-73. A new species, Melaleuca comosa A.R.Bean is described

and illustrated. It is known from a single location near Blackall in western Queensland.

Key Words: Myrtaceae, Melaleuca, Melaleuca comosa , new species, Australia flora, Queensland

flora

A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Science, Information Technology & Innovation,

Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: Tony.

Bean@dsiti.qld.gov.au

Introduction

In 1984, Rosemary Purdie made the first

herbarium collection of an unusual Melaleuca

species during field work for the Western

Arid Region Land Use Study (WARLUS)

project. This specimen could not be classified

as it had only a few old fruits. In 1995, noted

amateur collector Betty Ballingall visited the

site and collected another specimen. This one

unfortunately also lacked flowers and intact

fruits. She nevertheless sent a duplicate to

Melaleuca expert Lyn Craven, who tentatively

identified it as M. lasiandra F.Muell. In the

recent comprehensive book on the genus

(Brophy et al. 2013), Ballingalfs collection

appears as an outlier on their distribution map

for M. lasiandra. In 2014, Jenni Silcock and

Boris Laffineur were able to procure some

material bearing senescent flowers and young

fruits. Her material is sufficient to confirm

that this taxon differs significantly from M.

lasiandra , and that it does not conform to any

other named species. It is described here as a

new species.

Materials and methods

This paper is based on examination and

measurements of dried herbarium samples at

BRI.

Accepted for publication 27 February 2017

Taxonomy

Melaleuca comosa A.R.Bean sp. nov. with

similarities to M. lasiandra , but differing

by the flaky-fibrous, non-papery bark, the

shorter leaves with very dense oil glands,

the flowers in monads, the glabrous stamens,

and the stamen bundles only 3.5-4.5 mm

long. Typus: Queensland. Mitchell District:

2.5 km SE of New Belton dam, Mt Marlow,

19 September 2014, J. Silcock JLS1650 &

B. Laffineur (holo: BRI; iso: CANB, to be

distributed).

Melaleuca sp. (Mt Marlow M.E.Ballingall

MEB2737); (Bean 2016).

Shrub 2-4 m high, with dense rounded

crown. Bark pale to dark grey, flaky-fibrous,

not papery, persistent throughout. Branchlets

terete to somewhat angular, brown to reddish-

brown; hairs dense, white, spreading,

eglandular. Leaves simple, entire, spirally

arranged. Lamina elliptical to broadly

obovate, 7-14.5 x 2.6-5.3 mm, 2.1-3.4 times

longer than wide, veinless or with 1-3 veins

sometimes faintly visible; oil glands very

dense, c. 60 per mm 2 ; hairs simple appressed,

silky, 0.1-0.2 mm long, dense on young

laminae, becoming glabrous with age; apex

acute to mucronate, base cuneate, margins

flat. Petioles well developed, 0.8—1.2(—1.4)

mm long, flattened. Inflorescences spicate,

spikes 15-25 mm long; rachis with dense

erect white eglandular hairs; flowers in

Bean, Melaleuca comosa

monads, 5-(6)-merous, sessile, bracteoles not

seen. Hypanthium ovoid-truncate, 2-2.5 mm

long, with dense patent white hairs 0.3-0.9

mm long; sepals deltate, 1.2-1.3 mm long,

densely hairy on outer surface, sparsely hairy

on inner surface, readily deciduous; petals

broadly obovate, c. 1.5 mm long, hairs present

near base on outer surface, inner surface

glabrous, oil glands apparently absent.

Stamens apparently white, in 5(-6) bundles,

8-16 stamens per bundle, bundles 3.5-4.5 mm

long, filaments glabrous; anthers versatile,

0.4-0.5 mm long. Ovary 3-locular; summit of

the ovary densely hairy; style 6-6.5 mm long,

glabrous; stigma slightly expanded. Mature

fruits globose-truncate to cupular, 3-3.5 mm

long, 3.3-4 mm diameter, sessile, glabrous or

glabrescent, valves of capsule enclosed or at

rim-level. Figs. 1-3.

Fig. 1. Melaleuca comosa. A. branchlet with young infructescence x3; B. mature leaf with copious oil glands x6; C.

staminal bundle xl6; D. immature fruit xl2; E. young developing leaf with silky indumentum xl2. All from Silcock

JLS1650 & Laffineur (BRI).

Fig. 2. A mature tree of Melaleuca comosa. Photo: J.

Silcock.

Fig. 3. Bark of Melaleuca comosa. Photo: J. Silcock

Additional specimens examined: Queensland. Mitchell

District: Mt Marlow Station in Belton paddock, 2.4 km

SE along shot line from New Belton Tank, Apr 1995,

Ballingall MEB2737 (BRI, CANB); Twickenham,

second lease on Mt Marlow station, Jul 1999, Burns

AZU586 (BRI); c. 11 km WSW of Merrigal homestead,

Apr 1984, Purdie 2086 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Known only from

Mount Marlow station, about 180 km SW

of Blackall in western Queensland. It grows

on drainage channels in deeply gilgaied

stony clay soils, adjacent to or with Acacia

cambagei R.T. Baker.

Austrobaileya 10 ( 1 ): 70-73 ( 2017 )

Phenology : Unknown; the late remnants of

flowers have been collected in September.

Affinities : The nearest relative is unknown.

Melaleuca comosa is similar to M. lasiandra ,

but differs by the flaky-fibrous, non-papery

bark, the shorter leaves with very dense oil

glands, the flowers in monads, the glabrous

stamens, and the stamen bundles only

3.5-4.5 mm long. M. comosa is superficially

like M. bracteata, the only other Melaleuca

species with non-papery bark from western

Queensland. M. comosa differs by the

unveined or 1-3 -veined leaves (5-11 -veined

for M. bracteata ), the hypanthium hairs

0.3-0.9 mm long (only c. 0.1 mm long for

M. bracteata ), the 8-16 stamens per bundle

(15-25 for M. bracteata ), flowers in monads

(triads for M. bracteata ), and the lack of

persistent leaf-like bracts at the base of each

triad.

Conservation status : The total known extent

of occurrence for Melaleuca comosa is 5 km 2 .

The main population covers about 1 km 2 , with

outliers seen totalling about 0.1 km 2 , giving

a conservative area of occupancy estimate of

1.1 km 2 . The total population is estimated

at around 2,200 plants (J. Silcock pers.

comm.). Based on the IUCN (2012) criteria,

a conservation status of Vulnerable (D1 and

D2) is proposed.

Etymology : The species epithet is from the

Greek comosus meaning ‘hairy’, and is given

in reference to the dense patent hairs on the

flowering hypanthia.

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to Jennifer Silcock for the

photographs, and for her detailed notes on

population size and extent of occurrence. Will

Smith (BRI) provided the illustrations.

References

Bean, A.R. (2016). Myrtaceae (Leptospermoideae).

In RD. Bostock & A.E. Holland (eds),

Census of the Queensland flora 2016, Version

1.1. Queensland Department of Science,

Information Technology and Innovation:

Brisbane, https://www.qld.gov.au/environment/

assets/documents/plants-animals/herbarium/

qld-flora-census.pdf, accessed 5 February 2017.

Bean, Melaleuca comosa

Brophy, J.J., Craven, L.A. & Doran, J.C. (2013).

Melaleucas, their Botany, Essential Oils and

Uses. ACAIR Monograph No. 156. Australian

Centre for International Agricultural Research:

Canberra.

Iucn (2012). IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria,

version 3.1 , 2 nd ed. https://portals.iucn.org/

library/efiles/documents/RL-2001-001-2nd.pdf,

accessed 9 October 2016.

Cycas distans P.I.Forst. & B.Gray (Cycadaceae), a new

species from southern Cape York Peninsula, Queensland

Paul K Forster & B. Gray

Summary

Forster, P I. & Gray, B. (2017). Cycas distans P.I.Forst. & B.Gray (Cycadaceae), a new species from

southern Cape York Peninsula, Queensland. Austrobaileya 10(1): 74-84. A new species of Cycas

from the Mitchell River watershed in southern Cape York Peninsula in Queensland is described,

illustrated and diagnosed as C. distans P.I.Forst. & B.Gray. It is known from two populations and

does not occur in any conservation reserves. A conservation status of Endangered is recommended

for the species.

Key Words: Cycadaceae, Cycas, Cycas distans , Cycas platyphylla , Australia flora, Queensland

flora, Mitchell River catchment, new species, taxonomy. Endangered conservation status

P.I.Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Science, Information Technology & Innovation,

Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: Paul.

For ster @dsit i. qld. gov. au

B.Gray, Australian Tropical Herbarium, James Cook University, Cairns Campus, McGregor Road,

Smithfield, Queensland 4878, Australia.

Introduction

The genus Cycas L. has 29 species recognised

for Australia (Hill 1998; Forster 2001, 2005,

2011). Although some species are widespread,

most tend to occur in geographically discrete

areas in few (in several instances one) to

many populations, commonly restricted to

particular geological substrates. Botanical

exploration in remote areas of Queensland

continues to reveal previously undocumented

populations of Cycas of known and previously

unknown species. The new species (C.

distans P.I.Forst. & B.Gray) described in this

paper appears to be endemic to the Mitchell

River watershed on southern Cape York

Peninsula (Rustomji et al. 2010; Caitcheon

et al. 2012) that flows west to the Gulf of

Carpentaria. It was probably first collected

in 1988 by Christine Dalliston (northern

population); however, this collection is scanty

(a very small, perhaps juvenile leaf and some

loose microsporophylls) and adequate fertile

material from this location remains to be

recollected. In September 2015 a substantial

Accepted for publication 27 March 2017

population was located by Bruce Gray near

the Mitchell River (southern population), and

fertile material collected. A further visit to

this location in late 2015 was undertaken so

that a morphological description based on in

situ plants could be made.

Putative speciation processes in

Australian Cycas have been discussed

previously (Forster 2011) with a favoured

model of speciation occurring by genetic drift

in isolated populations, rather than genetic

selection per se ( cf. Gorelick 2009) with the

species often being defined on a combination

of many small differences, rather than any

major difference in overall habit. C. distans

is hypothesised to be most closely related

to C. platyphylla on a morphological basis,

existing as a similar appearing species that

is geographically disjunct, having diverged

initially as an allopatric population from

common ancestors. This distribution and

speciation pattern is characteristic of Cycas

in Australia, but particularly over the long

latitudinal range for the genus in Queensland.

The known populations of Cycas distans

are roughly equidistant (150-190 km) to

those of three Cycas species (C. media subsp.

Forster & Gray, Cycas distans

banksii K.D.Hill, C. platyphylla, C. tuckeri

K.D.Hill); however, these taxa occur in

dissimilar habitats and are unlikely to have

had any genetic connection with C. distans for

some time given the large area of apparently

unsuitable habitat inbetween. Genetic

connectivity in C. megacarpa K.D.Hill has

been demonstrated to exist to around 8.5 km

with populations beyond this distance tending

to diverge (James et al. 2017), so a distance

of 150-190 km for these four northern

species, putatively far exceeds the potential

for sporadic gene flow. Cycas platyphylla is

the only other Cycas that also occurs in the

Mitchell River watershed with populations in

the far eastern upper catchment of the Walsh

River. The Walsh River eventually combines

with the Mitchell River, and the studied

population of C. distans is only c. 10 km to

the north of the current day watercourse;

whereas both C. media subsp. banksii and C.

tuckeri occur in eastern flowing catchments.

The Mitchell River catchment drains part of

the highly complex geological Hodgkinson

Province of Palaeozoic origin (Vos et al.

2006) with the location of Cycas distans

(altitude c. 195 m) being to the west of the

Palmerville and Mitchell fault zones, whereas

C. platyphylla is well to the east of these zones

at altitudes of 500-840 m.

The distribution of cycad populations

is commonly dispersal limited ( cf. Primack

& Miao 1992) insomuch as apparently

suitable habitat is abundant but the cycads

peter out. Although a number of vertebrates

(birds, mammals) putatively disperse cycad

seed (Forster 2007; James et al. 2017), this

dispersal is usually local ( sensu Cain et al.

2000) and mostly within close proximity to

the adult plants. The large size and weight

of Cycas seed precludes both extremely long

range (i.e. more than 1 km, cf. Corlett 2009)

and long range (more than 100 m, sensu Cain

et al. 2000) dispersal by everything apart

from gravity and water. Rivers are important

dispersal corridors for plants (Merritt &

Wohl 2002) and the waterways that form the

Mitchell River catchment have been eroding

the landscape for millennia so it is not

inconceivable that directed dispersal of cycad

seed has occurred down the catchment due to

the unidirectional water flow {cf. Pulliam 1988)

which currently has a very large discharge

volume (>8 000 000 ML/year) (DNRM 2017;

Brooks et al. 2009). Nevertheless, such a

dispersal event (or events) must have not

been a normal occurrence, but rather from an

extreme or chance event (Higgins et al. 2003;

Nathan 2006) such as catchment flooding and

the landscape in which it occurred would not

have been the same as that existing now. An

analogous dispersal/speciation scenario has

been described for Livistona palms (Kondo et

al. 2012) that have seeds of a similar size and

that morphologically appear suited to similar

dispersal vectors. This dispersal scenario is

compounded for cycads due to their dioecious

nature and potential dependence on insects

for pollination (Kono & Tobe 2007; Terry et

al. 2009). An alternative hypothesis is that

the cycad populations were continuous in the

past and that extinction of the intervening

populations has eventuated in the current

disposition with the two species diverging

morphologically.

Materials and methods

The species description is based on

examination by both authors of live plants

in habitat and herbarium collections at the

Australian Tropical Herbarium (CNS) and the

Queensland Herbarium (BRI). The structure

of the description is modelled on that for

Cycas terryana RI.Forst. (Forster 2011).

Taxonomy

Cycas distans RI.Forst. & B.Gray sp. nov.

with affinity to C. platyphylla but differing

in the more robust habit (stems to 3.5 m tall

and 15-30 cm diameter versus to 1.5 (?4) m

tall and 10-15 cm diameter), longer median

leaflets (130-236 mm long versus 90-170

mm long), very small (12-20 x 4-8 cm),

narrowly-ovoid male cones (versus larger

(15-20 x 8-11 cm) and ovoid) and much

smaller megasporophylls 9-16 cm long

(versus 6-32 cm long), with a smaller lamina

25-35 x 19-30 mm (versus 50-80 x 16-37)

and with shorter apical spines (5-10 mm long

versus 20-25 mm long). Typus: Queensland.

Cook District: Mitchell River catchment, 25

September 2015, B. Gray 9689 & S. Kitchener

(holo: BRI [3 sheets + carpological]; iso: CNS

distribuendi ).

Arborescent cycad with stems to 3.5 m high

(rarely multiheaded with 2 heads), 15-30 cm

thick and with a bulbous base. Leaves 60-117

cm long, somewhat wavy towards the apex,

strongly keeled in cross-section, olive-green,

initially strongly blue-grey and tomentose;

opposing leaflets inserted at 30-45° to the

rachis and becoming flatter with age, the

rachis usually terminated by paired leaflets,

tomentose, glabrescent; petiole 25-34 cm

long, 4-8 mm diameter, strongly blue-grey

tomentose above, and dull olive green below,

with 0-26 short teeth (pinnacanths) at top

of petiole, 2-3.5 mm long and spaced 8-9

mm apart, often spineless. Leaflets 156-244

per leaf, 8-10 mm apart, straight to inflexed

forward towards top of leaf, evenly spaced

in lower half of leaf, then becoming more

interleaved and more strongly keeled in

upper half of leaf, flexible, margins recurved;

median leaflets at 30-50° to the rhachis,

130-236 mm long, 5.5-6.5 (-8.5) mm wide,

olive-green with glaucous blue pruinose

bloom when young; ± flat in cross section,

Austrobaileya 10(1): 74-84 (2017)

decurrent for 4-12 mm, absent at base of

leaf, midrib slightly raised above, more

prominent below and yellowish. New growth

densely tomentose with ferruginous-brown

indumentum, glabrescent. Cataphylls initially

soft, soon pungent, linear, 8—10 cm long,

densely tomentose for entire length with fawn-

ferruginous indumentum, more ferruginous-

brown near base. Microsporangiate cones

narrowly-ovoid, 12-20 cm long, 4-9.5 cm

diameter, with dense fawn-ferruginous

indumentum; microsporophylls 14-28 mm

long, fertile zone 8-15 mm long, 4-9 mm

wide; apical spine antrorsely recurved,

4-7 mm long. Megasporophylls 9-16 cm

long, when young with dense ferruginous-

brown indumentum, aging grey, eventually

glabrescent and olive-green; ovules 2 to 4;

lamina broadly triangular 25-35 mm long,

19-30 mm wide, strongly dentate with well

developed, antrorse teeth 2-4 mm long, apical

spine 5-10 mm long. Seeds ovoid, 28-32 mm

long, 23-29 mm diameter, sarcotesta c. 3

mm thick, blue pruinose, olive green beneath

wax covering, cream-yellow then becoming

purplish-red when ripe. Figs. 1-13.

Fig. 1. Cycas distans habitat (population vouchers: Forster PIF43235A & B et al., BRI). Photo: P I. Forster.

Forster & Gray, Cycas distans

Fig. 2. Cycas distans. Large individual with S. Kitchener for scale (population vouchers: Forster PIF43235A & B et

al., BRI). Photo: P I.Forster.

Additional specimens examined : Queensland. Cook

District: On Pinnacle to Kimba Road, Jun 1988,

Dalliston CC41 (BRI); Mitchell River catchment, Sep

2015, Gray 9688 & Kitchener (BRI, CNS); ibid., Sep

2015, Gray 9690 & Kitchener (BRI, CNS); ibid., Nov

2015, Forster PIF43235A, Kitchener & McDonald

(BRI); ibid., Nov 2015, Forster PIF43235B, Kitchener &

McDonald (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : The two

populations both occur in the Mitchell

River catchment. Plants occur as dense

to sporadic populations in bloodwood

- stringybark woodland dominated by

Eucalyptus tetrodonta F.Muell. with

occasional Corymbia clarksoniana (D.J.Carr

& S.G.M.Carr) K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson

and Erythrophleum chlorostachys (F.Muell.)

Baill., on red sandy soil derived from laterised

surfaces at altitudes between 195 and 240 m

above sea level.

Notes : A superficial examination of the

southern cycad population immediately gives

the impression that the plants are overall very

similar to Cycas platyphylla , but noticeably

trunked to 3.5 m tall and with thicker stems

(Figs. 1 & 2). Cycas platyphylla invariably

occurs in skeletal soils on rocky slopes

(metasediments and volcanics such as granites

and rhyolites) and it is rare to find individuals

that are more than 1.5 m tall with records of

plants 2 m high usually including the leaves

as part of the overall measurement. Hill

(1992) mentions “rarely to 4 m”; however, we

have not observed individuals to this height.

The two species differ most noticeably by leaf

morphology and male reproductive features.

C. distans has longer median leaflets, very

small, narrowly-ovoid male cones and much

smaller megasporophylls (Table 1). The

leaflets of C. distans do also appear as more

apically indexed than in C. platyphylla ;

however, examination of herbarium material

of the latter found that this also occurs in

that species. There are also some apparent

differences in indumentum cover and colour

on the cataphylls and megasporophylls

(Table 1); however, this can vary depending

on environmental conditions and subjectivity,

hence it is not emphasised in the current

comparison.

78 Austrobaileya 10(1): 74-84 (2017)

Table 1. Comparison of character states for Cycas distans and C. platyphylla

Character State

C. distans

C. platyphylla

Stem size

to 3.5 m tall x 15-30 cm diameter

to 1.5 (?4) mtall x

10-15 cm diameter

Median leaflet size

(length x width in

mm)

130-236 x 5.5-6.5 (-8.5)

90-170 x 4-6

New growth

indumentum colour*

ferruginous-brown

orange-brown

Leaflet colour mature

leaves*

olive-green after being initially blue-

grey

olive-green after being

initially bluish

Cataphyll

indumentum colour*

ferruginous-fawn

orange-brown

Microsporangiate

cones

narrowly-ovoid, 12-20 x 4-8 cm

ovoid, 15-20 x 8-11 cm

Megasporophyll

dimensions

9-16 cm long; lamina 25-35 x 19-30

mm; apical spine 5-10 mm long

16-32 cm long; lamina

50-80 x 16-37; apical

spine 20-25 mm long

*colours are variable depending on age and environmental conditions

Fig. 3. Cycas distans. New expanding leaves

demonstrating indumentum colour and cover

(population vouchers: Forster PIF43235A & B et al.,

BRI). Photo: P.I.Forster.

Fig. 4. Cycas distans. Individual photographed in

September, demonstrating glaucous blue colour of leaves

(population voucher: Gray 9688, BRI). Photo: B.Gray.

Fig. 5. Cycas distans. Multiheaded individual resulting from past damage to growing point (population vouchers:

Forster PIF43235A & B et al., BRI). Photo: P I.Forster.

Fig. 6. Cycas distans. Leaves showing inflexion of leaflets (population vouchers: Forster PIF43235A & B et al ., BRI).

Photo: PI.Forster.

Forster & Gray, Cycas distans

Austrobaileya 10(1): 74-84 (2017)

Fig. 7. Cycas distans. Shoot apex of female plant with young expanding megasporophylls surrounded by cataphylls

(population vouchers: Forster PIF43235A & B et al., BRI). Photo: K.R. McDonald.

Fig. 8. Cycas distans. Female plant with old

megasporophylls (population vouchers: Forster

PIF43235A & B etal ., BRI). Photo: P.I.Forster.

Forster & Gray, Cycas distans

Etymology : The species epithet is from the

Latin distans (the present participle of disto )

and means ‘standing apart’, an allusion to the

disjunct occurrence of this species.

Conservation status : The species is known

from two populations with only one of these

having been examined this century. At the

single population that has been visited,

there is probably less than 1000 plants in

total scattered over an area of two or three

hectares, with very few seedlings or juvenile

plants evident (Fig. 13). Whilst there are no

known obvious threats to the species (apart

from inappropriate fire regimes that may

impact on reproduction and recruitment [cf.

Forster 2007]), the number of populations

and individuals warrant the species being

listed as Endangered on the criterion B2

(a,b) (IUCN 2001). This area of southern

Cape York Peninsula has been inadequately

explored for flora away from roads and tracks

so potentially more populations of this species

may be yet discovered. The general habitat

type where the species has been found is

widespread in the region, so causal threatening

processes common to many cycads (failure

of recruitment leading to skewed population

structures, lack of dispersal despite available

habitat) (Forster 2007) appear to be operating.

Acknowledgements

Thanks to Colin Hughes for initially locating

the southern population. Stephen Kitchener

and Keith McDonald ably assisted with

fieldwork.

Fig. 9. Cycas distans. Male plant with cone at pollen shedding stage (population vouchers: Forster PIF43235A & B et

al ., BRI). Photo: K.R. McDonald.

Austrobaileya 10(1): 74-84 (2017)

Fig. 10. Cycas distans. Male plant with old dried cone (population vouchers: Forster PIF43235A & B et al., BRI).

Photo: P I. Forster.

Fig. 12. Cycas distans. Mature seed cleaned of sarcotesta (population vouchers: Forster PIF43235A & B et al, BRI).

Photo: P I. Forster.

Forster & Gray, Cycas distans

Fig. 13. Cycas distans. Clumped seedlings around an adult female plant (population vouchers: Forster PIF43235A &

B et ah, BRI). Photo: P.l.Forster.

References

Brooks, A.P., Shellberg, J.G., Knight, J. & Spencer,

J. (2009). Alluvial gully erosion: an example

from the Mitchell fluvial megafan, Queensland,

Australia. Earth Surface Processes and

Landforms 34: 1951-1969.

Cain, M.L., Milligan, B.G. & Strand, A.E. (2000),

Long-distance dispersal in plant populations.

American Journal of Botany 87: 1217-1227.

Caitcheon, G.G., Olley, J.M., Pantus, F., Hancock,

G. & Leslei, C. (2012). The dominant erosion

processes supplying fine sediment to three

major rivers in tropical Australia, the Daly

(NT), Mitchell (Qld) and Flinders (Qld) Rivers.

Geomorphology 151/152: 188-195.

Corlett, R.T. (2009). Seed dispersal distances and

plant migration potential in tropical East Asia.

Biotropica 41: 592-598.

Dnrm (2017). https://www.dnrm.qld.gov.au/water/

catchments-planning/catchments/mitchell,

accessed 20 January 2017.

Forster, PI. (2001). Cycas cupida (Cycadaceae), a new

species from central Queensland. Austrobaileya

6: 153-160.

-(2005). Cycas scratchleyana F.Muell.

(Cycadaceae), a new species record for

Queensland and Australia. Austrobaileya 7:

229-230.

-(2007). Recovery plans for endangered cycads: a

model set of objectives and actions using the

example of Cycas megacarpa from Queensland,

Australia. Memoirs of the New York Botanic

Garden 97: 3-31.

-(2011). Cycas terryana P.I.Forst. (Cycadaceae),

a new species from central Queensland.

Austrobaileya 8: 356-363.

Gorelick, R. (2009). Evolution of cacti is largely driven

by genetic drift, not selection. Bradleya 27:

37-48.

Higgins, S.I., Nathan, R. & Cain, M.L. (2003). Are

long-distance dispersal events in plants usually

caused by nonstandard means of dispersal?

Ecology 84: 1945-1956.

Hill, K.D. (1992). A preliminary account of Cycas

(Cycadaceae) in Queensland. Telopea 5: 177—

206.

-(1998). Cycadophyta. In A.Orchard (ed.). Flora

of Australia 48: 597-661. CSIRO Publishing:

Melbourne.

Iucn (2001). IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria.

Version 3.1. Gland: IUCN - The World

Conservation Union.

James, H., Forster, P.I., Lamont, R.W. & Shapcott, A.

(2017). Conservation genetics and demographic

analysis of the endangered cycad species Cycas

megacarpa. Landscape scale analysis across the

entire species and the impacts of past habitat

fragmentation. Submitted

Kondo, T., Crisp, M.D., Linde, C., Bowman, D.M.J.S.,

Kawamura, K., Kaneko, S. & Isagi, Y. (2012).

Not an ancient relic: the endemic Livistona

palms of arid central Australia could have been

introduced by humans. Proceedings of the

Royal Society B 279: 2652-2661.

Kono, M. & Tobe, H. (2007). Is Cycas revoluta

(Cycadaceae) wind- or insect-pollinated?

American Journal of Botany 94: 847-855.

Austrobaileya 10(1): 74-84 (2017)

Merritt, D.M. & Wohl, E.E. (2002). Processes

governing hydrochory along rivers: hydraulics,

hydrology and dispersal phenology. Ecological

Applications 12: 1071-1087.

Nathan, R. (2006). Long-distance dispersal of plants.

Science 313: 786-788.

Primack, R.B. & Miao S.L. (1992). Dispersal can limit

local plant distribution. Conservation Biology

6: 513-519.

Pulliam, H.R. (1988). Sources, sinks and population

regulation. American Naturalist 132: 652-661.

Rustomji, P, Shellberg, J., Brooks, A., Spencer, J. &

Caitcheon, G. (2010). A catchment sediment

and nutrient budget for the Mitchell River,

Queensland. A report to the Tropical Rivers

and Coastal Knowledge (TRaCK) Research

Program. CSIRO Water for a Healthy Country

National Research Flagship. 119 pp.

Terry, I., Roe, M., Tang, W. & Marler, T.E. (2009).

Cone insects and putative pollen vectors of

the endangered cycad, Cycas micronesica.

Micronesica 41: 83-99.

Vos, I.M.A., Bierlein, F.P., Barlow, M.A. & Betts, P.G.

(2006). Resolving the nature and geometry

of major fault systems from geophysical and

structural analysis: The Palmerville Fault in NE

Queensland, Australia. Journal of Structural

Geology 28: 2097-2108.

Austrobaileya 10(1): 85 (2017)

SHORT COMMUNICATION

Rhaphidosporaplatyphylla (S.Moore) Bremek. ex

A.R.Bean (Acanthaceae), a new combination for

a species from Australia and New Guinea

A.R. Bean

Queensland Herbarium, Department of Science, Information Technology & Innovation, Brisbane

Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: Tony.Bean@

dsiti.qld.gov.au

Rhaphidospora Nees (Acanthaceae) is

represented in Australia by three species,

although only two ( R. bonneyana (F.Muell.)

R.M.Barker and R. cavernarum (F.Muell.)

R.M.Barker) were recognised by Barker

(1986). Two species occur on Cape York

Peninsula, Queensland ( R. cavernarum and a

second newly recognised here). One specimen

of this second species {Harm 356 ) was

identified as R. cavernarum (Barker 1986),

but it is now clear that this and other material

from Cape York Peninsula matches the type

of Justicia platyphylla S.Moore, described

from Papua New Guinea.

In a paper describing new species

of Acanthaceae from New Guinea,

Bremekamp (1957) mentioned that Justicia

platyphylla S.Moore rightfully belonged

in Rhaphidospora , and he coined the name

Rhaphidospora platyphylla (S.Moore)

Bremek. at that time. This name has been

used in various plant name databases (e.g.

IPNI 2017; The Plant List 2017) in recent

years. However, the combination was not

validly made, because Bremekamp failed to

give the full bibliographic reference for the

place of publication of the basionym. This is

a requirement for all combinations made after

the 1 st January 1953 (McNeill etal. 2012, Art.

41.5). The combination is here validated.

Rhaphidospora platyphylla (S.Moore)

Bremek. ex A.R.Bean, comb, nov.; Justicia

platyphylla S.Moore, J. Bot. 58: 193 (1920).

Type: Papua New Guinea. Central Province:

Astrolabe Range, 1 August 1918, C.T. White

270 (holo: BM, image seen; iso: BRI).

Additional specimens examined: Queensland. Cook

District: Chuula outstation, Kaanju nation. Central

Cape York, Jun 2007, Smith 5209 & Nelson (BRI);

Round Mountain, Embley Range, Jun 1992, Forster

PIF10482 & Tucker (AD, BRI, K, L, MEL); Round

Mountain, Embley Range, Jul 1997, Forster PIF21344 et

al. (BRI, CNS); Bathurst Range, 19 km SSE of Bathurst

Head, 55.8 km NE of Lakefield Ranger Base, catchment

of Barrumundi Creek, Jul 1994, Fell DGF4496 et al.

(BRI); NPR 166, Black Mountain, Helenvale road. Mar

2001, Ford AF2648 & Holmes (AD, BRI, NSW).

Acknowledgements

I thank David Halford for bringing this matter

to my attention.

References

Barker, R.M. (1986). A taxonomic revision of Australian

Acanthaceae. Journal of the Adelaide Botanic

Gardens 9: 1-286.

Bremekamp, C.E.B. (1957). A new Staurogyne

(Scrophulariaceae) and some new Acanthaceae

from New Guinea. Nova Guinea, new series 8:

129-155.

Ipni (2017). The International Plant Names Index.

Harvard University Herbaria, Royal Botanic

Gardens Kew & Australian National herbarium.

http://www.ipni.org/index.html, accessed 7

April 2017.

Mcneill, J., Barrie, F.R., Buck, W.R., Demoulin, V.,

Greuter, W., Hawksworth, D.L., Herendeen,

P.S., Knapp, S., Marhold, K., Prado, J.,

Prud’homme Van Reine, W.F., Smith, G.E,

Wiersema, J.H. & Turland, N.J. (2012).

International Code of Nomenclature for algae,

fungi and plants (Melbourne Code). http://www.

iapt-taxon.org/nomen/main. php?page=title,

accessed 4 April 2017.

The Plant List (2017). The Plant List, Version 1.1. Royal

Botanic Gardens Kew & Missouri Botanical

Garden, http://www.theplantlist.org/, accessed

7 April 2017.

Accepted for publication 21 July 2017

Gastrodia umbrosa B.Gray (Orchidaceae, Gastrodieae):

A new mycoheterotrophic orchid endemic to the

Atherton Tableland, Queensland, Australia

B. Gray & Y.W. Low

Summary

B.Gray & Y.W.Low (2017). Gastrodia umbrosa B.Gray (Orchidaceae, Gastrodieae): A new

mycoheterotrophic orchid endemic to the Atherton Tableland, Queensland, Australia. Austrobaileya

10(1): 86-92. Gastrodia umbrosa B.Gray, a new mycoheterotrophic orchid is described and

illustrated. It was recently discovered from the submontane rainforest of the Atherton Tableland

in north Queensland. Gastrodia umbrosa is morphologically similar to G. queenslandica Dockrill

but differs in having dark purplish brown flowers with tepals fused for almost the entire length as

opposed to brownish orange flowers and tepals fused for two-thirds the length. A taxonomic key to

tropical Queensland Gastrodia species is provided.

Key Words: Orchidaceae, Gastrodia , Gastrodia umbrosa , Australia flora, Queensland flora, new

species, taxonomy, identification key

B. Gray, Australian Tropical Herbarium, James Cook University, Cairns Campus, McGregor Road,

Smithfield, Queensland 4878, Australia.

Y.W. Low, Singapore Botanic Gardens, National Parks Board, 1 Cluny Road, 259569 Singapore;

Comparative Plant and Fungal Biology Department, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Surrey

TW9 3AE, UK; School of Biological Sciences, University of Aberdeen, AB24 3UU Aberdeen, UK.

Introduction

Gastrodia R.Br. is a genus of about 70 species

of achlorophyllous, mycoheterotrophic

terrestrial orchids distributed from tropical

Africa through to Asia, Australia and New

Zealand (Cribb et al. 2010; Govaerts et al.

2017). The genus is typified by G. sesamoides

R.Br., a native of Australia and New

Zealand where it is popularly known as the

Potato Orchid (Brown 1810; Jones 2006). A

comprehensive revision of the genus is still

lacking (Pridgeon etal. 2005), and for the past

few years many newtaxa have been discovered

and named, e.g., China (Hu et al. 2014), Japan

(Suetsugu 2014, 2016), Madagascar (Martos

et al. 2015), New Zealand (Lehnebach et al.

2016), the Philippines (Pelser et al. 2016) and

Solomon Islands (Hsu et al. 2016).

In 2004, Demorchis D.L.Jones &

M.A.Clem., a segregate genus from

Gastrodia was established to accommodate

two taxa, namely G. papuana Schltr. and G.

queenslandica Dockrill that have (1) presence

Accepted for publication 21 July 2017

of filamentous roots that emerge from the

apex of the rhizome, (2) short inflated flowers,

(3) thick fleshy sepals, and (4) thick and

longer peduncle and pedicel at fruiting stage

(Jones & Clements 2004). The distinction of

these two genera were purportedly supported

by a phylogeny inferred from molecular

research using only the internal transcribed

spacer (ITS) region of the nuclear ribosomal

DNA. However, this genus is considered to

be a synonym by Merckx et al. (2012) and

Govaerts et al. (2017). As Gastrodia is not

monographed, we wish to adopt the stance of

Pridgeon et al. (2005), Merckx et al. (2012)

and Govaerts et al. (2017) in this paper and

continue to accept Gastrodia as a broadly

circumscribed genus while awaiting further

molecular phylogenetic resolution that may

appear with a more comprehensive taxon

sampling and markers.

In Australia, 10 species of Gastrodia

have been enumerated, but only three

species are recorded for tropical Queensland,

namely Gastrodia crebriflora D.L.Jones, G.

queenslandica Dockrill and G. urceolata

D.L.Jones (Dockrill 1992; Jones 2006;

Gray & Low, Gastrodia umbrosa

Jones et al. 2010). A recent collection

from Baldy Mountain Forest Reserve,

Atherton Tableland, represents a fourth

taxon previously unrecorded and distinct in

floral morphological characteristics from

all known tropical Gastrodia taxa recorded

for Queensland and Australia. This taxon is

morphologically similar to G. queenslandica

but differs in having dark purplish brown

flowers with tepals fused for almost the

entire length whereas G. queenslandica has

brownish orange flowers with tepals fused for

two-thirds of the length. Hence, the species

is new and described here as Gastrodia

umbrosa.

Materials and methods

Conventional methods of herbarium

taxonomy were applied for this study

including examination of living plants in

the field and preserved spirit collections

deposited in BRI and CNS (herbarium

acronym follow Thiers (continuously

updated)). Measurements were taken from

spirit materials, namely Gray et al. BG9771

(BRI, CNS) and Gray BG9772 (CNS).

Key to tropical Queensland Gastrodia

1 Inflorescences 20-150 cm high; flowers bell-like (tepals

spreading at the apex), white to pale creamy brown (generally

occurring in open forest).2

1. Inflorescences < 12 cm high; flowers tubular (tepals not spreading

at the apex), brownish orange to dark brown or dark purplish

brown (generally occurring in dense rainforest).3

2 Inflorescence 20-150 cm high; flowers 10-50, obliquely

erect; labellum 10-12 x 3-5 mm; callus with three yellow

ridges fusing into a single ridge.G. urceolata

2. Inflorescence 50-100 cm high; flowers 10-35, pendulous;

labellum 12.5-14 x 7-8 mm, callus of two primary ridges.G. crebriflora

3 Inflorescence 2-8 cm high; flowers 1-2(3), horizontal to

slightly nodding, brownish orange, 8-12 mm long; tepals

fused for c. % of the entire length.G. queenslandica

3. Inflorescence 4-12 cm high; flowers 1-4, horizontal, dark

purplish brown, 10-12 mm long; tepals fused for almost

the entire length.G. umbrosa

Taxonomy

Gastrodia umbrosa B.Gray, sp. nov. Similar

to G. queenslandica Dockrill but differs in

having dark purplish brown flowers with

tepals fused for almost the entire length

(versus brownish orange flowers with tepals

fused for two-thirds of the length). Typus:

Queensland: Cook District: Atherton, Baldy

Mountain Forest Reserve, 14 February 2017,

B. Gray, T. Hawkes, T. de Groot, W. Cooper,

R. Jensen & B. Hyland BG9771 (holo: BRI;

iso: CNS).

Plant a glabrous, leafless, achlorophyllous

herb. Rhizome subterranean, fleshy, creamy-

brown 25-60 x 4-8 mm. Stem erect, 30-50

mm tall, glabrous, pale brown to cream, with

3-6 clasping scale leaves. Scale leaves 4-6

mm long, acuminate. Inflorescence 15-22

mm long, with (1—)2—5 flowers; rachis 8-12

mm long; floral bracts lanceolate, 3-6 x 2.5

mm, acute. Pedicel slender, twisted, 6-10 mm

long. Flowers tubular, opening only narrowly

at the apex, dark reddish brown to deep

blackish brown but slightly paler at the apex;

labellum green, visible only in open flowers,

emerald green at the apex. Dorsal sepal fleshy,

Austrobaileya 10(1): 86-92 (2017)

Fig. 1. Gastrodia umbrosa. A. fruiting plant. B. close-up of an inflorescence. C. face view of flower. D. face view of

labellum. E. face view of column. F. longitudinal section through column and labellum. G. lateral view of column and

labellum. H. anther cap. I. pollinia. J. sepals and petals artificially spread open. A from Gray BG9772 (CNS), B-J from

Gray et al. BG9771 (BRI, CNS). Scale as indicated. Del: B. Gray.

Gray & Low, Gastrodia umbrosa

Fig. 2. Gastrodia umbrosa. Plant in situ. From Gray et al. BG9771 (BRI, CNS). Photo: B. Gray.

Austrobaileya 10(1): 86-92 (2017)

* ■ ;<• < w ^

... .

S’V'*

6 v

:v i

' * Gffy-

- A X

f, - ..r' A

■p-n, , * ' AstmM

\ vvA, ^

Fig. 3. Gastrodia umbrosa. Close-up view of an open

flower. From Gray et al. BG9771 (BRI, CNS). Photo:

T. Hawkes.

oblong, obtuse, 11-12 x 7-8 mm, connate with

lateral sepals for almost their total length,

verrucose adaxially. Lateral sepals fleshy,

oblong obtuse, 11-12 x 6-6.5 mm, connate

with each other and dorsal sepal, verrucose

adaxially. Petals fleshy, ovate to spathulate,

c. 3x3 mm, adnate to the inner surface of

the perianth tube. Labellum inserted at the

apex of the column-foot, free, completely

enclosed in the perianth tube, fleshy, green,

oblong, canaliculate, broadly acuminate, c.

5.5 x 3.5-4 mm, narrowed at the base with

two globose processes on the column-foot.

Column orange, hooded, c. 5.3 x 2.5 mm,

with two apical stelidia extending forward of

the anther, two globose, dark green processes

occur on the column-foot at the base of the

column. Fruit erect, cylindrical, truncate

distally and tapered towards the base, creamy

brown, 15-16 x 5-6 mm; pedicel elongated,

18-20 mm long. Figs. 1-5.

Fig. 4. Gastrodia umbrosa. Lateral view of column &

labellum. From Gray et al. BG9771 (BRI, CNS). Photo:

B. Gray.

Additional specimen examined: Queensland. Cook

District: Atherton, Baldy Mountain Forest Reserve, Feb

2017, Gray BG9772 (CNS).

Distribution and habitat: Gastrodia umbrosa

is, as yet, known only from a single site in the

Baldy Mountain Forest Reserve growing on

granitic substrate in submontane rainforest at

about 1000 m elevation.

Phenology: Flowering is recorded in February

with dehiscence of fruit occurring less than

two weeks after flowering.

Notes: Seed pods of Gastrodia umbrosa were

observed on an elongated upright pedicel

that developed rapidly soon after flowering.

This post-pollination growth is an adaption

in relation to seed dispersal which was well

documented and observed in G. exilis Hook.f.

Gray & Low, Gastrodia umbrosa

Fig. 5. Gastrodia umbrosa. Close-up view of column. From Gray et al. BG9771 (BRI, CNS). Photo: B. Gray.

in Thailand (Pedersen et al. 2004). Upon

dehiscence of seed pods, the plant gradually

dies back.

Etymology : From Latin, umbra (shade), in

reference to its preferred habitat under deep

shade, in moist and damp forest floor of the

submontane rainforest.

Acknowledgements

We would like to record our sincere thanks

to Tim Hawkes who made the initial

discovery of Gastrodia umbrosa and drew

BG’s attention to it. Tim Hawkes, Tony de

Groot, Wendy Cooper, Rigel Jensen & Bernie

Hyland kindly helped in the field to search for

additional materials of this elusive orchid for

this study. We are also grateful to the Director

of the Australian Tropical Herbarium

(CNS), Professor Darren Crayn for his

continuous support and permission to access

the collection; Frank Zich (CNS) provided

curatorial assistance at the herbarium. YWL

is grateful to Prof David Burslem (University

of Aberdeen), Dr David Middleton (SING)

and Dr Eve Lucas (K) for encouragement to

collaborate with BG. Research opportunity of

YWL provided by the National Parks Board,

Singapore through the Singapore Botanic

Gardens is gratefully acknowledged.

References

Brown, R. (1810). Prodromus Florae Novae Hollandiae

et Insulae Van-Diemen. Johnson: London.

Cribb, P. J., Fischer, E. & Killmann, D. (2010). A revision

of Gastrodia (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae,

Gastrodieae) in tropical Africa. Kew Bulletin

65: 315-321.

Dockrill, A.W. (1992). Australian Indigenous Orchids ,

2 nd edition, 1: 258-263. Surrey Beatty & Sons,

in association with The Society for Growing

Australian Plants: Chipping Norton, New South

Wales.

Govaerts, R., Bernet, R, Kratochvil, K., Gerlach, G.,

Carr, G., Alrich, P., Pridgeon, A.M., Pfahl,

J., Campacci, M.A., Holland Baptista, D.,

Tigges, H., Shaw, J., Cribb, P.J., George, A.,

Kreuz, K. & Wood, J.J. (2017). World Checklist

of Orchidaceae. Royal Botanic Gardens: Kew.

http://apps.kew.org/wcsp/, accessed March

2017.

Hsu, T.-C., Fanerii, M., Yang, A.T.-Y., Pitisopa, F. &

Li, C.-W. (2016). Gastrodia isabelensis and G.

solomonensis (Gastrodieae, Epidendroideae,

Orchidaceae): Two new species representing

a new generic record in the Solomon Islands.

Phytotaxa 270: 137-145.

Hu, A.-Q., Hsu, T.-C. 8c Liu, Y. (2014).

Gastrodia damingshanensis (Orchidaceae:

Epidendroideae): A new mycoheterotrophic

orchid from China. Phytotaxa 175: 256-262.

Jones, D.L. (2006). A Complete Guide to Native Orchids

of Australia, including the Island Territories.

Reed New Holland: Sydney. ( Demorchis : Pp.

367-368; Gastrodia. Pp. 370-372).

Jones, D.L. & Clements, M.A. (2004). Miscellaneous

new species, new genera, reinstated genera and

new combinations in Australian Orchidaceae.

The Orchadian, Scientific Supplement 14(8):

i-xvi.

Jones, D.L., Hopley, T. & Duffy, S.M. (2010). Australian

Tropical Rainforest Orchids. Commonwealth

Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation

(C SIRO). https: // www. anbg. gov. au/cpbr/cd-

keys/orfk/, accessed March 2017.

Lehnebach, C.A., Rolfe, J.R., Gibbins, J. & Ricthie,

P. (2016). Two new species of Gastrodia

(Gastrodieae, Orchidaceae) endemic to New

Zealand. Phytotaxa 277: 237-254.

Austrobaileya 10(1): 86-92 (2017)

Martos, F., Johnson, S.D. & Bytebier, B. (2015).

Gastrodia madagascariensis (Gastrodieae,

Orchidaceae): From an historical designation to

a description of a new species from Madagascar.

Phytotaxa 221: 48-56.

Merckx, V.S.F.T., Freudenstein, J.V., Kissling,

J., Christenhusz, M.J.M., Stotler, R.E.,

Crandall-Stotler, B., Wickett, N., Rudall,

P.J., Maas-van de Kamer, H. & Maas, P.J.M.

(2012). Taxonomy and Classification. In V.S.FT.

Merckx (ed.), Mycoheterotrophy: The Biology

of Plants Living on Fungi, pp. 19-101. Springer:

New York.

Pedersen, H.A., Watthana, S., Suddee, S. & Sasirat,

S. (2004). Breeding system, post-pollination

growth, and seed dispersal in Gastrodia exilis

(Orchidaceae). Natural History Bulletin of the

Siam Society 52: 9-26.

Pelser, P.B., Doble, K.J.S., O’Byrne, P., Ormerod, P.

& Barcelona, J.F. (2016). Gastrodia cajanoae

(Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae: Gastrodieae),

a new species from the Philippines. Phytotaxa

266: 53-56.

Pridgeon, A.M., Cribb, P. J., Chase, M.W. & Rasmussen,

F.N. (2005). Genera Orchidacearum, Vol. 4

Epidendroideae, 1: 435-452. Oxford University

Press: Oxford, UK.

Suetsugu, K. (2014). Gastrodia flexistyloides

(Orchidaceae), a new mycoheterotrophic

plant with complete cleistogamy from Japan.

Phytotaxa 175: 270-274.

-(2016). Gastrodia kuroshimensis (Orchidaceae:

Epidendroideae: Gastrodieae), a new

mycoheterotrophic and complete cleistogamous

plant from Japan. Phytotaxa 278: 265-272.

Thiers, B. (continuously updated). Index Herbariorum:

A global directory of public herbaria and

associated staff. New York Botanical Garden’s

Virtual Herbarium, http://sweetgum.nybg.org/

ih/, accessed March 2017.

Oldenlandia pinifolia (Wall, ex G.Don) Kuntze

(Rubiaceae), a new addition to the flora of Australia

John O. Westaway

Summary

J.O.Westaway (2017). Oldenlandia pinifolia (Wall, ex G.Don) Kuntze (Rubiaceae), a new addition

to the flora of Australia. Austrobaileya 10(1): 93-101. The annual herb Oldenlandia pinifolia is

newly recorded for Australia with a population in Garig Gunak Barlu National Park on the Cobourg

Peninsula of the Northern Territory. The species is described and illustrated based on Australian

material, together with assessments of its indigenous and conservation status.

Key Words: Rubiaceae, Hedyotis , Oldenlandia , Oldenlandia pinifolia, Scleromitrion, Australia flora.

Northern Territory flora, taxonomy, new species record

J.O. Westaway, Northern Australia Quarantine Strategy, Australian Department of Agriculture

and Water Resources, PO Box 37846 Winnellie, Northern Territory 0821 Australia. Email: john.

westaway@agriculture.gov.au

Introduction

The savannah woodlands of northern

Australia support a rich flora of annual forbs

whose lifecycles are completed during the

monsoonal wet season. This annual flora

is frequently dominated by the monocot

families Poaceae and Cyperaceae but also

includes many dicots derived from a diverse

array of plant families. Rubiaceae may be

better known for its rich tropical forest flora

of perennial trees and shrubs but is also well

represented by an annual herbaceous flora.

For example the genus Spermacoce L. has

57 species in the Northern Territory (NT

Herbarium 2015) and Halford’s (1992) review

of Oldenlandia and related Rubiaceae listed

20 Oldenlandia L. species and four Hedyotis

L. distributed across the northern half of

Australia. There are presently 14 Oldenlandia

species recognised in the NT including three

endemic species (NT Herbarium 2015).

Material of a Rubiaceous herb was

collected during a plant health survey

conducted by the Northern Australia

Quarantine Strategy (NAQS) of the Australian

Department of Agriculture and Water

Resources in June 2015 at Garig Gunak Barlu

National Park (GGBNP) on the Cobourg

Accepted for publication 12 July 2017

Peninsula. Such surveys inspect host plants at

settled locations across northern Australia as

part of a surveillance program aimed at early

detection of plant pest and disease incursions.

The specimen (Westaway 4819) was later

identified by Ian Cowie at the Northern

Territory Herbarium (DNA) to be Oldenlandia

pinifolia (Wall, ex G.Don) Kuntze using the

description and key in the Flora of China

(Chen & Taylor 2017) where it is referred to as

Hedyotis pinifolia Wall, ex G.Don. Review of

the unidentified Oldenlandia specimens held

at the NT Herbarium (DNA) revealed a single

1987 collection (Clarke 1059 ) from Smith

Point, Cobourg Peninsula, originally lodged

as Borreria sp., that was also determined to

be O. pinifolia.

This paper provides a description and

illustrations of Oldenlandia pinifolia and

discusses its occurrence and putative

indigenous status in Australia.

Materials and methods

The description below is based on the

measurements of dried and fresh material

collected at Cobourg Peninsula. Photographs

of fresh floral parts were taken under

microscopy. Accessions of undetermined

Hedyotis and Oldenlandia material lodged

at DNA were subsequently examined. The

Vegetation Site Database of floristic surveys

in the NT maintained by NT Department

of Land Resource Management was also

reviewed for Oldenlandia records from

Cobourg Peninsula. Photos are by the author

except where otherwise credited.

Taxonomy

Oldenlandia pinifolia (Wall, ex G.Don)

Kuntze, Revis. Gen. Pi. 1: 292 (1891);

Hedyotispinifolia Wall, ex G.Don, Gen. Hist.

3: 526 (1834); Scleromitrionpinifolium (Wall,

ex G.Don) R.J.Wang, J. Trop. Subtrop. Bot.

22: 440 (2014). Type: Myanmar. Amherst, in

1827, N. Wallich Cat. no. 850 (holo: K-W [K

001110062]).

Annual herb to 20 cm tall with stout fibrous

root mass. Stems wiry, dark reddish and

hispid, sub-terete to 4-angled by way of striate

longitudinal ridges. Stipules adnate to leaf

bases, c. 0.5 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide; base

truncate; with 4 or 5 bristles 2-3 mm long.

Leaves subsessile, opposite, linear, 6-20 mm

long, 1-2 mm wide, punctate, sparsely hispid

to scabrid adaxially, plano-convex in section

with prominent midrib; apex acute; margins

slightly thickened, revolute on drying.

Inflorescence axillary or in short axillary

fascicles, subtended by setose bracts to 2 mm

long and sometimes also 1 or 2 reduced leaves.

Flowers 1 to 10, subsessile or with pedicel to

1 mm long. Hypanthium obconical, ridged,

hispid and swollen in fruit. Calyx 2-3 mm

long, triangular with midvein conspicuous;

lobes 4, 0.6-1.2 mm, < 1/2 calyx length,

glabrescent with hispid margins. Corolla

white to pink, glabrous externally; tube 1-2

mm long; lobes 4, 1-2 mm long, oblong,

incurved at acute apex. Stamens 4, exserted;

filaments attached at corolla sinus; anthers

oblong c. 0.5 mm. Pistil c. 1 mm, exserted;

stigma bifid. Capsule ovoid, dehiscing

apically, 1.6-3 x 1-2 mm enclosed in remnant

hypanthium. Seeds numerous, polyhedral,

c. 0.3 x 0.2 mm with brown reticulate testa.

Figs. 1-10.

Additional specimens examined: Northern Territory.

Darwin & Gulf District: Smith Point Camp Site 2,

Cobourg Peninsula, Jun 2015, Westaway 4819 (CANB,

DNA,); Feb 2017, Westaway 5206 (DNA); 2.3 km N

Black Point & 1.67 km SE Smith Point, Feb 2017,

Westaway 5211 (BRI, DNA); Cobourg Peninsula, May

1987, Clarke 1059 (DNA).

Austrobaileya 10(1): 93-101 (2017)

Distribution and habitat: The native

geographic range of Oldenlandia pinifolia

is south-east Asia including southern China,

Nepal, southern India, Myanmar, Thailand,

Vietnam and Malaysia (Chen etal. 2010; Chen

& Taylor 2017; The Herbarium Catalogue 2017)

and Brunei, Cambodia and Laos (National

Herbarium of the Netherlands database 2017).

Chen & Taylor (2017) record this species from

six Chinese provinces and Neupane et al.

(2015) cite collections from China, Thailand

and Indonesia. O. pinifolia is recorded for

the island of Singapore (Chong et al. 2009

as H. pinifolia ) and also from sandy areas of

two provinces in Java (Backer & Bakhuizen

van den Brink 1965 as H. pinifolia). The

nearest known location to Australia where O.

pinifolia has been recorded is in Manggarai,

Flores, Nusa Tenggara, Indonesia, based on

a 1981 specimen (L2916754) held at Leiden

(National Herbarium of the Netherlands

database 2017).

In Australia the species has been found

only on the Cobourg Peninsula at the northern

most part of the Northern Territory. On

Cobourg Peninsula, the species has only been

recorded from Smith Point (Map 1), where it

occurs in intact native coastal dune vegetation

comprising a coastal sandplain grassland with

Enneapogon pallidus (R.Br.) PBeauv., Sida

pusilla Cav., Tephrosia remotiflora F.Muell.

ex Benth., Ptilotus conicus R.Br., Zornia sp.

and Notoleptopus decaisnei (Benth.) Voronts.

& Petra Hoffm. However, targeted survey

elsewhere has not been undertaken and given

that there exists substantial areas of similar

coastal habitats within the extensive GGBNP,

the occurrence of further populations is likely

and O. pinifolia is probably more widespread

than current records indicate.

Phenology: Flowering and fruiting of this

annual herb occurs during the northern

monsoon season between December and

April. Plants have been observed flowering at

a young (small size) stage in February and in

fruit in June after plants have dried.

Typification: Don (1838) cited a single

element in the Wallich herbarium when

naming Hedyotis pinifolia. ; this is regarded as

the holotype.

Westaway, Oldenlandia pinifolia 95

Fig. 1. Coastal dune swale habitat of Oldenlandia pinifolia at Cobourg Peninsula.

Notes : From their phylogeny of the Hedyotis/

Oldenlandia complex, Guo et al. (2013)

proposed the resurrection of the genus

Scleromitrion to accomodate a clade of species

previously recognised under Oldenlandia.

Scleromitrion Wight & Arn. was first

described in 1834 as a section of Hedyotis

and subsequently elevated to generic rank by

Meisner (1838).

Guo et al. (2013) recognized the generic

name Scleromitrion for a group primarily

based on the presence of homostylous flowers

with exserted stamens and styles. They note

that Scleromitrion resembles Oldenlandia

morphologically in terms of plant habit and

capsule and stipule characters, but can be

distinguished by their inflorescence and flower

traits. Oldenlandia s. str. usually has terminal

or axillary panicles with obvious or very short

peduncles and 2-5-pedicelled flowers in each

peduncle. In contrast, Scleromitrion has either

axillary clusters of 2-5-sessile flowers or a

single flower with a long and slim pedicel that

is borne terminally or axillarily (Guo et al.

2013). Neupane et al. (2015) also constructed a

phylogenetic tree based on combined nuclear

and plastid molecular data which again placed

Oldenlandia pinifolia in part of a clade termed

Scleromitrion , characterised by homostylous

flowers with exserted stamens and styles.

Scleromitrion is distributed in Asia,

Africa, and Australia, and Oldenlandia s.

str. is mainly limited to Africa, except for the

pantropical species, O. corymbosa L. (Guo

et al. 2013). The genus Scleromitrion is not

presently recognised in Australia (APC 2017).

Cobourg Peninsula has a history of early

settlement and a plausible historic pathway

for introduction of foreign plants via seed was

in association with the importation of banteng

cattle ( Bos javanicus ) from Indonesia in 1849.

Oldenlandia pinifolia was collected in 2015 at

Fig. 2. Oldenlandia pinifolia. Habit of flowering plants.

Fig. 3. Oldenlandia pinifolia. Stem node with stipule

(Westaway 5211, DNA). Photo: Ying Y. Luo.

Fig. 4. Oldenlandia pinifolia. Flowering stem

(Westaway 5211, DNA). Photo: Ying Y. Luo.

Fig. 5. Oldenlandia pinifolia. Lateral view of flower

(Westaway 5211, DNA). Photo: Ying Y. Luo.

Westaway, Oldenlandia pinifolia

Fig. 8. Oldenlandia pinifolia. Infructescence with

fruiting capsules (Westaway 4819, DNA). Photo: Ying

Y. Luo.

Fig. 7. Oldenlandia pinifolia. Corolla (Westaway 5211,

DNA). Photo: Ying Y. Luo.

a camping site at GGBNP where small annual

plants remained alive during the dry season

due to runoff received from a shower amenity

block. Dried plants were also seen at the

nearby airstrip. As O. pinifolia was associated

with the ruderal weeds Phyllanthus amarus

K.Schum. & Thonn. and Euphorbia hirta L.

at the campground and in disturbed soil at the

airstrip it was thought that the species was an

introduction.

However, on a subsequent inspection

during the 2016-17 wet season, O. pinifolia

was found within intact native coastal dune

vegetation (Fig. 1). Abundant O. pinifolia

seedlings were present there in February in

well-drained sandy loam of the hind dune

swale (Fig. 10).

Austrobaileya 10(1): 93-101 (2017)

Fig. 9. Oldenlandia pinifolia. Seeds (Wes taw ay 4819 , DNA). Photo: Ying Y. Luo.

The 1987 specimen {Clarke 1059 ) describes

the habitat as a tall eucalypt woodland with

species of Acacia , Planchonia and Flueggea

and lacks reference to disturbance or

associated exotic species, suggesting that the

collection was also made from intact native

vegetation.

Bean (2007) put forward criteria and a key

to determine the origin status of non-endemic

plants in Australia. Despite a lack of historical

evidence such as early herbarium records

(probably overlooked as inconspicuous

annual) and equivocal ecological evidence,

using the method of Bean (2007), O. pinifolia

would key to indigenous based on the

following criteria: non-adhesive terrestrial

plant; indigenous in adjacent areas such

as Java and related species indigenous in

Australia. This occurrence thus represents

the southern extent of the species’ natural

geographic range and represents a new record

for Australia.

Conservation status : Oldenlandia pinifolia

is regarded as Vulnerable in Singapore

(Chong et al. 2009, as Hedyotis pinifolia)

and its conservation status in other countries

is unknown. Despite lack of information

on threats that may exist to this species in

overseas countries, based on IUCN (2012)

criteria O. pinifolia would likely be classified

internationally as of Least Concern due to

the species’ large extent of occurrence and

(presumed) area of occupancy, and the species

apparent fecundity and abundance.

Within Australia, O. pinifolia is currently

only known from Smith Point on Cobourg

Peninsula, Northern Territory. As indicated

above the species may occur at additional

sites around the extensive coastline of

Cobourg Peninsula where apparently suitable

habitat would appear plentiful. However

GGBNP has been moderately well surveyed

for such a large and remote part of the NT,

with 172 full-floristic biodiversity survey

plots undertaken since 2005 (by Flora &

Fauna Branch of the NT Department of Land

Resource Management) which equates to a

survey density of approximately 8.2 plots

per 100 km 2 . The majority of these sites were

surveyed in an appropriate season for annual

plants but of the 172 flora plots an unidentified

Oldenlandia was recorded at only a single

site (Cobourg_Col8) taken at Smith Point

in April 2006. This record may represent

O. pinifolia , as the only other Oldenlandia

species known from the region are O.

galioides and the introduced O. corymbosa ,

Westaway, Oldenlandia pinifolia

Fig. 10. High density of Oldenlandia pinifolia seedlings in sandy soil of coastal plain, Cobourg Peninsula.

both readily recognised species. This scarcity

of Oldenlandia records on Cobourg Peninsula

suggests that O. pinifolia may indeed be

restricted in extent.

Oldenlandia pinifolia was locally

abundant at Smith Point in 2016-17 with many

thousands of individuals (Fig. 10). It appears

that the species is capable of producing

abundant seed and young seedlings (at least

in a good year) but presumably mass thinning

occurs as the soil profile dries and only a

small percentage of seedlings are recruited

annually into the population.

Given its local abundance in Australia

and its widespread distribution overseas

Oldenlandia pinifolia is not likely to be at

risk of extinction globally. As GGBNP is a

conservation reserve there are no identifiable

threatening processes that are likely to impact

detrimentally on this species. However, due

to its currently limited known distribution

in Australia it would be classified as ‘Data

Deficient’ under the Territory Parks and

Wildlife Conservation Act 2000 (Northern

Territory Government 2017).

Acknowledgements:

Ian Cowie, Chief Botanist, NT Herbarium

(DNA) is acknowledged for identifying

my Oldenlandia specimens that this article

is based on. Ying Luo is thanked for the

photomicroscopy and Barbara Waterhouse

for comment on the draft. I am grateful to

the input from the anonymous referee. The

Traditional Owners of Garig Gunak Barlu

National Park are also acknowledged.

100

References

Apc (2017). Australian Plant Census, IBIS database.

Centre for Australian National Biodiversity

Research, Council of Heads of Australasian

Herbaria, http: //www. chah. gov. au/apc/index,

accessed 22 March 2017.

Backer, C.A. & Bakhuizen Van Den Brink, R.C.

(1965). Flora of Java 2: 285. N.V.P. Noordhoff:

Groningen.

Bean, A.R. (2007). A new system for determining

which plant species are indigenous in Australia.

Australian Systematic Botany 20: 1-43.

Chen, S.-H., Su, J.-Y. & Wu, M.-J. (2010). Hedyotis

pinifolia Wall, ex G. Don (Rubiaceae), a new

record to the flora of Taiwan. Taiwania 55:

86-89.

Chen, T. & Taylor, C. (2017). Hedyotis L. In Flora of

China 19: 147-174. Science Press/Missouri

Botanical Garden Press: Beijing/St Louis.

http://www.efloras.org/florataxon.aspx7flora_

id=2&taxon_id=200022111, accessed 22 March

2017.

Chong, K.Y., Tan, H.T.W. & Corlett, R.T. (2009). A

Checklist of the Total Vascular Plant Flora of

Singapore: Native, Naturalised and Cultivated

Species. Raffles Museum of Biodiversity

Research, National University of Singapore:

Singapore.

Don, G. (1838). A general history of the Dichlamydeous

plants. Rivington: London.

Guo, X., Wang, R.J., Simmons, M.P, But, P.P.H. & Yu,

J. (2013). Phylogeny of the Asian Hedyotis-

Oldenlandia complex (Spermacoceae,

Rubiaceae): Evidence for high levels of

polyphyly and the parallel evolution of

diplophragmous capsules. Molecular Phylogeny

& Evolution 67: 110-122.

Halford, D.A. (1992). Review of the genus Oldenlandia

L. (Rubiaceae) and related genera in Australia.

Austrobaileya 3: 683-722.

Ipni (2017). The International Plant Names Index, http://

www.ipni.org, accessed 24 April 2017.

Iucn (2012). International Union for the Conservation of

Nature. IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria.

Version 3.1, 2 nd ed. http://portals.iucn.org/

library/efiles/documents/RL-2001-001-2nd.pdf,

accessed 10 March 2017.

Meisner, C.D.F. (1838). Scleromitrion. Plantarum

Vascularium Genera 5: 160. Weidmannia:

Lipsiae.

Austrobaileya 10(1): 93-101 (2017)

National Herbarium of the Netherlands database

(2017). http: //herbarium. natural is. nl/nhn/

explore, accessed 22 March 2017.

Neupane, S., Dessein, S., WikstrOm, N., Lewis,

P.O., Long, C., Bremer, B. & Motley T.J.

(2015). The Hedyotis-Oldenlandia complex

(Rubiaceae: Spermacoceae) in Asia and the

Pacific: Phylogeny revisited with new generic

delimitations. Taxon 64: 299-322.

Northern Territory Government (2017). Classification

of wildlife. http://nt.gov.au/environment/

animals/classification-of-wildlife, accessed 22

March 2017.

Northern Territory Herbarium (2015). FloraNT

Northern Territory Flora Online, Department

of Land Resource Management, http://eflora.

nt.gov.au, accessed 22 March 2017.

The Herbarium Catalogue (2017). Royal Botanic

Gardens, Kew. http://www.kew.org/herbcat,

accessed 22 March 2017.

The Plant List (2013). Version 1.1. http://www.

theplantlist.org/, accessed 22 March 2017.

Westaway, Oldenlandia pinifolia

101

Map 1. Distribution of Oldenlandia pinifolia in Australia.

Olearia bella A.R.Bean & Jobson and O. orientalis

A.R.Bean & Jobson (Asteraceae: Astereae),

two new species from Queensland

A.R. Bean & P.C. Jobson

Summary

Bean, A.R. & Jobson, P.C. (2017). Olearia bella A.R.Bean & Jobson and O. orientalis A.R.Bean &

Jobson (Asteraceae: Astereae), two new species from Queensland. Austrobaileya 10(1): 102-112.

Two species of Olearia of restricted distribution in Queensland, O. bella and O. orientalis, are

described as new. They are compared with their closest relatives, O. ferresii (F.Muell.) Benth. and

O. macdonnellensis D A.Cooke respectively. The new species are illustrated and their conservation

status is assessed. A distribution map is provided for all four species, along with an identification key

to Queensland Olearia species.

Key Words: Asteraceae, Astereae, Olearia, Olearia bella, Olearia ferresii, Olearia macdonnellensis,

Olearia orientalis, Australia flora. Northern Territory flora, Queensland flora, new species, taxonomy,

identification key, conservation status

A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Science, Information Technology & Innovation,

Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong 4066, Queensland, Australia. Email: Tony.Bean@dsiti.qld.gov.au

P. C. Jobson, Northern Territory Herbarium, Alice Springs, Department of Environment and Natural

Resources, PO Box 1120, Alice Springs, Northern Territory, Australia.

Introduction

The two species described here, Olearia

bella A.R.Bean & Jobson and O. orientalis

A.R.Bean & Jobson, are of restricted

distribution in Queensland. They have, in the

past, been referred to O. ferresii (F.Muell.)

Benth. and O. macdonnellensis D A.Cooke

respectively. Closer examination of the

taxa showed clearly that the Queensland

populations are easily distinguishable from

their named relative, and that they deserve

specific rank. Full descriptions are provided

for the two newly named species and the

two previously named species, and the new

species are illustrated. Cross et al. (2002) have

shown that Olearia Moench is polyphyletic,

and that the circumscription of the genus is

very likely to change after further study. O.

ferresii was included in Cross et al. (2002),

with an unresolved position, while none of the

other three taxa was included.

A key to the Queensland species of

Olearia is provided.

Accepted for publication 9 August 2017

Materials and methods

This study is based on the morphological

examination of specimens held at AD, BRI

and NT. Measurements are taken from

dried material except for floral parts, which

were reconstituted with boiling water. The

distribution map was compiled using DIVA-

GIS Version 7.5.0, using geocodes given on

the labels of herbarium specimens at BRI and

NT. Northern Territory botanical districts

follow Chippendale (1971).

A common abbreviation in the specimen

citations is NP for National Park.

Taxonomy

Olearia bella A.R.Bean & Jobson sp. nov.

with affinity to O. ferresii (F.Muell.) Benth.

but differing by the dense eglandular hairs

on stems, leaves and involucral bracts, non-

glandular leaf surfaces, the more numerous

involucral bracts, and mauve to purple ligules.

Typus: Queensland. Warrego District: c. 15

km S of Quilpie, towards Eulo, 4 September

1990, Peter G. Wilson 513 & R. Rowe (holo:

BRI; iso: NSW, PERTH).

Bean & Jobson, Two new species of Olearia

Bushy shrub to 80 cm high. Stems terete,

but with several longitudinal ribs; dense

indumentum of patent eglandular hairs

to 0.1-0.3 (-0.5) mm long, and a sparse

covering of shorter glandular hairs; oil

glands absent. Leaves alternate, decurrent,

narrowly-lanceolate to linear, 75-115 x 8-15

mm (6.7-11.5 times longer than broad),

sessile, oil glands absent; apex acute; margins

entire or denticulate, with teeth 0.2-0.5 mm

long; venation visible throughout, mostly

penninerved, but parallel-veined near base,

with three prominent veins at base continuing

onto stem and forming stem-ribs; indumentum

of patent eglandular hairs and sessile glands;

sparse to moderately dense on upper surface,

moderately dense to dense on lower surface.

Capitula in terminal corymbose clusters of

2- 5, pedunculate, radiate, 11-14 mm long,

14-23 mm diameter. Peduncles 10-60 mm

long, with a few slender leaf-like bracts

along their length. Involucral bracts 70-80,

graduated in length, 4-5-seriate, outer surface

with many multicellular, patent, eglandular

hairs, margins entire, not membranous, apex

acuminate; outer bracts linear to narrowly-

lanceolate, c. 4 x 0.6 mm, inner bracts linear,

7.5-11 x 1-1.4 mm. Receptacle slightly

convex, c. 5 mm across, with short irregular

projections between the floret scars. Ray

florets 14-18, uniseriate, female, corolla

tube 4-4.5 mm long, glabrous; ligule 11-14

mm long, mauve to purple, apex minutely

3- lobed; stylar arms filiform, c. 1.5 mm long.

Disc florets 80-100, bisexual, yellow, corolla

tube 7.2-87 mm long, glabrous; corolla lobes

0.8-0.9 mm long, acute. Achenes narrowly

obovoid, flattened, 3.2-3.5 mm long, with

dense appressed white silky hairs throughout,

carpopodium oblique. Pappus comprising

24-31 uniseriate barbellate bristles 7.5-9 mm

long, and 2-7 bristles < half length of the rest;

barbellae c. 0.05 mm long for most of bristle,

but 0.1-0.15 mm long near apex. Figs. 1-3.

Additional specimens examined : Queensland.

Mitchell District: Near Glenara - Bramble Creek

boundary, c. 30 km S of Yaraka, Aug 2012, Silcock

JLS1269 & McRae (BRI); 7 km W of Milo Station, near

entrance to Bat Cave, Dec 2013, Silcock JLS1593 (BRI).

Gregory South District: c. 2 km W of Nine Mile Tank,

S of dog fence, Araluen, Aug 2011, Silcock JLS1002

(BRI). Warrego District: Diamond Hill, Idalia NP,

113 km S of Blackall, Jun 1999, Nicholls SN025 (BRI,

103

CANB); Ranges N of Idalia homestead, Idalia NP, Jul

2010, Silcock JSL632 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Olearia bella is

confined to a relatively small area of south¬

western Queensland, between Idalia NP

and south of Quilpie, and west to Milo

Station (Map 1). It inhabits stony slopes or

‘breakaways’ associated with tertiary plateaux

or mesas, where there is a moderately dense

tree cover, including Eucalyptus thozetiana

(Maiden) R.T.Baker. The soil is skeletal.

Phenology : Flowers are recorded from June

to September; fruits are recorded from August

and September.

Affinities : Olearia bella is allied to O.

ferresii , but differs by the decurrent leaf base,

with three veins from the leaf continuing

onto the stem and forming stem ribs (stem

ribs not formed from decurrent leaf base for

O. ferresii ); oil glands absent from stems and

leaves (present on stems and leaves for O.

ferresii)', involucral bracts 70-80 (40-60 for

O. ferresii ); ray florets 14-18, tube glabrous

(ray florets 8-10, tube with sparse hairs at

apex for O. ferresii)', ligules mauve to purple

(cream to white for O. ferresii)', stems with

dense indumentum of patent eglandular hairs

(hairs predominantly glandular, rarely with

short eglandular hairs for O. ferresii).

Conservation status : The species is known

from five locations, with a total of around

500 plants (J. Silcock pers. comm. Feb

2017). Using IUCN guidelines (IUCN 2012),

a conservation status of Vulnerable is

recommended (criterion D2).

Etymology : From the Latin bellus, meaning

‘pretty’. This refers to the flower heads which

are relatively large and showy.

Olearia ferresii (F.Muell.) Benth., FI.

Austral. 3: 487 (1867); Eurybia ferresii

F.Muell., Fragm. 3: 18 (1862); Aster ferresii

(F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 75 (1865).

Type: Northern Territory. Brinkley’s Bluff,

Macdonnell Ranges, s.dat., J.M. Stuart s.n.

(holo: MEL 689422 [JSTOR image!]).

Bushy shrub to 1.5 m. Stems terete, but with

several longitudinal ribs, to almost squarish;

indumentum of minute patent glandular hairs,

104

Austrobaileya 10(1): 102-112(2017)

Fig. 1. Olearia bella. A. flowering branchlet *0.8. B. base of leaf showing decurrent leaf tissue x4. C. achene and

pappus *6. D. disc floret xl4. E. ray floret x6. A from Wilson 513 & Rowe (BRI); B-E from Silcock JLS1002 (BRI).

Del. W. Smith.

105

Bean & Jobson, Two new species of Olearia

Fig. 2. Olearia bella. Colony of plants in habitat, Araluen Station, Queensland, August 2011. Photo: T. Wattz.

Fig. 3. Olearia bella. Flowering plant, Araluen Station,

Queensland, August 2011. Photo: T. Wattz.

becoming glabrous, or sometimes glabrous,

or very rarely with erect eglandular hairs to

0.05 mm; oil glands often present on ribs of

glabrous stems. Leaves alternate, narrowly-

lanceolate to lanceolate, rarely oblanceolate,

40-80 x 6-22 mm (4.2-8.6 times longer than

broad), base attenuate, oil glands present

on lamina, apex acute; margins denticulate

mostly in upper two-thirds, rarely with teeth

in lower third, or rarely entire, teeth 0.05-0.8

mm long; venation visible throughout, mostly

penninerved, upper leaf nerves looped and

almost parallel to mid-rib; indumentum of

sessile to erect glandular hairs, rarely with

scurfy hairs on juvenile leaves, often becoming

glabrous with age; sparse to moderately dense

on both surfaces, appearing glabrous with

age, older leaves occasionally with a pruinose

bloom. Capitula in terminal corymbose

clusters of 2-5, pedunculate, radiate, 15-20

mm long, 19-27 mm diameter. Peduncles

18-73 mm long, with a few slender leaf-like

bracts along their length. Involucral bracts

40-60, graduated in length, 4-5-seriate,

outer surface with sessile glandular hairs,

margins entire but appearing dentate due to

white, yellow or brown stiff erect to appressed

hairs, not membranous, apex acuminate;

106

outer bracts linear to narrowly-lanceolate,

3.25- 4.25 x 0.6-1.1, inner bracts lanceolate

to narrowly-oblanceolate, 5-6.5 x 0.65-1.1

mm. Receptacle slightly convex, 5-5.5 mm

wide with short irregular projections between

the floret scars. Ray florets 8-10, uniseriate,

female, corolla tube 5-7.5 mm long, glabrous

except for very sparse hairs at apex, ligule

9-11 (-12) mm long, cream to white, apex

minutely 3-lobed; stylar arms filiform, c.

1 mm long. Disc florets 90-110, bisexual,

yellow, corolla tube 7.5-9 mm long, glabrous;

corolla lobes 0.8-1.1 mm long, acute.

Achenes narrowly obovoid, flattened, 3-4

mm long, with dense appressed white silky

hairs throughout, often appearing ribbed on

ventral face, carpopodium oblique. Pappus

comprising c. 40 uniseriate barbellate bristles

7.25- 9 mm long, and 2-4 bristles roughly

half length of the rest; barbellae c. 0.05 mm

long for most of bristle, but c. 0.1 mm long

near apex and often darker coloured.

Specimens examined: Northern Territory. Central

Southern: Rowley Range, 68 km ENE of Docker River,

Sep 2005, Latz 21180 (NT); Farrar Spring, Eastern

section of George Gill Range on N side, Sep 2012,

Duguid 1421 (NT); 20 km S of Mt Tate, Mereenie Gas

Pipeline, Jun 2012, Latz 27461 & Rilstone (DNA, NT);

Giles Yard Spring, Chewings Range, West MacDonnell

NP, May 2002, Bar nets on 83 (NT). Central Northern:

Dulcie Range, Arapunyah Station, Aug 1987, Thomson

2035 (DNA). South Australia. North-western: SW of

Mt Cuthbert, Musgrave Ranges, Jul 1982, Conrick 796

(AD); 8 kmNE ofYurangka, Western Musgrave Ranges,

Oct 1998, Lang et al. BS23-28943 (AD).

Distribution and habitat : Olearia ferresii

occurs from the Everard Range in South

Australia, to Yuendumu in Northern Territory

and eastwards to the Harts Range (Map 1).

It grows in gullies or screes of quartzite,

sandstone or granite hills and ranges, in open

woodland with Eucalyptus camaldulensis

Dehnh. or Acacia aneura F.Muell. ex

Benth. shrubland with Triodia- dom inated

understorey.

Phenology : Flowers and fruiting heads are

recorded from May to October. All specimens

examined had both flowers and mature

achenes.

Austrobaileya 10(1): 102-112(2017)

Olearia orientalis A.R.Bean & Jobson sp.

nov. with affinity to O. macdonnellensis but

differing by the solitary capitula, the shorter

but more numerous ligules, the shorter corolla

of the disc florets, the shorter capitula, and

the very sparsely hairy achenes. Typus:

Queensland. Port Curtis District: 3 km E

of Glenavon homestead, Five Mile Creek

headwaters, 1 March 1994, P.I. Forster

PIF15039 & A.R. Bean (holo: BRI [2 sheets];

iso: AD, CANB, DNA, K, L, MEL, NSW,

PE).

Olearia sp. (Glenavon P.I.Forster+ PIF15039);

Henderson (2002).

Bushy shrub to 50-200 cm high. Stems

angular to ribbed; young branchlets with

an indumentum of scurfy eglandular hairs

0.1-0.2 mm long, often coated with resin,

glandular hairs absent. Leaves alternate,

obovate, 18-36 x 9-14 mm (1.8-2.6 times

longer than broad), sessile or shortly petiolate,

oil glands absent; apex mucronate or acute;

margins sparsely denticulate, with 2-4 pairs

of teeth 0.2-0.5 mm long; venation obscure

to faintly visible, often more so on abaxial

surface, venation penninerved with looped

veins at apex; indumentum absent, but

surface conspicuously resinous especially on

younger leaves. Capitula terminal, solitary,

pedunculate, radiate, 6-9 mm long, 8-11 mm

diameter. Peduncles 12-55 mm long, with a

few short antrorse bracts along their length,

sometimes uncinate. Involucral bracts 42-52,

graduated in length, outer surface glabrous,

resinous, margins entire, not membranous,

apex acute; outer bracts ovate to broadly-

lanceolate, 1.5-2.5 x 0.8-1.2 mm, inner

bracts lanceolate, 3.6-4.3 x 0.8-0.9 mm.

Receptacle convex, 3.1-3.7 mm across, with

short irregular projections between the floret

scars. Ray florets 14-20, uniseriate, female,

corolla tube c. 3 mm long, glabrous; ligule

3- 6 mm long, white, apex minutely 3-lobed;

stylar arms filiform, 0.6-0.9 mm long. Disc

florets 16-26, bisexual, yellow, corolla tube

4- 4.7 mm long, with scattered very short

antrorse hairs midway along tube; corolla

lobes 0.8-0.9 mm long, acute. Achenes

narrowly obovoid, flattened, 2-2.8 mm long,

with numerous longitudinal ribs or striae,

107

Bean & Jobson, Two new species of Olearia

very sparse antrorse white hairs throughout,

carpopodium not oblique. Pappus comprising

31-40 uniseriate barbellate bristles 4-4.7 mm

long, and 2-7 bristles < half length of the rest;

barbellae < 0.05 mm long for most of bristle,

but slightly longer near apex. Figs. 4 & 5.

Additional specimens examined : Queensland. Port

Curtis District: Bukulla, c. 10 kmNW of Marlborough,

Jun 2004, Hanger 20 (BRI); Marlborough, May

2010, Hendry 744/1 (BRI); Mt Redcliffe, 6 km SW

of Marlborough railway station, Oct 1991, Batianoff

911021 & Franks (AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, MEL, NSW);

Gumigil Mining Lease, 18 km SSW of Marlborough

Fig. 4. Olearia orientalis. A. flowering branchlet *1.5. B. achene and pappus *12. C. disc floret xl6. D. ray floret x 8.

A, C-D from Hendry 744/1 (BRI); B from Forster PIF15039 & Bean (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

108

Austrobaileya 10(1): 102-112(2017)

Fig. 5. Olearia orientalis. Flowering plant, Glen Geddes, Queensland, July 1989. Photo: A.R. Bean.

township, Jul 2000, Champion 1645 & Whereat (BRI,

NSW); 1 km W of Glen Geddes, Jan 1988, Forster

PIF3398 (BRI); Marlborough Nickel Project, off

Coorumburra Road, section known as ‘Magpie’, Aug

1999, Champion IGC1535 et al. (BRI); lower slopes of

Mt Bonnie Doon, c. 26 km W of Yaamba, Jun 2006,

Hendry & Hendry s.n. (BRI [AQ737794]); 4 km W of

Kunwarara, between Canoona & Princhester, track to

microwave tower, Jun 2011, Forster P1F38214 (BRI,

MEL); Glen Geddes siding, forestry reserve. May 1998,

Batianoff 98057R & Ryan (BRI, CANB, DNA, MEL,

NSW); Glen Geddes, 2-3 km from Bruce Highway, Apr

2008, Reeves 3465 & Batianoff (BRI, E).

Distribution and habitat: Olearia orientalis

has a restricted distribution northwest of

Rockhampton in Queensland (Map 1). It is

confined to serpentinite hills and ridges, with

shallow or skeletal soil, in woodland dominated

by Eucalyptus fibrosa F.Muell. subsp .fibrosa

and/or Corymbia xanthope (A.R.Bean &

Brooker) K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson.

Phenology : Flowers are recorded for almost

every month of the year, while fruits are

recorded from March and October.

Affinities : Olearia orientalis is similar

in appearance to O. macdonnellensis , but

differs by the solitary capitula (corymb of

2-5 capitula for O. macdonnellensis ), 14-20

ray florets (6-8 for O. macdonnellensis ),

ligules 3-6 mm long (7-11 mm long for O.

macdonnellensis ), disc corolla 4-4.7 mm

long (6-7 mm long for O. macdonnellensis ),

achenes almost glabrous (very dense antrorse

hairs throughout for O. macdonnellensis) and

capitula 6-9 mm long (10-12 mm long for O.

macdonnellensis ).

Conservation status : Olearia orientalis is

known from 13 subpopulations throughout its

range, each of which is small and localised.

The serpentinite rocks on which the species

grows contain valuable minerals, and the

area has numerous mines and more mines

are anticipated. The extent of occurrence of

this species is around 1800 km 2 , while the

estimated area of occupancy is c. 5 km 2 . A

conservation status of Vulnerable (criteria

109

Bean & Jobson, Two new species of Olearia

Cl, C2a(i), D2) is recommended based on the

IUCN guidelines (IUCN 2012).

Etymology : From the Latin orientals,

meaning ‘eastern’ or ‘of the east’. This refers

to the distribution of the species in eastern

Australia.

Olearia macdonnellensis DA.Cooke,

Muelleria 6: 181 (1986). Type: Northern

Territory. 1 km W of Ellery Creek Big Hole,

17 August 1983, P.K. Latz 9636 (holo: NT; iso:

AD, CANB, DNA).

Erect bushy shrub to 1.2 m. Stems angular

to semi-terete, ribbed, red-brown; young

branchlets with a dense to sparse indumentum

of scurfy hairs often coated with resin

(especially at growing tips), glandular hairs

absent. Leaves alternate, broad elliptic,

oblong, to broad ovate, 17-27 x 8-15 mm

(1.8-2.1 times longer than broad), petiole

2.25 -6.25 mm long, oil glands absent,

apex mucronate or acute; margins sparsely

denticulate, with 3-5 pairs of teeth, 0.25-1

mm long; venation obscure to faintly visible,

often more so on abaxial surface, venation

penninerved with looped veins at apex;

surface punctate, often covered in resin.

Capitula in terminal corymbose clusters of

2-5, pedunculate, radiate, 10-12 mm long,

9-14 mm wide. Peduncles 7.5-24(-55) mm

long, with 1-5 bracts along their length,

bracts often uncinate. Involucral bracts lb-

20, graduated in length, outer surface with

occasional hairs in upper midrib, resinous,

margins entire or coarsely erose-ciliate with

occasional hairs, more towards the apex,

margins membranous particularly in outer

bracts, apex acute; outer bracts narrow

lanceolate 2.75-5 x 0.6-0.8 mm, inner

bracts linear-lanceolate, 7-8 x 0.9-1.25 mm.

Receptacle convex, c. 2 mm across, with short

irregular projections between the floret scars.

Ray florets 6-8, uniseriate, female, corolla

tube 3.5-4 mm long, glabrous except for rare

obtuse hairs in upper portion; ligule 7-11 mm

long, white or yellow, apex minutely 3-lobed;

stylar arms filiform, 1.25-1.6 mm long. Disc

florets 15-20, bisexual, yellow, corolla tube

6-7 mm long, with very sparse obtuse antrorse

hairs midway along tube; corolla lobes

0.75-1 mm long, acute. Achenes narrowly

obovoid, flattened or tetragonous, 2.25-4 mm

long, with very dense antrorse white hairs

throughout, occasionally appearing to present

a marginal rib along one side, carpopodium

oblique. Pappus comprising 20-32 uniseriate

barbellate bristles 3.75-8.25 mm long with

2-4 bristles < 3/4 length of the rest; barbellae

c. 0.05 mm long for most of bristle, barbellae

consistent along length of bristle.

Additional specimens examined : Northern Territory.

Central Southern: 19 km E of Glenn Helen Resort, Aug

2004, Albrecht 11008 & Latz (DNA, NT); Gorge behind

old Serpentine Chalet, Jul 1988, Leach 2059 & Barritt

(AD, DNA, NT); 5 km E of Ellery Creek Big Hole, May

2000, Latz 16156 (NT); Ranges S of Paddy’s Plain, East

MacDonnell Ranges, Sep 1989, Soos 102 (NT).

Distribution and habitat : Olearia

macdonnellensis is endemic to the Northern

Territory where it is restricted to the West

MacDonnell Ranges between Glen Helen

and Ellery Rockhole (Map 1). It inhabits

rocky screes or creek gullies of either dolorite

or quartzite, in open low eucalypt or mulga

woodland.

Phenology : Flowering is recorded from May

to October, with an a seasonal flowering

specimen from February; fruiting from June

to October

Notes : When Cooke (1986) described Olearia

macdonnellensis , the material available to

him was limited. With subsequent collections,

it was noted that a number of measurements

and descriptors did not match what was being

observed and an expanded description has

been presented here.

110

Austrobaileya 10(1): 102-112(2017)

Key to Queensland species of Olearia

1 .

2 .

6 .

8 .

Stems and leaves with stellate hairs.2

Stems and leaves without stellate hairs.7

Leaves 5-8 mm wide, green on both sides; Stradbroke Island only.O. hygrophila

Leaves 9-35 mm wide, lower surface grey-green to white; mainland only.3

Upper surface of fully expanded leaves glabrous or with a few scattered hairs.4

Upper surface of fully expanded leaves moderately or densely stellate-hairy.5

Leaf margins with 12-30 pairs of teeth; corymbose terminal

conflorescences with more than 40 capitula; Border Ranges SE Qld . . . O. heterocarpa

Leaf margins entire; paniculate or corymbose conflorescences with

(l-2)-20 capitula.O. canescens subsp. discolor

Stellate hairs on stems or leaves 0.15-0.25 mm across; involucres 3-4.5

mm long, 4-7 mm diameter; leaves entire.O. canescens subsp. canescens

Stellate hairs on stems or leaves 0.25-0.5 mm across; involucres 5-11

mm long, 10-18 mm diameter; leaves often lobed or toothed.6

Indumentum of leaf underside very dense, obscuring surface at

10x magnification; fully developed leaves 9-19 mm wide; SE Qld.O. gravis

Indumentum of leaf underside moderately dense to dense, surface visible

at 10x magnification; fully developed leaves 14-35 mm wide .O. nernstii 1

Leaves and branchlets on new growth viscid.8

Leaves and branchlets not viscid.10

Leaves entire, elliptical; older leaves varnished, shiny; petiole distinct,

5-10 mm long.O. elliptica subsp. elliptica

Leaves toothed or denticulate, obovate to cuneate; older leaves often

neither varnished nor shiny; petiole absent.9

Leaves cuneate, 3.5-4.5 times longer than broad; involucres 14-16 mm

long; achenes densely hairy; NW of Mitchell.O. cuneifolia

Leaves obovate, 1.8-2.6 times longer than broad; involucres 6-9 mm

long; achenes sparsely hairy; NW of Rockhampton.O. orientalis

10 All leaves < 9 mm long.11

10. Larger leaves on any given specimen > 9 mm long.14

11 Leaves appressed to stems, in clusters of 3-6; involucral bracts with

golden sessile glands along much of their length; SE Qld.O. ramosissima

11. Leaves spreading, usually solitary (occasionally clustered); golden glands

absent from involucral bracts or confined to apical part.12

12 Capitula solitary, terminal; involucres 6.5-9 mm long, 9-14 mm wide;

pappus 7.5-8 mm long; S Qld.O. pimeleoides

12. Capitula terminal and axillary; involucres 3.5-5 mm long, 4-6 mm wide;

pappus 3-4 mm long.13

Integrades occur between this species and O. gravis, and some specimes are difficult to place

Ill

Bean & Jobson, Two new species of Olearia

13 Leaves obovate to broadly obovate, orange glands not prominent on

underside; achenes of ray florets glabrous, those of disc florets densely

glandular.O. microphylla

13. Leaves narrowly-elliptic, orange glands prominent on underside; all

achenes densely silky hairy.O. ramulosa sens. lat.

14 Stems and leaves with stalked glandular hairs.15

14. Stems and leaves lacking stalked glandular hairs.17

15 Leaves broadly elliptic to broadly ovate; eglandular hairs equally as

frequent as glandular hairs.O. xerophila

15. Leaves linear to narrowly-elliptic or oblanceolate; eglandular hairs much

less frequent than glandular hairs.16

16 Leaves 9-22 mm long; glandular hairs of varying length (0.05-0.2 mm

long) abundant on leaves and stems; stems without ribs; W Qld.O. stuartii

16. Leaves 37-53 mm long; glandular hairs (all c. 0.05 mm long) sparse to

dense on leaves and stems; stems with ribs formed by decurrent

leaf midrib.O. gordonii

17 Leaves opposite; reticulate veins raised on upper surface.18

17. Leaves alternate; reticulate veins not raised on upper surface.19

18 Leaves 1—2(—8.5) mm wide, margins entire or obscurely toothed . . . . O. rosmarinifolia 2

18. Leaves 10-21 mm wide, margins distinctly toothed.O. oppositifolia

19 Stems and leaves glabrous; leaves with prominent glands along margins;

Girraween NP, SE Qld.O. glandulosa

19. Stems and leaves hairy; leaves without glands along margins.20

20 Leaf and stem hairs completely appressed, individual hairs scarcely

distinguishable; ‘Scenic Rim’, SE Qld.O. cydoniifolia

20. Hairs on leaves and stems not completely appressed; individual hairs

readily distinguished; western and northern Qld.21

21 Hairs on leaves and stems erect, not woolly or silky; involucres 14-23

mm diameter; rays mauve to purple.O. bella

21. Stems and leaves with woolly or silky hairs; involucres 4-14 mm diameter; rays white . 22

22 Hairs > 1 mm long, silky, ± straight; leaves elliptical; involucres 11-14

mm diameter; peduncles 50-180 mm long.O. arguta var. lanata

22. Hairs < 1 mm, woolly, crisped; leaves linear to oblanceolate; involucres

4-7 mm diameter; peduncles 1-4 mm long.O. subspicata

2 Mostly the leaves are 1-2 mm wide, but specimens from Mt Glorious are broader (up to 8.5 mm wide), and

approach the narrower forms of O. oppositifolia.

112

Acknowledgements

We are grateful to Jennifer Silcock for her

distributional and ecological notes on O.

bella , to Tracy Wattz for the use of her photos

of that species, and to Will Smith for the

illustrations.

References

Chippendale, G.C. (1971). Checklist of Northern

Territory Plants. Proceedings of the Linnean

Society of New South Wales 96: 207-267.

Cooke, D A. (1986). Two new species of Olearia Moench

(Compositae: Astereae) from Central Australia.

MuelJeria 6: 181-184.

Austrobaileya 10(1): 102-112(2017)

Cross, E.W., Quinn, C.J. & Wagstaff, S.J. (2002).

Molecular evidence for the poly phyly of Olearia

(Astereae: Asteraceae). Plant Systematics and

Evolution 235: 99-120.

Henderson, R.J.F. (2002). Names and Distribution

of Queensland Plants, Algae and Lichens.

Brisbane: Environmental Protection Agency.

Iucn (2012). International Union for the Conservation of

Nature. IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria,

version 3.1, 2 nd ed. https://portals.iucn.org/

library/efiles/documents/RL-2001-001-2nd.pdf,

accessed 20 February 2017.

Map 1. Distribution of Olearia spp. Olearia bella ■, O.ferresii O, O. macdonnellensis A and O. orientalis #

Hibiscus diversifolius subsp. rivularis (Bremek.

& Oberm.) Exell (Malvaceae) in Australia

Mohamed O. Badry 1 ’ 2 , Darren M. Crayn 3 , & Jennifer A. Tate 1

Summary

Badry, M.O., Crayn, D.M. & Tate, J.A. (2017). Hibiscus diversifolius subsp. rivularis (Bremek.

& Oberm.) Exell (Malvaceae) in Australia. Austrobaileya 10(1): 113-120. Hibiscus diversifolius

Jacq. is a widespread pantropical species found in Africa, Asia, Australia, and North and South

America. In Australia, most populations are yellow-flowered, conforming to H. diversifolius subsp.

diversifolius. However, a dark pink to maroon-flowered form previously recognized as a colour

variant of subsp. diversifolius should be recognized as subsp. rivularis. After examining material

from several herbaria, we find that H. diversifolius subsp. rivularis in Australia is restricted to the

Atherton Tableland, north Queensland, and the remaining occurrences of the species along the east

coast and in Western Australia are subsp. diversifolius. Outside Australia, subsp. rivularis is found

in Africa and Brazil and the first Australian record dates to 1947. Based on this we suggest that its

presence in Australia is a result of naturalisation due to one or more introductions from Africa via

service personnel and/or equipment returning from the Middle East during and after World War II.

A full description of H. diversifolius subsp. rivularis is provided, as are the key characters used to

distinguish the two subspecies as they occur in Australia.

Key Words: Malvaceae, Hibiscus , Hibiscus diversifolius subsp. rivularis , Australia flora, Queensland

flora, leaf cuticle surface, seed coat, naturalised status

'M.O. Badry & J.A. Tate, Institute of Fundamental Sciences, Massey University, Private Bag 11222,

Palmerston North, New Zealand 4442. Email: mohamedowis@svu.edu.eg

department of Botany, Faculty of Science, South Valley University, Qena 83523, Egypt.

3 D.M. Crayn, Australian Tropical Herbarium, James Cook University, McGregor Road, Smithfield

Queensland 4878, Australia.

Introduction

Hibiscus Section Furcaria DC. is a diverse,

but natural group, containing c. 109 taxa

(Wilson 2006). In Australia, the most recent

treatment of Sect. Furcaria recognized 32

species, 31 indigenous species (of which

29 are endemic) and one {H. sabdariffa L.)

naturalised (Wilson & Craven 1995; Craven

et al. 2003, 2016). Within Sect. Furcaria ,

H. diversifolius Jacq. appears to be the most

widespread species, being found in Africa,

Madagascar, Asia, Australia, the Pacific

islands (including New Zealand), and North

and South America (Wilson 1993; Badry et al.

2015), and contains two subspecies: yellow-

flowered H. diversifolius subsp. diversifolius

and purple-flowered H. diversifolius Jacq.

subsp. rivularis (Bremek. & Oberm.) Exell.

(Edmonds 1991; Wilson 1999).

Accepted for publication 20 July 2017

In Australia, H. diversifolius occurs

primarily on the east coast from Queensland

to New South Wales, and in south-western

Western Australia. Only the pantropical

yellow-flowered H. diversifolius subsp.

diversifolius has been recognized as

occurring in Australia (Wilson 1974, 1993).

However, there has been some uncertainty

regarding the validity of the dark pink to

maroon-flowered form of H. diversifolius

in Australia. Although it was recognized

as occurring on the Atherton Tableland, in

north Queensland, it was not referred to the

H diversifolius subsp. rivularis of Africa

and Brazil, and was therefore regarded as a

colour variant of subsp. diversifolius (Wilson

1994, 2006; Wilson & Craven 1995). After

examining several herbarium specimens of

the purple-flowered form and comparing

them to specimens of H. diversifolius subsp.

diversifolius , we determined that the plants

previously collected from the Atherton

114

Tableland are morphologically distinct from

subsp. diversifolius and can be accommodated

within H. diversifolius subsp. rivularis.

The objective of this paper is to provide

a description of Hibiscus diversifolius subsp.

rivularis from Queensland so that it can

be formally recognised for Australia and

to provide distinguishing morphological

characteristics to separate the two subspecies

of H. diversifolius in Australia.

Materials and methods

Herbarium specimens from BRI, CANB,

CBG, CNS, MPN, NSW and PERTH

(herbarium acronyms as per Index

Herbariorum: A Global Directory of Public

Herbaria and Associated Staff 2016) were

examined, together with field collections. The

measurements for floral parts were based on

material reconstituted with hot water, while

other plant parts were measured from dried

materials using a stereomicroscope (SM)

Olympus SZx7 with an Olympus SC 100

digital camera (Olympus America Inc.,

USA) at the Dame Ella Campbell Herbarium

(MPN), Massey University, New Zealand.

Leaf surface patterns, stomata, and the seed

coat were also studied by scanning electron

microscopy (SEM). Samples of dry leaves

and mature seeds were mounted onto clean

stubs using double-sided adhesive tape,

coated with gold using a BAL-TEC SCD

050 ion sputtering device, and examined

and photographed using a FEI Quanta

200 Environmental Scanning Electron

Microscope (at an accelerating voltage of

20 kV) at the Manawatu Microscopy and

Imaging Centre (MMIC), Massey University,

New Zealand.

Taxonomy

Hibiscus diversifolius subsp. rivularis

(Bremek. & Oberm.) Exell., FI. Zambesiaca

1(2): 444 (1961); H. rivularis Bremek. &

Oberm., Ann. Transvaal Mus. 16: 424 (1935).

Type: Botswana: Chobe River Kabulabula,

Bechuanaland Port., July 1930, Van Son s.n.

(holo: PRE 28936 n.v.; iso: BM).

Perennial shrub much-branched from the

base, 1.5-3 (4) m high. Stems terete, erect,

Austrobaileya 10(1): 113-120(2017)

branched, stout, and woody at the base,

prominently aculeate at the plant base, with or

without lines of pubescence, the stems above

aculeate, with dense and fine simple and

stellate trichomes. Stipules linear, 3.3-10 mm

long, caducous, pubescent (simple trichomes).

Leaves heteroblastic, alternate, petiolate.

Petioles 0.3-11.2 cm long with dense simple,

bifurcate and stellate trichomes on the

adaxial side, 1-2 lines of fine to stout sharp

conical prickles on the abaxial side. Lamina

1.6-12.5 cm x 0.4-14.4 cm, with simple and

bifurcate trichomes on the adaxial surface and

simple, bifurcate and stellate trichomes on the

abaxial surface, with different forms: lower

leaves near base of the plant with laminae

broadly ovate, entire to shallowly-palmately

3-5-lobed, base rounded to truncate,

margins ± dentate to crenate, apex acute or

obtuse; at the mid-plant, laminae broadly

ovate, triangular, or suborbicular, shallowly-

palmately 3-5-lobed, base cordate, rounded

or truncate, margins dentate or irregularly

serrate, apex acute or acuminate; upper leaves

with laminae lanceolate, ovate or elliptic,

base cuneate or truncate, margins finely to

coarsely dentate, apex acuminate or acute;

uppermost leaves on flowering branches very

reduced into narrowly elliptic bracts with

finely dentate margins, base cuneate. Foliar

nectary 1.2-3.3 mm long, conspicuous,

narrowly elliptic, on the base of the midrib on

the abaxial surface. Flowers 8-9 cm diameter,

in terminal racemes, subsessile, pedunculate.

Peduncle short, 1.4-3.2 mm long, densely

stellate-pubescent. Pedicel 1.4-4.2 mm long,

the indumentum dissimilar to that of the

peduncle (densely hispid, with long simple

trichomes mixed with fine conical prickles).

Epicalyx segments 8-10, subulate, 4.5-14.5

mm long, slightly connate at the calyx base,

hispid. Calyx 11.8-20.4 mm long, densely

covered with long stiff bristles, lobes 7.5-15.2

mm x 4.3-8.5 mm, narrowly triangular or

lanceolate, apex acute, having a prominent

thickened midrib and two thickened marginal

ribs; calyx nectary ± conspicuous, narrowly

elliptic, 0.9-1.9 mm long on the midrib.

Corolla of five petals 37.1-57.7 mm x

21.4-37.8 mm, shortly connate at the base,

obovate, dark pink to maroon, deep maroon

Badry et al.. Hibiscus diversifolius subsp. rivularis in Australia

115

Fig. 1. Hibiscus diversifolius subsp. rivularis. Fertile cultivated specimen (Whitten s.n., BRI [AQ45592]). Photo: P.

Joshi.

116

Austrobaileya 10(1): 113-120(2017)

Fig. 2. Hibiscus diversifolius subsp. rivularis. A. vegetative part of the plant with a close-up view of an open flower.

B. flower and buds viewed from side with floral parts as indicated. C. view of an open fruit showing the seeds. D.

enlarged epicalyx segment. A-C from Jago 7798 (CNS); D from Crayn 1384 & Gagul( MPN). Photos A-C: R.L. Jago,

D: M.O. Badry.

in the center, pubescent with flagellate non-

glandular trichomes, apex rounded to retuse;

claw margins ciliate, with dense unicellular

trichomes. Stamens numerous, staminal

tube 16.4-19.1 mm long, dark red-purple,

adnate to the petals at the base, with thin-

walled simple trichomes at the connection

point between the petals and the staminal

tube, otherwise glabrous; filaments 1.4-27

mm long. Styles five, basally connate and

free at the tip, exserted beyond the staminal

tube. Ovary syncarpous, superior, 5-locular,

ovules 2 or more per locule. Capsules 11.2—

22.8 mm long x 9.5-18.3 mm diameter, ovoid,

acute, pointed, covered with dense, long, stiff

appressed trichomes. Seeds ovoid-reniform

in outline, 37-4.3 mm x 2.6-3.2 mm, dark

brown, double reticulate, puberulent, hilum

glabrous (Figs. 1-3).

Additional selected specimens examined (H.

diversifolius subsp. rivularis ): Australia. Queensland.

Cook District: Lake Barrine, Eacham, Jan 1947, Flecker

CAIRNS 10554 (CNS); Lake Barrine, Atherton Tableland,

Sep 1997, Cooper & Cooper 1154 (CNS); Scenic Reserve

440, Lake Euramoo, Atherton Tableland, Aug 1967,

Brass 33650 (CNS); ibid., Jul 1970, Kershaw & James

ANU10025 (CANB); ibid., Aug 1970, Kershaw s.n.

(CNS 32809, 32810.2); ibid., Jul 1992, Gray 5443 (CNS);

Toohey Creek, near Gadgarra, Atherton Tableland, Mar

1995, Jensen 162 (CNS); Euramoo Swamp, swamp edge

next to pump shed below lookout, Nov 2015, Crayn 1384

& Gagul (MPN). Moreton District: cult. Mt Coot-tha

Botanic Gardens 024/25, Oct 1984, Witten s.n. (BRI

[AQ455292]).

Selected specimens examined (H. diversifolius

subsp. diversifolius ): Egypt. Qena Governorate:

El Mahroosa, Kream Island, Nakada, 271 km from

Aswan Reservoir and 20.2 km S of Qena City, Dec

2010, Badry s.n. (South Valley University Herbarium).

Dandara: El Jebbail, Dandara Island, Dec 2013/May

Badry et al.. Hibiscus diversifolius subsp. rivularis in Australia

117

Fig. 3. Comparison of leaf and seed microfeatures for Hibiscus diversifolius subsp. rivularis (1, 3) and subsp.

diversifolius (2,4). (1,2) SEM micrographs of leaf surface patterns (a: adaxial surface, b: abaxial surface); (3, 4) Seed

micrographs (a: SEM of seed shape outline, b: SEM of seed coat sculpture). 1 & 3 from Crayn 1384 & Gagul (MPN);

2 & 4 from Lepschi & Lally 2569 (CANB).

118

2014, Badry s.n. (MPN 49882, South Valley University

Herbarium). Papua New Guinea. Gulf Province: Near

Malalaua, Mar 1966, Craven 930 (CANB). Australia.

Western Australia. Avon District: Junction of Victor

Road & Glen Road, Darlington, Perth, Feb 1996,

Lepschi & Lolly 2505 (PERTH); Nyaania Brook, S

end of Newman Road, Darlington, Perth, Apr 1996,

Lepschi & Lolly 2569 (PERTH); In bed of Nyaania

Creek, corner of Glen & Victor Roads, Darlington, Jan

1997, Hussey s.n. (PERTH 4609115). Darling District:

Bank of Swan River at Maylands, Nov 1996, Elliott

s.n. (PERTH 2246724); Swan River foreshore, N of St

Anne’s Hospital, Maylands, Dec 1983, Keighery 6367

(PERTH); Swan River near junction of Abernethy Road

& Great Eastern Highway, Belmont, Perth, Oct 1995,

Lepschi & Lolly 2100 (PERTH); ibid., Jan 1996, Lepschi

2483 (PERTH); Drain between Melville Bowling Club

and Swan River, Applecross, Feb 1997, Brims 317

(PERTH); Swan River, Maylands, Nov 2009, Thiele

3939 (PERTH). Queensland. Wide Bay District: Great

Sandy NP, Fraser Island, Ocean Lake, Southern End, 4

km NW of Orchid Beach, Nov 2002, Forster PIF29051

(BRI); Great Sandy NP, Fraser Island, northern side of

Wathumba Swamp, 6.5 km WNW of Orchid Beach, Sep

2004, Forster PIF30262 & Leiper (BRI); Ocean Park

Estate, Dundowran, Nov 1991, Forster PIF9187 (BRI).

Moreton District: End of Wallaby Way, Pimpama,

May 2003, Bean 20425 (BRI); Roadside at Jacobs Well

Area, Sep 1976, Elsol & Dowling 39 (BRI); Sunscape

Drive, Eagleby, Aug 2003, Bean 20669 (BRI); North

Stradbroke Island, 18 Mile Swamp, Sep 2001, Stephens

34 & Daniel (BRI); ibid., Oct 2001, Stephens & Daniel

(BRI). New South Wales. North Coast District: 0.7

km S of Broadwater on Pacific Highway, Nov 2005,

Johnstone 1607 (CANB).

Distribution and habitat : In Australia

Hibiscus diversifolius subsp. rivularis is a

long-lived perennial of moist habitats, found

on the margins of freshwater bodies on the

Atherton Tableland, north Queensland in

plant communities typically dominated by

Phragmites species (Poaceae).

Hibiscus diversifolius subsp. rivularis is

usually confined to tropical Africa where it

is known from the Democratic Republic of

Congo, Angola, Tanzania, Uganda, Burundi,

Rwanda, Malawi, Zambia, Zimbabwe,

Mozambique, Namibia’s Caprivi Strip and

Botswana (Bechuanaland Protectorate). It

is also recorded from Brazil (Wilson 1999;

Esteves et al. 2014).

Notes : The two subspecies of Hibiscus

diversifolius may be distinguished in

Australia at the vegetative, flowering and

Austrobaileya 10(1): 113-120(2017)

fruiting stages (Table 1). In Africa it is easy

to distinguish between the subspecies of

H. diversifolius where the yellow-flowered

H. diversifolius subsp. diversifolius is also

distinctive by the longitudinal line or lines

of pubescence on its stems. This distinction,

however, does not apply to the Australian

material, especially at the vegetative stage,

because uniformly pubescent stems occur on

both yellow- and maroon-flowered specimens.

The use of leaf micro-morphology along

with seed coat sculpturing provides new

significant characters that help to distinguish

the subspecies in Australia (Table 1, Fig. 3).

In 1943 the headquarters of the Australian

Army in north Queensland was transferred

from Townsville to the Atherton Tableland.

Further developments saw the facilities

become a major rehabilitation area and jungle

warfare training ground for troops of the 6th,

7th and 9th Australian Divisions returning

from service in North Africa during World

War II (Pearce 2009). The oldest known

herbarium specimen examined in this study

was collected in 1947 from Lake Eacham.

Thus, it seems possible that the subspecies

was introduced from Africa via service

personnel and/or equipment returning from

the Middle East and that the species then

became established and naturalised in the

area.

Acknowledgments

We would like to express our deep gratitude

to the directors of BRI, CANB, CBG, CNS,

NSW and PERTH for the loan of specimens.

Sincere thanks to Dr. Prashant Joshi, Massey

University, New Zealand for his photographic

image of the herbarium specimen and Dr.

Gordon Guymer (BRI) for allowing its

inclusion; Frank Zich, Australian Tropical

Herbarium (CNS) for encouraging this

manuscript, and Robert L. Jago of Cairns,

for allowing us to use his field images. The

Manawatu Microscopy and Imaging Centre

(MMIC) staff at Massey University, New

Zealand are gratefully acknowledged for their

skillful technical help and SEM images.

Badry et al.. Hibiscus diversifolius subsp. rivularis in Australia

119

Table 1. Distinguishing morphological characters of the two subspecies of H. diversifolius

in Australia

Character

H. diversifolius subsp.

rivularis

H. diversifolius subsp.

diversifolius

Leaf shape

Mid-stem leaves

Shallowly palmately

3-5-lobed

± deeply-palmately 3-5-lobed

Uppermost leaves

Narrowly-elliptic bracts

Reduced to narrowly-lanceolate or

linear bracts

Leaf cuticle surface

Adaxial surface

Cuticular

surface

Reticulate, relief of cell wall

boundaries ± striated. (Fig.

3: la)

Ruminate, relief of cell wall

boundaries striated. (Fig. 3: 2a)

Stomata

orientation

Same level as epidermal cells

Raised above the epidermal

surface

Cuticular

surface

Ruminate, relief of cell wall

boundaries smooth (Fig. 3:

lb)

Ruminate, relief of cell wall

boundaries striated (Fig. 3: 2b)

Petal colour

Dark pink to maroon, deep

maroon in the center (Fig.

2A)

Lemon-yellow, with a dark

purplish basal blotch

Seed vestiture

Puberulent (Fig. 3: 3a, b)

Glabrous (Fig. 3: 4a, b)

Seed surface patterns

Anticlinal cell walls

Boundaries raised-channeled,

straight to slightly sinuous

and thick with ruptured ridges

Boundaries raised, straight to

slightly sinuous and thick with

definite ridges

Periclinal cell walls

Thick, flat and channeled

(Fig. 3: 3b)

Thick, flat to slightly concave

(Fig. 3: 4b)

120

References

Badry, M.O., Tate, J.A. , Sheded, M.G., El-Naggar,

S.M. & Hamed, S.T. (2015). Macro- and

micro-morphological characters of Hibiscus

diversifolius Jacq. subsp. diversifolius

(Malvaceae): A new record for the flora of

Egypt. Feddes Repertorium 126: 37-47.

Craven, L.A., Wilson, F.D. & Fryxell, P.A. (2003). A

taxonomic review of Hibiscus section Furcaria

(Malvaceae) in Western Australia and the

Northern Territory. Australian Systematic

Botany 16: 185-218.

Craven, L.A., Barrett, R.L. & Barrett, M.D. (2016).

Three new species and one new combination in

Hibiscus (Malvaceae). Muelleria 35: 3-14.

Edmonds, J.M. (1991). The distribution of Hibiscus

L. section Furcaria in tropical East Africa.

Systematic and Ecogeographic Studies on Crop

Genepools 6. Rome.

Esteves, G.L, Duarte, M.C. & Takeuchi, C. (2014).

Sinopse de Hibiscus L. (Malvoideae,

Malvaceae) do Estado de Sao Paulo, Brasil:

especies nativas e cultivadas ornamentals.

Hoehnea 41: 529-539.

Austrobaileya 10(1): 113-120(2017)

Pearce, H. (2009). WWII: NQ: a cultural heritage

overview of significant places in the defence

of north Queensland during World War

II. First Edition. Queensland Government

Environmental Protection Agency: Brisbane.

Wilson, F.D. (1974). Hibiscus section Furcaria

(Malvaceae) in Australia. Australian Journal of

Botany 22: 157-82.

-(1993). Hibiscus section Furcaria (Malvaceae) in

Islands of the Pacific Basin. Brittonia 45: 275-

285.

-(1994). The genome biogeography of Hibiscus L.

section Furcaria DC. Genetic Resources and

Crop Evolution AY. 13-25.

-(1999). Revision of Hibiscus section Furcaria

(Malvaceae) in Africa and Asia. Bulletin of

the Natural History Museum,London, Botany

Series 29: 47-79.

-(2006). A distributional and cytological survey

of the presently recognized taxa of Hibiscus

section Furcaria ( Malvaceae ). Bonplandia 15:

53-62.

Wilson, F.D. & Craven, L.A. (1995). Two new species

of Hibiscus section Furcaria DC. (Malvaceae)

from northern Queensland. Austrobaileya 4:

439-447.

Gymnogaster boletoides J.W. Cribb (Boletaceae,

Boletales), a striking Australian secotioid bolete

Matteo Gelardi 1 , Nigel Fechner 2 *, Roy E. Hailing 3 , Federica Costanzo 1

Summary

Gelardi, M., Fechner, N., Hailing, R.E. & Costanzo, F. (2017). Gymnogaster boletoides J.W. Cribb

(Boletaceae, Boletales), a striking Australian secotioid bolete. Austrobaileya 10 ( 1 ): 121 - 129 .

The austral secotioid species Gymnogaster boletoides J.W. Cribb has been reported from various

localities in southern Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria and Western Australia. A detailed,

modern description of the species including macro- and micromorphological characters is provided,

accompanied by colour images taken in situ; photomicrographs; and line drawings of the main

anatomical features. Comparative assessments of morphologically closely allied species are also

presented.

Key Words: Boletales, Boletaceae, Gymnogaster boletoides , Australia fungi, Queensland fungi,

secotioid fungi, taxonomy

'M. Gelardi & F. Constanza, Via Angelo Custode 4A, 1-00061 Anguillara Sabazia, RM, Italy.

2 N. Fechner, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Science, Information Technology & Innovation,

Mt. Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Brisbane, Queensland 4066, Australia.

3 R.E. Hailing, Institute of Systematic Botany, The New York Botanical Garden, Bronx, NY 10458-

5126, USA.

* Corresponding author: Email: Nigel.Fechner@dsiti.qld.gov.au

Introduction

The taxonomic placement of the Australian

secotioid bolete Gymnogaster boletoides

J.W.Cribb has long been uncertain and

the species has been placed in either the

Secotiaceae Tul. & C. Tul. (Cribb 1956) or

the Agaricaceae Chevall. (Kirk et al. 2008).

However, molecular analysis carried out by

Hailing et al. (2012) clearly demonstrated

that the species belongs to the family

Boletaceae Chevall. and clusters in a separate,

independent lineage with high phylogenetic

confidence (Tedersoo & Smith 2013; Wu et

al 2014, 2016b; Zhao et al. 2014, 2015; Smith

etal. 2015).

Intensive mycological field research

carried out by Roy Hailing (REH) and Nigel

Fechner in eastern and south-eastern Australia

over the years 2005-2015 resulted in several

collections of Gymnogaster boletoides

(Figs. 1-6). Two additional samples were

found by REH and Matteo Gelardi during

the forays of the combined annual meeting

of the Australasian Mycological Society,

and the Queensland Fungi Festival held in

Brisbane in late April 2014. Specimens of G.

boletoides examined for this paper constitute

a representative sample of the collections

held in the Queensland Herbarium, one of

which was gathered on Mt Glorious, the type

locality where Joan Cribb first collected the

species in 1956.

Materials and methods

Specimens examined were collected at

different localities in Queensland, Australia,

dried on a commercial portable food

dehydrator and deposited in BRI, NY (Thiers

2015) and the personal herbarium of Matteo

Gelardi. Herbarium collections are cited for

those from which morphological features were

examined. Author citations follow the Index

Fungorum, Authors of Fungal Names (www.

indexfungorum.org/authorsoffungalnames.

htm).

Accepted for publication 27 February 2017

122

Austrobaileya 10 ( 1 ): 121 - 129 ( 2017 )

Fig. 1. Gymnogaster boletoides. Basidiomes in situ

{Hailing et al. MG605 , BRI). Scale bar = 10 mm. Photo:

M. Gelardi.

Macroscopic descriptions, habitat

notations and associated plant communities

were based upon detailed field notes of fresh

basidiomes. Colours were recorded under

daylight and described in general terms only.

Micromorphological features were observed

from dried material; sections were either

rehydrated in water, 5% potassium hydroxide

(KOH) or in ammoniacal Congo Red.

Observation of structures and measurements

of anatomical features were performed by

mounting preparations in ammoniacal Congo

Red. Colours and amount of pigmentation

were described after examination in water and

5% KOH. Measurements were made at 1000x

with a calibrated ocular micrometer (Nikon

Eclipse E200 optical light microscope).

Spores were measured from the hymenophore

of mature basidiomes. Dimensions are given

as (minimum-)a-b(-maximum), where the

range a-b contains a minimum of 90% of

the measured values, Q = length/width ratio

with minimum and maximum values in

parentheses, Qm = average quotient (length/

width ratio) ± standard deviation, while

average spore volume was estimated as a

rotation ellipsoid [V= 4/3*(length/2)*((width

/2)*width) *7i/2 ± standard deviation]. The

notation [n/m/p] indicates that measurements

were made on “n” randomly selected spores

from “m” basidiomes of “p” collections.

Fig. 2. Gymnogaster boletoides. Habit. {Hailing 9455 ,

BRI). Scale bar = 10 mm. Photo: R E. Hailing.

Metachromatic, cyanophilic and iodine

reactions were tested by staining the spores

in Brilliant Cresyl blue, Cotton blue and

Melzer’s reagent respectively. Line-drawings

of microstructures were made free hand

from rehydrated material and based on

photomicrographs.

Commonly used abbreviations in the

specimen citation include NP for National

Park.

Taxonomy

Gymnogaster boletoides J.W. Cribb, Pap.

Dept.Bot. Univ. Queensland 3(13): 110(1956).

Type: Queensland. Moreton District: Mt.

Glorious, 19 February 1955, J.W. Cribb s.n.

(holo: BRI [BRIP10509]). Mycobank number.

MB 298018.

Illustrations : Cribb (1956: 111, figs 1-6).

Basidiomes secotioid, epigeous, 1-3.5 cm

high, 0.7-5 cm broad, with hymenophore

(fertile portion) surrounding percurrent stipe

columella, ovoid, subglobose to elongate

in outline or irregularly shaped, sometimes

barely pileate, stipitate, evelate. Pileus a

small apical, appressed disc, depressed, 4-8

mm broad, sometimes absent; surface of the

disc matt, dry, very finely tomentose, dark

brown to reddish-brown or orangish-brown,

not cracked. Hymenophore completely

Gelardi et al., Gymnogaster boletoides

123

Fig. 3. Gymnogaster boletoides. Spores in KOH, showing thin wall (germ pore) at apex (Hailing 9800 & Fechner,

BRI). Scale bar = 10 pm. Photo: R.E. Hailing.

Fig. 4. Gymnogaster boletoides. Dextrinoid spores (.Hailing 9800 & Fechner , BRI). Scale bar = 10 pm. Photo: R.E.

Hailing.

and permanently exposed, Morchella- like,

moderately fleshy, firm but progressively

softer with age, slightly subdecurrent,

undulate-loculate, consisting of labyrinthine

to irregularly arranged, folded chambers

tending to radiate out from the columella;

surface and inner portions whitish with some

brownish red stains at first then grayish-

yellow, later bright lemon yellow to olive-

yellow with scattered rusty brown spots and

finally dull yellowish-brown, immediately

staining dark blue on handling and finally

fading to sordid brown. Stipe 0.5-1.5 x 0.1-

0.8 cm, reduced, central, straight, cylindrical

but tapered towards the base, protruding

within the hymenophore as a columella, not

or only faintly rooting; surface short sulcate

at apex, dry, smooth to subpruinose, bright

lemon yellow to orange-yellow at apex,

rhubarb red elsewhere and progressively

darker downwards, staining blue when

pressed. Columella present, usually columnar

and percurrent (not percurrent but dendroid

with scattered, thin branches extending into

the fertile hymenophore in collection Gelardi

et al. MG607 ), context evenly whitish to

124

Austrobaileya 10(1): 121-129(2017)

Fig. 5. Gymnogaster boletoides. Cyanophilic spores (.Hailing 9800 & Fechner, BRI). Scale bar = 10 pm. Photo: R E.

Hailing.

yellowish, sometimes whitish only in the

peripheral zones and rhubarb red inwards,

staining blue on exposure. Stipe context

solid but at times becoming hollow, whitish

to rhubarb red or purple-red and gradually

darker downwards, staining blue throughout

when bruised.

Odour faint to sometimes pungent, agreeable.

Taste mild. Spore print not obtained.

Basidiospores [66/3/2] (10.0-)11.3-13.1(-

14.0) x (6.7—)7.1—8.1(—8.6) pm, Q = (1.22-)

1.36-1.80(-l.84), Qm = 1.60 ± 0.11, Vm = 370

± 68 pm 3 (n = 66 from the hymenophore of

mature specimens) (several anomalous spores

originating from 1-spored basidia have been

observed in collection Gelardi et al. MG607 '

with size up to 26.0 x 13.2 pm!), bilaterally

symmetric in all views, amygdaliform to

citriform or rarely subglobose, apex rounded

to sometimes pointed and with a thin germ

pore-like region, smooth, with a pronounced,

prominent apiculus and without suprahilar

depression, thick-walled (0.4-0.6 pm), honey

yellow to ochraceous in water and 5% KOH,

with one or, more rarely, two or three large

oil droplets when mature, inamyloid or a very

small minority dextrinoid, acyanophilic to

less frequently cyanophilic and with a faint

metachromatic reaction. Basidia 23-44(-46)

x 9-14 pm (n = 23), cylindrical-clavate to

clavate, vesciculose to subglobose in the inner

hymenophoral tissues, moderately thick-

walled (0.5-1.0 pm), predominantly 4-spored

but also 1- or 2-spored, usually bearing short

to moderately long sterigmata (2-7 pm),

hyaline to pale yellowish and not containing

straw-yellow oil guttules in water and 5%

KOH, bright yellow to ochraceous (inamyloid)

in Melzer’s, without basal clamps; basidioles

cylindrical-clavate, clavate to subglobose in

the inner hymenophoral tissues, about the

same size as basidia. Cheilocystidia (26-)27-

65(-70) x (5—)6—17(—21) pm (n= 23), very

common, short to moderately long, straight to

flexuous, versiform, irregularly cylindrical,

cylindrical-fusiform, ventricose-fusiform,

mucronate to less frequently bottle-shaped

or sublageniform, with neck ranges from

narrow and short to very long, with rounded

to subacute tip, smooth, moderately thick-

walled (0.5—1.0 pm), hyaline to pale straw

yellow in water and 5% KOH, bright yellow to

ochraceous (inamyloid) in Melzer’s, without

Gelardi et a/., Gymnogaster boletoides

125

Fig. 6. Gymnogaster boletoides. A. basidiospores. B. basidia. C. cheilo- and pleurocystidia. D. hymenophoral trama

(direction of hyphae from the bottom to the top, stippling in the drawing representing a gelatinous matter). E. pileipellis.

All from Hailing etal. MG605 (BRI). Scale bars: A-C: 10 pm, D-E: 20 pm. Del. M. Gelardi.

epiparietal encrustations. Pleurocystidia

(36-)38-65(-68) x (5-)6-20(-27) pm (n= 20),

uncommon, shape, size, colour and chemical

reactions as in cheilocystidia, usually showing

a narrow and short neck. Pseudocystidia not

recorded. Pileipellis (when pileus present),

a trichoderm consisting of subparallel

(towards the margin of the disc) to moderately

interwoven (at the center of the disc), erect,

elongated, filamentous and sinuous, rarely

branched hyphae not embedded in gelatinous

matter; terminal elements (10-)12-30(-36)

x 4—9(—11) pm (n = 16), relatively short,

irregularly cylindrical, bullet-shaped or

acorn-shaped to less frequently cystidioid or

clavate, rarely diverticulate, apex rounded-

obtuse to sometimes pointed, moderately

thick-walled (up to 0.9 pm), honey yellow to

ochraceous in water and 5% KOH or with

a slowly soluble red pigment in hydroxide

mounting media, inamyloid in Melzer’s,

smooth; subterminal elements similar in

shape, size and colour to terminal elements.

Hymenophoral trama 30-50(-60) pm

broad, consisting of very slightly divergent

or almost parallel or subparallel, loosely

arranged, gelatinized hyphae with nearly no

differentiation between mediostratum and

lateral strata [hyphae in transverse section

remaining separate and (1—)2—6 pm apart,

2-10 pm broad, with a tendency to spread

from the inner hymenophoral tissues towards

the peripheral areas], straw yellow in water

and hyaline to very pale yellowish in 5%

126

KOH, inamyloid in Melzefs. Stipitipellis

a texture of slender, subparallel to loosely

intermingled and longitudinally oriented,

smooth walled, appressed hyphae, 2-10 pm

wide, straw yellow to honey yellow in water

and in 5% KOH; stipe apex covered by a well-

developed caulohymenial layer consisting of

sterile caulobasidioles, very sparse, 1-, 2- and

4-spored, fertile caulobasidia (these latter

not detected at all in collection MG607 ) and

abundant short to projecting caulocystidia

similar in shape and colour to hymenial

cystidia but distinctly smaller, irregularly

cylindrical, cylindrical-fusiform, ventricose-

fusiform to sublageniform or bullet-shaped,

(14—)18—42(—46) x 4-12 pm (n = 20), having

a wall up to 1 pm thick. Columella composed

of densely arranged, subparallel to loosely

interwoven, filamentous to slightly inflated,

smooth, inamyloid hyphae, 3-19 pm broad.

Stipe trama composed of densely arranged,

strongly interwoven, smooth, inamyloid,

filamentous hyphae intermixed with inflated

or vesciculose to nearly subglobose cells,

3-20(-26) pm broad. Oleiferous hyphae

present. Clamp connections absent in all

tissues. Figs. 1-6.

Additional specimens examined : Australia:

Queensland. Darling Downs District: Road from

Dalby to Bunya Mountains NP, Feb 2013, Hailing

9800 & Fechner (BRI, NY); Cunningham’s Gap, Main

Range NP, Mar 2011, Hailing 9455 & Fechner (BRI,

NY). Moreton District: Rainforest Circuit, Maiala

NP, Mt Glorious, Apr 2014, Gelardi MG607 et al.

(BRI); Thylogale Track, along Mt Nebo Road between

Boombana and Jolly’s Lookout, Mt Nebo, Apr 2014,

Hailing et al. MG605 (BRI); Main Range NP, road from

Boonah to Killarney, Mar 2012, Hailing 9664 (BRI,

NY).

Distribution and habitat : Gymnogaster

boletoides is currently known primarily from

eastern Australia (Queensland, New South

Wales, Victoria), with a single collection

recorded from Western Australia (Map 1).

Fruiting bodies are gregarious or scattered

amongst litter in wet sclerophyll forests

dominated by Myrtaceae (Eucalyptus

L’Her., Lophostemon Schott, and Corymbia

K.D.Hill & L. A. S. Johnson). Details of

non-vouchered observations can be found

on Mushroomobserver.org (Observations

#66652, #163760), and on the Atlas of Living

Australia (ALA); http://www.ala.org.au/.

Austrobaileya 10(1): 121-129(2017)

Typification: The holotype of Gymnogaster

boletoides consists of two incomplete halves

of a fruiting body < 10 mm diameter. This

material has been stored in various liquid

media for the past 60 years and is now a

discoloured, fragile, deficiently prototypical

collection which would be best served by

augmentation with a fresher, well annotated

and photographed dried collection as, at a

minimum, a representative specimen which is

more interpretive of the protologue description

of both the genus and species. We therefore

propose the collection Hailing 9455 & Fechner

(BRI) as a representative collection for the

species. Cunningham’s Gap is less than 90

km from the original holotype location, Mt.

Glorious. The representative specimen has the

added benefit of having been sequenced for

DNA analyses, with six associated sequences

lodged in GenBank: nrLSU: JX889673; tefl:

JX889683; 28S: KT990572; tefl: KT990768;

RPB1: KT990928; RPB2: KT990406.

Affinities: Gymnogaster boletoides

undoubtedly approaches Neoboletus

thibetanus (Shu R. Wang & Yu Li) Zhu

L. Yang, B. Feng & G. Wu from the

morphological viewpoint. However, as

already pointed out by Wu et al. (2016a),

and based on the protologue by Wang et al.

(2014) and our own observations, the latter

species can be readily delimited by the apical

peridial remnants being essentially absent

(if a peridiopellis is present, then it shows a

hymeniderm structure with inflated terminal

elements, 8-15 pm broad, or a cutis with

repent filamentous hyphae); presence of a

short, shallow reticulum at the stipe apex;

much larger basidiospores, 16-19(-20) x

(9—)9.5—11(—11.5) pm; shorter and differently

shaped cystidia; narrower columella hyphae

and stipe trama hyphae (3-7 pm broad),

and its occurrence in south-western China

in subalpine conifer forests dominated by

Abies Mill, and Betula L. Furthermore, recent

molecular phylogenetic analyses indicate that

N. thibetanus clusters in a distantly related

clade focused on the complex of the boletoid,

pileate-stipitate species N. luridiformis

(Rostk.) Gelardi, Simonini & Vizzini (Wu et

al. 2016a).

Gelardi et al ., Gymnogaster boletoides

Gymnopaxillus nudus Claridge, Trappe

& Castellano resembles G. boletoides but

diverges from the latter species in having a

(sub-) hypogeous habit; absence of stipe, or

only rarely with a very rudimentary stipe;

unchanging tissues; presence of white basal

rhizomorphs; pileus surface (whenever

present) consisting of interwoven, collapsed

hyphae; hymenium devoid of cystidia, and

differently shaped, cyanophilic, boletoid

basidiospores which are longer and narrower,

being (10-)11-16(-17.5) x (4.5-)5.5-6.5(-7.5)

pm (Claridge et al. 2001). Moreover, the genus

Gymnopaxillus E. Horak is phylogenetically

allied to Austropaxillus Bresinsky &

Jarosch in the family Serpulaceae Jarosch &

Bresinsky (Claridge et al. 2001; Jarosch 2001;

Binder & Hibbett 2006; Watling 2008; Skrede

etal. 2011).

Notes: Gymnogaster boletoides is easily

circumscribed on account of the following

set of unique and distinctive macro- and

micromorphological characters: (1) small to

tiny basidiomes (1-3.5 cm high x 0.7-5 cm

broad); (2) completely exposed morchellioid,

whitish to lemon yellow and eventually

olive-brown hymenophore with irregularly

shaped chambers; (3) pileus surface reduced

to a small brownish-red disc at top; (4)

reduced stipe continuing as a columella

inside the hymenophore; (5) tissues definitely

cyanescent overall on exposure or handling;

(6) symmetrical, amygdaliform to citriform,

smooth basidiospores; (7) pileipellis a

trichoderm consisting of subparallel to

moderately interwoven cylindrical hyphae; (8)

hymenophoral trama consisting of subparallel

and loosely arranged, strongly gelatinized

hyphae; (9) fertile caulohymenium; (10)

occurrence in wet sclerophyll forests in

association with Myrtaceae.

The single, disjunct occurrence of this

taxon in Western Australia, as illustrated onthe

ALA website (Map 1), could not be ignored.

Whilst the authors did not get the opportunity

to examine this specimen, the description

accompanying the specimen record was

sufficiently detailed enough to convince the

authors that the identification was correct.

In terms of the list of prescriptive characters

127

outlined in the preceding paragraph, the

following descriptors matched very closely,

including spore dimensions: “Pileus crimson

red, smooth .hymenium greenish yellow,

with faint and inconsistent dull greenish-

blue bruising and some dull reddish bruising

when cut; forming a broad mass of convoluted

plates with empty locules in between. Stipe

columella: solid, extending to apex of fruit

body; upper part dull greenish-blue entirely

when cut, lower part dull yellowish with red

bruising when cut.spores dull yellowish-

brown in KOH and in Melzers, ellipsoid,

some with slightly attenuated apex, thick and

smooth-walled, 10.5-13.0(-13.3) x (6.3-)6.9-

8.4 pm ...”

From a morphological perspective

Gymnogaster boletoides may be considered

an intermediate transition of an above¬

ground bolete to a truffle-like form in which a

vestigial pileus and a reduced stipe combined

with an epigeal growth are still retained.

The similarities to boletes are quite evident

when considering the bluing reaction and

the mycorrhizal habit. According to present

knowledge, G. boletoides seems to have an

ecologically restricted distribution range and

appears to be endemic to Australia.

Etymology: the specific epithet is derived

from the Latin boletus (mushroom) and the

suffix -ides (resembling), referring to the

similarity of its characters to species in the

genus Boletus s.l.

Acknowledgements

Susan Nelles (Brisbane, Australia) and

Patrick Leonard (Buderim, Australia) are

warmly thanked for hosting, accompanying

and assisting the first author during his stay

in Queensland. Financial support from the

National Science Foundation (NSF grants

DEB#0414665, DEB#1020421) and the

National Geographic Society Committee for

Research and Exploration (grant #8457-08) to

the third author is gratefully acknowledged.

Logistical support from the Queensland

Herbarium (BRI) and the Queensland Parks

and Wildlife Service afforded access to

national parks and other natural areas in

Queensland.

128

References

Binder, M. & Hibbett, D.S. (2006). Molecular

systematics and biological diversification of

Boletales. Mycologia 98: 971-981. doi: 10.3852/

mycologia.98.6.971

Claridge, A.W., Trappe, J.M. & Castellano,

M. A. (2001). Australasian truffle-like

fungi. X. Gymnopaxillus (Basidiomycota,

Austropaxillaceae). Australian Systematic

Botany 14: 273-281.

Cribb, J.W. (1956). The gasteromycetes of Queensland

- II. Secotiaceae. Papers from the Department

of Botany, University of Queensland. 3(13):

107-111.

Halling, R.E., Nuhn, M., Osmundson, T.W., Fechner,

N. , Trappe, J.M., Soytong, K., Arora, D.,

Hibbett, D.S. & Binder, M. (2012). Affinities of

the Boletus chromapes group to Royoungia and

the description of two new genera, Harry a and

Australopilus. Australian Systematic Botany

25: 418-431. doi:10.1071/SB12028

Jarosch, M. (2001). Zur molekularen Systematik der

Boletales: Coniophorineae, Paxillineae und

Suillineae. Bibliotheca Mycologica 191.

Cramer: Berlin Stuttgart.

Kirk, P.M., Cannon, P.F., Minter, D.W. & Stalpers,

J.A. (2008). Dictionary of the Fungi. CAB

International: Wallingford.

Skrede, I., Engh, I.B., Binder, M., Carlsen, T., Kauserud,

H. & Bendiksby, M. (2011). Evolutionary history

of Serpulaceae (Basidiomycota): molecular

phylogeny, historical biogeography and

evidence for a single transition of nutritional

mode. BMC Evolutionary Biology 11: 230.

doi:10.1186/1471-2148-11-230.

Smith, M.E., Amses, K.R., Elliott, T.F., Obase, K., Aime,

M.C. & Henkel, T.W. (2015). New sequestrate

fungi from Guyana: Jimtrappea guyanensis

gen. sp. nov., Castellanea pakaraimophila gen.

sp. nov., and Costatisporus cyanescens gen. sp.

nov. (Boletaceae, Boletales). IMA Fungus 6(2):

297-317. doi: 10.5598/imafungus.2015.06.02.03

Tedersoo, L. & Smith, M.E. (2013). Lineages of

ectomycorrhizal fungi revisited: Foraging

strategies and novel lineages revealed by

sequences from belowground. Fungal Biology

Reviews 27(3-4): 83-99. doi: 10.1016/j.

fbr.2013.09.001

Thiers, B. (2015) (continuously updated). Index

Herbariorum: a global directory of public

herbaria and associated staff. New York

botanical garden’s virtual herbarium, http://

s weetgum. ny bg. org/ih/

Austrobaileya 10(1): 121-129(2017)

Wang, S.R., Wang, Q., Wang, D.L. & Li, Y. (2014).

Gastroboletus thibetanus. a new species

from China. Mycotaxon 129: 79-83. doi:

10.5248/129.79

Watling, R. (2008). A Manual and Source Book of the

Boletes and their Allies. Synopsis Fungorum

24. Fungiflora: Oslo.

Wu, G., Feng, B., Xu, J.P, Zhu, X.T., Li, Y.C., Zeng,

N.K., Hosen, I. & Yang, Z.L. (2014). Molecular

phylogenetic analyses redefine seven major

clades and reveal 22 new generic clades in the

fungal family Boletaceae. Fungal Diversity

69(1): 93-115. doi: 10.1007/sl3225-014-0283-8

Wu, G., Zhao, K., Li, Y.C., Zeng, N.K., Feng, B.,

Halling, R.E. & Yang, Z.L. (2016a). Four new

genera of the fungal family Boletaceae. Fungal

Diversity 81(1): 1-24. doi: 10.1007/sl3225-015-

0322-0

Wu, G., Li, Y.C., Zhu, X.T., Zhao, K., Han, L.H., Cui,

Y.Y., Li, F„ Xu, J.P. & Yang, Z.L. (2016b).

One hundred noteworthy boletes from China.

Fungal Diversity 81(1): 25-188. doi: 10.1007/

S13225-016-0375-8

Zhao, K., Wu, G. & Yang, Z.L. (2014). A new genus,

Rubroboletus, to accommodate Boletus sinicus

and its allies. Phytotaxa 188(2): 61-77. doi:

10.11646/phytotaxa.l88.2.1

Zhao, K., Wu, G., Halling, R.E. & Yang, Z.-L. (2015).

Three new combinations of Butyriboletus

(Boletaceae). Phytotaxa 234(1): 51-62. doi:

10.11646/phy totaxa.234.1.3

Gelardi et a/., Gymnogaster boletoides

129

Map 1 . Distribution of Gymnogaster boletoides O. & represents the collection (PERTH 07628005) from Dorrigo

National Park, NSW which lacks a georeference and is therefore absent from the ALA map for this taxon. Source: Atlas

of Living Australia occurrence; download at http://www.ala.org.au. Accessed 2 December, 2016.

Thismia hawkesii W.E.Cooper and T. lanternatus

W.E.Cooper (Thismiaceae,), two new fairy lantern species

from the Wet Tropics Bioregion, Queensland, Australia

W.E. Cooper

Summary

Cooper, W.E. (2017). Thismia hawkesii W.E.Cooper and T. lanternatus W.E.Cooper (Thismiaceae),

two new fairy lantern species from the Wet Tropics Bioregion, Queensland, Australia. Austrobaileya

10 ( 1 ): 130 - 138 . Thismia hawkesii and T. lanternatus are described and illustrated. Notes on habitat,

habit and distribution are provided as well as a key to all species in Australia.

Key Words: Thismiaceae, Thismia , Thismia hawkesii , Thismia lanternatus , Australia flora,

Queensland flora. Wet Tropics bioregion, new species, rainforest, identification key

W.E. Cooper, Australian Tropical Herbarium, James Cook University, Cairns Campus, McGregor

Road, Smithfield, Queensland 4878, Australia. Email: wendy@williamtcooper.com.au

Introduction

Thismia Griffith (Thismiaceae) comprises

c. 66 species occurring in Asia, America,

New Zealand and Australia (Mabberley

2008; Mycoheterotrophic plants 2017) with

the largest species diversity from South East

Asia (Chantanaorrapint 2012). Most species

are tropical, but a small number of species

occur in subtropical and temperate areas in

Australia, New Zealand and North America.

Thismia plants are terrestrial,

achlorophyllous, mycoheterotrophic herbs

that flower fugaciously amongst or beneath

leaf litter and are very difficult to find, unless

searchers are especially focused on finding

plants of this genus during wet weather

when they are only conspicuous by their

flowers. Thismia plants lack chlorophyll

and obtain carbohydrates and possibly other

nutrients from adjacent photo synthetic plants

by accessing fungal mycorrhizal networks

(Leake 2005; Merckx & Wapstra 2013).

Five Thismia species have been described

from Australia: T rodwayi F.Muell. from

Tasmania, Victoria, New South Wales

(NSW), southeastern Queensland and New

Zealand; T. clavarioides K.R.Thiele and T.

Accepted for publication 20 July 2017

megalongensis C.Hunt, G.Steenbeeke &

V. Merckx from NSW; T. yorkensis Cribb from

Cape York Peninsula in far north Queensland

and T. tectipora Cowie from Melville Island,

Northern Territory.

In 1963, a fruiting specimen {Hyland2879 ,

BRI) of an undescribed species of Thismia ,

later phrase-named as T. sp. Scrubby Creek

(M.S.Hopkins & A.W.Graham 94/8) in CNS,

was collected from the Herberton Range (now

Baldy Mountain Forest Reserve). Fifty-four

years later in 2017, Bernie Hyland, now retired,

took the collectors of the type specimen back

to the exact site for recollection! This species

is described herein as Thismia hawkesii

W. E.Cooper.

A second undescribed species was

collected as a flowering specimen by Rigel

Jensen {Jensen 940 , BRI) in 1998, during

a survey sifting rainforest leaf litter for

Lumholtz’s tree-kangaroo scats on the

property Ty-Gwyn at Chilverton near

Ravenshoe. Flowers and fruits were collected

from the same location in 2003 {Cooper 1817 ’

CNS) for illustration in Cooper and Cooper

(2004; as C T. sp. Ty-Gwyn’). A further search

of the same property in 2017 resulted in the

type collection {Cooper 2407 et at., CNS)

for the species, described herein as Thismia

lanternatus W.E.Cooper.

Cooper, Thismia hawkesii and Thismia lanternatus

These two new species bring the number of

Australian species to seven.

Materials and methods

This study is based on examination of six

voucher collections preserved in 70% ethanol

from BRI, CNS and CANB, as well as freshly

collected specimens. During the course of

this study, hairs evident on fresh flowers of

T. hawkesii were observed to diminish soon

Taxonomy

Key to Australian

131

after immersion in 70% ethanol. Indeed,

most specimens observed quickly become

somewhat soft and fleshy in ethanol. For these

reasons, Thismia descriptions should be made

from fresh material as soon as possible after

collection.

Abbreviations used in the specimen

citations include SFR (State Forest Reserve)

and NP (National Park).

species of Thismia

1 Mitre-processes absent.2

1. Mitre-processes present.3

2 Roots coralloid; mitre white; outer tepals distinct and slightly reflexed.T. yorkensis

2. Roots vermiform; mitre black or dark brown; outer tepals absent or

minute (not visible to the naked eye), not reflexed.T. lanternatus

3 Mitre-process a solitary, terminal tentacle-like process.4

3. Mitre-processes comprised of 3 lateral or terminal tentacle-like processes.5

4 Perianth tube with 6 toothed ribs .

4. Perianth tube without toothed ribs

1. Thismia hawkesii W.E.Cooper sp. nov.

Similar to T. betung-kerihunensis Tsukaya &

H.Okada, but differing in the perianth tube

bluish in basal area (rather than at the apices),

urceolate (versus cone-shaped), having 6

dentate ribs (versus ribs lacking), and the

mitre being blackish (versus blue-green) and

dished (versus domed) at the apex. Typus:

Queensland. Cook District: Baldy Mountain

Forest Reserve, Herberton Range, near

Atherton, 29 January 2017, W. Cooper 2407,

R. Jensen, B. Hyland, T. Hawkes, T. de Groot

& B. Gray (holo: CNS [spirit only]).

Thismia sp. Scrubby Creek (M.S.Hopkins &

A .W. Graham 94/8)

Achlorophyllous, fleshy herb, lacking above¬

ground stems and with flowers borne at

ground level, fleshy; roots coralloid, densely

clustered. Leaves spirally arranged, scale-

. . . T. hawkesii

. . . T. tectipora

. T. clavarioides

T. megalongensis

. T. clavarioides

like, narrowly triangular, 2-3.5 mm long, c. 1

mm wide at base, whitish, glabrous, papillose;

base truncate; apex acute, entire. Bracts

subtending flowers ovate, mostly keeled,

3.5- 6.5 mm long, to 3.5 mm wide, cream-

coloured. Flowers solitary, sessile, terminal,

actinomorphic, 18-26 mm long (including

mitre-process); mitre-process a solitary,

terminal tentacle-like process; perianth 14-

22 mm long (including mitre process), 7-8

mm wide; tube inflated, urceolate, 6-ribbed

with ribs dentate, glabrous except for short

hairs lining the aperture margin, white in

upper half, aqua-blue ageing to olive-green

in lower half, the ribs blackish or very dark

brown; outer tepals absent or comprising

narrow wings to c. 0.15 mm long, blackish or

very dark brown, glabrous; inner tepals 3,

8.5- 9.5 mm long (including mitre-processes),

c. 5.5 mm wide at the widest part, somewhat

5 Perianth tube whitish or colourless; mitre-processes > 20 mm long . .

5. Perianth tube yellow, orange or reddish; mitre-processes < 5 mm long

6 Outer perianth lobes terminating in a bristle 2-8 mm long.

6. Outer perianth lobes not bristle-tipped.

132

trullate, connate (rarely separating with age),

forming a hood over each opening and with 3

vertical lobes creating a dished or doughnut¬

shaped depression at apex; mitre-processes

terminal, 3-sutured, slender, 5-8.5 mm

long, blackish or very dark brown, glabrous;

stamens 6, connate and forming a pendulous

tube hanging from perianth aperture, each

with 2 adaxially positioned shallow loculi,

indigo-blue, abaxial and adaxial surfaces

with erect, colourless, translucent trichomes;

connectives rectangular with acute apical

lobes; lateral appendages flattened, adaxial,

large, wing-like, ± square or sometimes

almost hastate, with an acute apex and erect,

colourless, translucent, marginal trichomes;

anthers adaxial, extrorse, pale yellow; style

c. 1 mm long with 3, erect, oblong, emarginate

stigmatic lobes, each with minute erect

trichomes abaxially and adaxially; ovary

inferior, not delimited from hypanthium,

unilocular, 3-carpellate, oblate, smooth,

aqua-blue, glabrous; ovules numerous. Fruit

a cup-shaped capsule c. 4.5 mm long and

7.5 mm wide, on a pedicel elongated to c. 75

mm above bracts; seeds numerous, spindle-

shaped, c. 0.5 mm long. Figs. 1 & 2.

Additional specimens examined : Queensland. Cook

District: SFR 194, Scrubby Creek Water Intake,

Carrington Road, Feb 1994, Hopkins & Graham 94/8

(CNS); [SF]R194 CPT 50, Jun 1963, Hyland 2879 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Thismia

hawkesii occurs in simple notophyll vine

forest dominated by Cardwellia sublimis

F.Muell., Darlingia darlingiana (F.Muell.)

L. A. S. Johnson, Doryphora aromatica

(F.M.Bailey) L.S.Sm., Flindersia brayleyana

F.Muell., Neisosperma poweri (F.M.Bailey)

Fosberg & Sachet, Neolitsea dealbata (R.Br.)

Merr. and Toechima erythrocarpum (F.Muell.)

Radik.

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded in

January and February; fruit has been recorded

in June.

Notes: Thismia hawkesii is morphologically

similar to T. betung-kerihunensis Tsukaya

& H.Okada from Borneo (Tsukaya & Okada

2005) rather than to other Australian species.

It most noticeably differs from that species in

the perianth tube being bluish in the basal area

Austrobaileya 10(1): 130-138 (2017)

(rather than at the apices), urceolate (versus

cone-shaped), with 6 dentate ribs (versus ribs

lacking), and the mitre being blackish (versus

blue-green) and dished (versus domed) at the

apex.

Etymology: The specific epithet hawkesii is

in honour of naturalist and enthusiastic field

assistant, Tim Hawkes (1965-).

2. Thismia lanternatus W.E.Cooper sp. nov.

Similar to T. mucronata/NuYaliQv but differing

in the mitre black or very dark brown (versus

greyish-white), mitre apex shortly nipple¬

like (versus an erect pyramidal mucro), outer

tepals very short, wing-like and blackish

(versus broadly triangular and greyish-white)

and ovary conical (versus obconic). Typus:

Queensland. Cook District: Ty-Gwyn,

Chilverton near Ravenshoe, 29 January 2017,

W. Cooper 2403, R. Jensen, T. Hawkes & T. de

Groot (holo: CNS [spirit only]).

Illustration: Cooper & Cooper 2004: 95 (as

‘Thismia sp. Ty-Gwyn’)

Achlorophyllous, fleshy herb, lacking

above ground stems and with flowers borne

at ground level; roots vermiform, terete,

branched, 1.6-2 mm thick. Leaves spirally

arranged, scale-like, triangular, c. 5 mm long,

2.5-3 mm wide at base, whitish, glabrous,

papillose; base truncate; apex acute, entire.

Bracts subtending flowers triangular,

keeled, 4-10 mm long, 2.5-5 mm wide,

papillose, cream-coloured. Flowers solitary,

sessile, terminal, actinomorphic, without

mitral lobes; perianth 25-26 mm long;

tube inflated, obovoid, dirty yellow with 12

longitudinal orange or dark-purplish veins,

glabrous; aperture margin with 6 crenate

lobes; outer tepals 3, very short and wing¬

like, c. 0.5 mm long and 7 mm wide, black

or very dark brown; inner tepals 3, trullate,

c. 11 mm long, to 11-12 mm wide at widest

point, connate and together forming a flatfish

dome or mitre c. 6 mm above the perianth

aperture with a nipple-like apex, black or very

dark brown, glabrous; stamens 6, connate

and forming a pendulous tube hanging from

perianth aperture, each with 2 adaxially

positioned shallow loculi, the abaxial surface

facing the centre of the perianth tube whitish;

Cooper, Thismia hawkesii and Thismia lanternatus

133

Fig. 1. Thismia hawkesii flowers with an immature fruit on the right hand side {Cooper 2407 et al., CNS). Photo: R.

Jensen

134

Austrobaileya 10(1): 130-138 (2017)

Fig. 2. Thismia hawkesii. A. habit showing stem, leaves, flower and roots. B. flower, longitudinal cross-section

showing pendulous stamens, anthers, style and stigmas. C. stigmas and operculum. D. pendulous stigmas showing

abaxial surface in the centre of the flower. Scales as indicated. All from Cooper 2407 et al. (CNS). Del. B. Gray.

Cooper, Thismia hawkesii and Thismia lantematus

connectives rectangular with 3- or 4-toothed

apices; lateral appendages flattened and

wing-like, adaxial, ± square; anthers adaxial,

extrorse, pale yellow; style c. 2.5 mm long

with 3 deeply divided, narrowly-triangular,

erect, lanceolate stigmatic lobes c. 1.8 mm

long, each acute at apex and with minute, erect

135

trichomes abaxially and adaxially; ovary

inferior, not delimited from hypanthium,

unilocular, 3-carpellate, conical, c. 5 mm long

and 3 mm wide, glabrous; ovules numerous.

Fruit (only one unripe fruit seen) cup-shaped,

c. 5 mm long and wide, cream-green with

brownish dots. Figs. 3 & 4.

Fig. 3. Thismia lantematus flowers (i Cooper 2403 et al., CNS). Photo: T. Hawkes

136

Austrobcdleya 10(1): 130-138 (2017)

Fig. 4. Tliismia lanternatus. A. habit showing stem, bracts, leaves, flower and roots. B. flower, longitudinal cross-

section showing pendulous stamens, style and stigmas. C. pendulous stigmas showing adaxial surface and anthers. D.

stamen lateral view showing lateral appendages. Scales as indicated. All from Cooper 2403 et al. (CNS). Del. B. Gray.

Cooper, Thismia hawkesii and Thismia lanternatus

Additional specimens examined : Queensland. Cook

District: Chilverton on Kennedy Highway near

Ravenshoe, Dec 1998, Jensen RJ940 (BRI); Chilverton

near Ravenshoe, March 2003, Cooper WWC1817 &

Cooper (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Thismia

lanternatus is known only from a small

area of disturbed rainforest on metamorphic

soil at Chilverton near Ravenshoe on the

Atherton Tablelands. The surrounding forest

is dominated by Beilschmiedia tooram

(F.M.Bailey) B.Hyland, Caesalpinia robusta

(C.T.White) Pedley, Cardwellia sublimis

F.Muell., Castanospora alphandii (F.Muell.)

F.Muell., Daphnandra repandula (F.Muell.)

F.Muell., Doryphora aromatica (F.M.Bailey)

L.S.Sm. & Neolitsea dealbata (R.Br.) Merr.

Phenology : Flowers have been recorded in

December, January & February. Unripe fruit

has been recorded in March.

Notes : Thismia lanternatus is morphologically

most similar to T. mucronata Nuraliev from

Vietnam (Nuraliev et al. 2014) rather than

other Australia species. It differs from that

species in the mitre of the flower being black

or very dark brown (versus greyish-white),

with the apex shortly nipple-like (versus an

erect pyramidal mucro), the outer tepals very

short, wing-like and blackish (versus broadly

triangular and greyish-white) and the conical

ovary (versus obconic).

Ho et al. (2009) noted that Thismia

tentaculata K.Larsen & Aver, occurred in

close proximity to both Burmannia itoana

Makino (Burmanniaceae) and Sciaphila

ramosa Fukuy. & T. Suzuki (Triuridaceae).

An undetermined Thismia (Brass 23549,

CANB) collected from Milne Bay in Papua

New Guinea was associated with Corsia

(Brass 23548, CANB) and Sciaphila (Brass

23550, CANB). We collected flowering Corsia

dispar D.L.Jones & B.Gray (Cooper 2404,

Jensen, Hawkes & de Groot, CNS), less than

one metre from Thismia lanternatus (Cooper

2403 et al, CNS/ From these records, it

seems likely that Thismia plants may often

occur with other mycoheterotrophic plants.

137

Etymology : The specific epithet is derived

from the Latin lanterna (lantern) and -atus

(resembling), referring to the lantern-like

flower.

Acknowledgements

I am especially grateful for expertise and

good company in the field provided by Rigel

Jensen, Tim Hawkes, Tony de Groot, Bernie

Hyland and Bruce Gray. Many thanks to

Kevin Thiele and Darren Crayn who provided

valuable comments to an earlier manuscript

and to Peter Bostock for Latin derivations. The

curators of BRI, CNS and CANB are thanked

for facilitating the examination of their

collections, especially Frank Zich. Ceinwen

and Trefor Edwards generously allowed us

access to their property “Ty-Gwyn” to collect

specimens of T. lanternatus. Permits to

collect were issued to the Australian Tropical

Herbarium by the Queensland Department of

Environment and Heritage Protection. Bruce

Gray kindly provided line drawings of both

species.

References

Cooper, W. & Cooper, W.T. (2004). Fruits of the

Australian Tropical Rainforest. Nokomis

Editions: Melbourne.

Chantanaorrapint, S. (2012). Thismia filiformis ,

a new species of Thismiaceae (formerly

Burmanniaceae) from Thailand. Kew Bulletin

67: 69-73.

Ho, G.W.C, Mar, S.S., Saunders, R.M.K. (2009).

Thismia tentaculata (Burmanniaceae tribe

Thismieae) from Hong Kong: first record of

the genus and tribe from Continental China.

Journal of Systematics and Evolution 47: 605-

607.

Leake, J.R. (2005). Plants parasitic on fungi: unearthing

the fungi in myco-heterotrophs and debunking

the ‘saprophytic’ plant myth. Mycologist 19:

113-122.

Mabberley, D.J. (2008). Mabberley’s Plant Book:

a portable dictionary of plants, their

classifications, and uses. 3rd edn. Cambridge

University Press: Cambridge.

Merckx, V.S.F.T & Wapstra, M. (2013). Further notes

on the occurrence of fairy lanterns Thismia

rodwayi F.Muell. (Thismiaceae) in Tasmania:

vegetation associations. The Tasmanian

Naturalist 135: 71-78.

Austrobaileya 10(1): 130-138 (2017)

138

Mycoheterotrophic plants (2017). http://mhp.

myspecies.info/category/mycoheterotrophic-

plants/monocots/dioscoreales/thismiaceae/

thismia, accessed April 2017

Nuraliev, M.S., Beer, A.S., Kuznetsov, A.N. &

Kuznetsova, S.P. (2014). Thismia mucronata,

(Thismiaceae), a new species from Vietnam.

Phytotaxa 167: 245-255.

Tsukaya, H. & Okada, H. (2005). A new species of

Thismia (Thismiaceae) from West Kalimantan,

Borneo. Systematic Botany 37: 53-57.

Elionurus purpureus E.J.Thomps. ( Panicoideae:

Andropogoneae: Tripsacinae), a new species for

Queensland: circumscription and breeding system

E. J. Thompson

Summary

Thompson, E.J. (2017). Elionurus purpureus E.J.Thomps. ( Panicoideae : Andropogoneae.

Tripsacinae ), a new species for Queensland: circumscription and breeding system. Austrobaileya

10(1): 139-162. A new species of Elionurus Willd. endemic to northeast Queensland is described and

illustrated. It is distinguishable from E. citreus by the annual growth habit and spikelet morphology.

The leaf anatomy of the two Australian species of Elionurus is illustrated and compared. The

spikelet morphology of the two Australian species is contextualised within Elionurus , Tripsacinae

and Rottboellinae. A new distinguishing morphological character for Elionurus is presented, viz.

the proximal beak on the sessile spikelets, which is shared by the African genus Urelytrum Hackel

(Tripsacinae ), and some Australian genera in other subtribes of Andropogoneae. The breeding system

that involves cleistogamy is discussed for the two Australian species of Elionurus.

Key Words: Poaceae, Andropogoneae, Rottboelliinae , Tripsacinae , Elionurus , Elionurus citreus ,

Elionurus purpureus , Queensland flora, taxonomy, new species, cleistogamy, morphological

characters, leaf anatomy, stem anatomy, cultivated plants

E.J. Thompson, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Science, Information Technology and

Innovation, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia.

Email: John.Thompson@dsiti.qld.gov.au

Introduction

Elionurus Willd. is a genus of 15 species of

tropical and subtropical caespitose grasses,

13 perennial and two annual. Nine (six

endemic) species occur in Africa, five (two

endemic) from southern North America,

four (three endemic) from South America,

one from India, and one species recorded for

Australia and New Guinea (Clayton 1973;

Clayton & Renvoize 1986; Watson & Dallwitz

1992). Elionurus has been placed in the tribe

Andropogoneae subtribe Rottboelliinae

on the basis of morphology (Watson &

Dallwitz 1992) and a molecular phylogeny

by Soreng et al. (2015), although Kellogg

(2015) placed it in Andropogoneae , incertae

sedis based on earlier molecular phylogenies.

Soreng et al. (2017) in an updated phylogeny

placed Elionurus in subtribe Triplacinae.

Members of the tribe typically have racemose

inflorescences composed of disarticulating

segments made up of a pair of differentiated

Accepted for publication 21 July 2017

spikelets (sessile and pedicellate) and a

rachilla (Stapf 1934; Renvoize 1978; Watson

& Dallwitz 1992). These spikelet pairs have

phylogenetic significance and are considered

by Zanotti et al. (2010) to be the evolutionary

origin of the solitary spikelets in the sister

tribe, Paniceae.

Tripsacinae is currently represented

worldwide by a further six genera, none of

which are native to Australia and includes the

significant food plant maize {Zea L.) (Soreng

et al. 2017). In the updated phylogeny of these

grasses, Soreng et al. (2017) transferred five

genera from Rottboelliinae to Tripsacinae that

had previously comprised only Tripsacum

L. and Zea , thus leaving Rottboelliinae

with 16 genera. Species of Tripsacinae and

Rottboelliinae have unbranched inflorescences

and lack the conspicuous geniculate spiralled

awn on the sessile spikelets present in most

other subtribes of Andropogoneae (Clayton

1973; Clayton & Renvoize 1986; Watson

& Dallwitz 1992; Kellogg 2015), although

awnless spikelets also occur in subtribes

Chionachninae and Coicinae (Soreng et al.

2017). Clayton (1973) used morphological

140

characters in a numerical analysis of species of

Andropogoneae with awnless sessile spikelets

covering 22 of the 23 genera from Tripsacinae

(except Zed) and Rottboelliinae and presented

similarity diagrams for the genera. Clayton

(1973) considered Rottboelliinae to be a

recent evolutionary branch disjunct from

other members of the tribe.

The previous single Australian species,

Elionurus citreus (R.Br.) Munro ex Benth.,

lemon-scented grass, occurs along the

northern tropical and eastern subtropical

coast of Australia and New Guinea (Simon &

Alfonso 2011). This species is described and

illustrated by Tothill & Hacker (1983) and

Jacobs et al. (2008).

Lemon-scented foliage also occurs in

other species of Andropogoneae , where

fragrance of leaves has been used sometimes

as a taxonomic character in keys to genera

by Stapf (1934) and Simon (2002). Lemon-

scented foliage is found in the Australian

grass Cymbopogon ambiguus A.Camus

(Australian lemon-scented grass), several

species and cultivars of Cymbopogon

Spreng. (lemon grass, citronella grass)

from Asia, and Elionurus muticus (Spreng.)

Kunth (lemon grass) from South America

and Africa. The Asian and South African

grasses are commercial sources of lemon-

scented essential oils (e.g., citral, citronellol,

geraniol) (Soenarko 1977; Watson & Dallwitz

1992; Sangwan et al. 2001; Nakaharar et al.

2003; Fuller et al. 2014; Kellogg 2015). Other

essential oils (predominantly campherenone)

have been reported in leaves and roots of

Elionurus elegans Kunth, an annual from

Africa (Mevy et al. 2002).

The breeding systems in grasses are highly

diverse (Connor 1979) and in Panicoideae this

is particularly so for the genera comprising

Tripsacinae as represented by Soreng et al.

(2017). Tripsacum L. and Zea provide unusual

diversity in breeding systems for subtribes

in Andropogoneae. Tripsacum has male and

female flowers in separate portions of the same

inflorescences, as is found in Chionachne

R.Br. (subtribe Chionachninae ) and Zea has

Austrobaileya 10(1): 139-162(2017)

male and female inflorescences in different

parts of the same plant (Watson & Dallwitz

1992). All of the species of Tripsacinae and

Rottboelliinae have bisexual flowers and

most are solely chasmogamous (CH), where

anthers and stigmas emerge from florets with

the ability to outcross and thereby provide

gene flow (Watson & Dallwitz 1992; Simon

& Alfonso 2011). The one known exception

until now is the presence of cleistogamy (CL)

(self-pollination within a closed flower), in

Rottboellia exaltata L.f. reported by Heslop-

Harrison (1959). Various types of CL have

been reported for species in other subtribes of

Andropogoneae (Connor 1979; Campbell et

al. 1983; Watson & Dallwitz 1992; Culley &

Klooster 2007).

This paper provides a taxonomic account

of a new species of Elionurus with lemon-

scented foliage from north Queensland. The

breeding systems of the two Australian species

of Elionurus are presented and categorised

according to current CL classifications

from the literature (Table 1). Morphological

affinities of Elionurus to other genera of

Rottboelliinae are also discussed.

Materials and methods

Field survey at the site of the type collection

of Elionurus purpureus was conducted in

three successive years, April 2015, April 2016

and May 2017.

A comparative study of gross morphology

and anatomy was made for E. purpureus

and E. citreus. Morphological data for

E. purpureus were obtained from four

accessions at BRI which includes the type

(Fig. 1). Spikelets from terminal and axillary

inflorescences were dissected to examine their

characters. Six topotypes from Queensland

Herbarium (BRI) collections of E. citreus

were selected for sampling (Appendix 1).

These specimens were collected in the vicinity

of the type and are considered representative

substitutes for the type, a collection by Robert

Brown {Bennett no. 6176 ) made in 1802 from

Northumberland Island, Queensland. Online

images of the isotype {Andropogon citreus

R.Br.) at E, K and W were examined.

Thompson, Elionurus purpureus

Table 1. Morphological character differences between the Australian species of Elionurus

141

Character

Elionurus purpureus

Elionurus citreus

Growth habit

annual

perennial

Inflorescence type

multiple racemes at nodes at least

single racemes at nodes on

on cultivated plants

cultivated plant and topotypes

Culms

Transverse section shape

Anatomy

broadly concavo-convex

narrowly concavo-convex

sclerenchyma along convex edge

mostly 3 or 4 cells wide

mostly 6-8 cells wide

Leaf blade and sheath

Distribution

cauline

mostly basal

Margin prickle hairs

Abaxial surface

absent

medium (60-70 p)

length of stomata (pm)

45-60

41-51

length of silica bodies (pm)

15-20

8-15

Margins and mid-vein indumentum

smooth

usually scabrid

Mid-vein

Anatomy of vascular bundles

obtusely keeled

acutely keeled

adaxial sclerenchyma

absent

present

Sessile spikelet (mid raceme*)

Total length (beak, body and lobes)

8.1-9.2, purple

10.6-13.1, pallid to pale pink.

(mm), colour at maturity

Lower glume

rarely purplish

lobe length (mm)

2.6-3.2

5.5-7

body width x length (mm), texture

1.7-2 x 3.5-4.2, chartaceous

1.5-1.7 x 3.6-4.3, cartilaginous

indumentum type, orientation

pubescent, appressed

glabrous to pilose, ascending

hair length (mm)

c. 0.2

c. 2

keeled margin of lower glume

Upper lemma

not winged

narrowly winged

margin

hyaline, pilose, hairs c. 0.3 mm long

hyaline, ciliate apically or glabrous

apex

acute

attenuate

Callus

length (mm)

1-2.3

1.8-2.7

* apical spikelets are smaller and basal larger

Pedicellate spikelet

Lower glume

width x length (mm), colour at

0.8-1.3 x 5.2-57, purple;

c. 0.9 x 7.2-8.5, pallid to pale pink.

maturity, body, margins

lanceolate, asymmetrical, 5-veined,

rarely purplish, linear to narrow

1-keeled, both margins with oil

lanceolate, asymmetrically.

streak

3-veined, 1-keeled, one margin with

oil streak

Upper glume

subequal to lower glume, 5-veined,

unequal to lower glume, 3-veined,

back rounded

back laterally compressed

Anther length (mm)

Chasmogamous

0.9-2

1.3-2.7

Cleistogamous

c. 0.8

0.7-1.8

Rachilla

Width x length (mm), shape

1.2-1.4 x 4.3-4.4, distinctly clavate

0.9-1.3 x 3.3-5, clavate

distinctly winged, unequally

usually narrowly winged and

bilobed

unequally bilobed, or not winged

Apex rim

Sub-apical beard

length of longest hairs (mm)

2.8-2.9

3.6-4.9

Pedicel

Width x length (mm), shape

c. 0.8 x 2.5-3.5

0.5-0.6 x 2.9-4

142

Austrobaileya 10(1): 139-162(2017)

Fig. 1 . Holotype specimen of Elionuruspurpureus ( McDonaldKRM16860 & Thompson , BRI).

Thompson, Elionurus purpureus

Herbarium specimens and/or images

of type specimens of all the other species

of Elionurus and species in other genera

of Tripsacinae and Rottboelliinae were

examined in detail (Appendices 1 & 2).

Leaf and culm transverse sections were

prepared using a modified freehand sectioning

version of the method described by Frohlich

(1984). Samples of herbarium material were

rehydrated by initial immersion in hot water

and left to soak for up to several days. Leaves

from upper culms were used and sections

taken from near the middle of each leaf. Leaf

samples were placed on a glass slide covered

with a glass slide cover that served as a cutting

guide. Culm sections were cut without the use

of the slide cover. Thin sections were cut using

a razor blade while viewing under a binocular

microscope at *40 magnification. Several

sections were made for both E. purpureus

and E. citreus. Three accessions of E. citreus

were examined to capture variation and

because some leaf blades retained distorted

parenchyma following rehydration. Leaf

blades and culms of near equivalent width

were used for both species.

Leaf, spatheole and culm surface replicas

were prepared using the method described by

Hilu & Randall (1984).

Micromorphology was studied from

images taken using a compound binocular

microscope at 5x, 10x ? 20 x and 40 x for

transverse sections, and at 20x and 40x for

surface replicas.

Plants of E. citreus and E. purpureus were

cultivated for three main purposes: to study

any impact of environment on growth habit,

effect of environment on the breeding system,

and provide a supply of viable caryopses for

further studies. Caryopses were taken from

the type of E. purpureus and BRI accession,

McDonald KRM11354 for E. citreus. The

caryopses were scarified by scraping off

a small portion of pericarp just above the

143

scutellum. Germination was at ambient

temperature on damp tissue paper in a covered

transparent container in November 2016.

Plants were cultivated in pots in a well-

drained potting medium in full sun in

Brisbane, Australia (lat. 27° 26’ 37”S). Plants

were watered daily, unless there had been

sufficient rain, to maintain continuously

moist potting medium. Watering rate was at

about 7 mm per day, measured using a rain

gauge, equating to about 1000 mm for the

wet season (December - March). Plants were

occasionally fertilised with a commercial

pelletised chicken manure.

Rainfall data from Climate Data Online

(BoM) for weather stations near the collection

localities of BRI accessions of E. purpureus

were examined to investigate the potential

effect of soil moisture levels on plant growth

and flowering. Frequency of rainy days of

more than 5 mm and more than 10 mm are

recorded in Table 2 as a comparison with the

watering regime of cultivated plants.

Spikelets from the cultivated plants were

examined in detail at flowering and fruiting

in April - June 2017. Spikelets from the upper

and lower halves of racemes were harvested on

a daily basis as they matured. The most distal

spikelet of racemes disarticulated readily at

maturity. Ripe spikelets were gathered by

gently touching. The proportion of CH:CL

was examined by randomly selecting 20

spikelets for two batches, each batch from the

upper halves and lower halves of racemes.

Botanical terminology follows Beentje

(2010) and Harris & Harris (1994) for general

usage. An exception is the use of the term

convexo-concave to differentiate the shape of

the culm transverse section of E. purpureus.

Anatomy descriptions and terminology follow

Metcalfe (1960), Ellis (1976, 1979), Renvoize

(1982) and Watson & Dallwitz (1992).

144

Austrobaileya 10(1): 139-162(2017)

Taxonomy

Key to the Australian species of Elionurus

1 Perennial; spikelets pallid to pale pink; sessile spikelet with lobes longer

than body; body of lower glume pubescent; upper glume glabrous on

margin; NE NSW, EQld,N NT, NWA.E. citreus

1. Annual; spikelets purple at maturity; sessile spikelets with lobes shorter

than body; body of lower glume pilose or glabrous; upper glume pilose

on margin; N Qld.E. purpureus

Elionurus purpureus E.J.Thomps., sp. nov.

similar to E. citreus (R.Br.) Munro ex Benth.

differing by the annual growth habit and

purple spikelets 8.1-9.1 mm long with body of

lower glume longer than the lobes and margin

of upper glume pilose. Typus: Queensland.

Cook District: 0.8 km along Mt Spurgeon

road from Mulligan Highway, Mt Carbine,

10 April 2015, K.R.McDonald KRM16860 &

E.J.Thompson (holo: BRI).

Erect caespitose annual to 1.3 m high. Culms

< 4 mm wide, shortly branched, nodes

3-9; internodes purplish, smooth, hairless,

furrowed; nodes glabrous often purplish, half

to two-thirds of total length exserted from

sheath. Basal leaf sheaths purplish; culm

sheaths with scattered white hairs mostly near

apical margins; collar margins with hairs to

3.3 mm. Ligule a fringed membrane, c. 0.9

mm. Leaves cauline, blades up to 45 cm long

and 0.8-2 mm wide, discolorous, cauline,

keeled, pilose adaxially, hairs to 0.2 mm,

margins smooth, inrolled on drying, lemon-

scented when crushed. Inflorescences of single

spatheolate one-sided racemes, 4 to 13 cm

long. Peduncle absent. Up to 9 nodes with 1-3

one-noded branches each bearing a raceme;

axillary racemes exserted, partly exserted

or enclosed with spatheole; spatheoles c.

4.5 mm wide and up to 13 cm long, pilose;

culms extending to 15 cm beyond spatheole.

Spikelets paired (sessile and pedicellate),

dimorphic, purple at maturity, closely

overlapping in two opposing staggered rows

along disarticulating jointed axis; diaspore

composed of paired spikelets and rachilla.

Callus elliptical, c. 0.4 x 1-2.3 mm. Sessile

spikelet fertile, dor si-ventral ly compressed,

1.4-1.6 x 8.1-9.2 mm , gradational (larger

from base to apex), proximal beak 2-2.2 mm

long. Glumes dissimilar; lower glume 6.1-7.5

mm long; body 1.7-2 x 3.5-4.2 mm, broadest in

middle, 9-veined, symmetrical, chartaceous;

back flattened, pubescent with appressed pale

hairs c. 0.2 mm long or sometimes glabrous;

margins keeled, keels not winged, with two

rows of pectinate white bristles to 1.3 mm

long at 45° to margin decreasing in length

towards apex, sub-margins with broad dark

purple glabrous oil streak continuous with

lobes; apex 2-lobed, 2.6-3.2 mm long, obtuse,

lobes fused in lower third to half; upper glume

4.2-4.5 mm long, symmetrical, lanceolate,

membranous, 3-veined, carinate, midvein

with short erect proximal hairs; margins

winged, wing c. 0.3 mm wide, membranous,

pilose; short appressed to ascending hairs

on back, glabrous in upper 1/3, apex acute.

Florets 2; lower floret neuter, lemma c. 3.5

mm long, lanceolate, hyaline, veins indistinct,

margin pilose, apex acute. Lower palea absent.

Upper floret hermaphrodite, upper lemma,

2.5-2.8 mm long, elliptic, hyaline, veins

indistinct, margin pilose, apex obtuse. Upper

palea absent. Lodicules 2, c. 0.5 mm long.

Anthers chasmogamous 3, 0.9-2 mm long,

cream when fresh, or cleistogamous 3 and c.

0.8 mm long. Caryopses c. 1 x 0.6 x 2.5-27

mm, dorsiventrally compressed, broadest in

the middle, bowed longitudinally, buff to light

brown; scutellum c. 1.4 mm long; hilum c. 0.5

mm long. Pedicellate spikelet neuter; glumes

dissimilar, subequal, 5-veined, chartaceous,

lanceolate, lobes orientation parallel to body;

lower glume 0.8-1.3 x 5.2-57 mm, dorsally

compressed, back glabrous, asymmetrical,

broadest at the base, acute apex; 1-lobed,

lobe orientation horizontal; margin 1-keeled,

with a single row of pectinate white bristles

c. 0.6 mm long decreasing in length apically,

submargins with oil streak, ; upper glume, c.

Thompson, Elionurus purpureus

0.8 x 4.5-5.3 mm, glabrous, symmetrical,

laterally compressed; back convex, carinate

in upper half, keel pilose with stiff parallel

hairs c. 0.2 mm long; apex acute; 1-lobed,

lobe orientation vertical; margins flat. Pedicel

c. 0.8 x 2.5-3.5 mm, free from internode,

clavate, hollow, plano-convex in cross-

section, adaxial wall membranous and abaxial

wall chartaceous; abaxial edge pubescent with

white hairs, short and appressed along most

of length and with a longer sub-apically tuft

to 2.4 mm. Rachilla 1.2-1.4 x 4.3-4.4 mm,

dissimilar to pedicel, free from internode,

clavate, hollow, plano-convex in cross-

section, adaxial wall membranous and abaxial

wall chartaceous, abaxial edge pubescent

with short white appressed hairs; apex c. 1.2 x

2.3 mm, oblique, adaxially flanged, unequally

bilobed, subapical ring of white hairs to 2.8-

2.9 mm long and longest on abaxial margin;

disarticulation scar c. 0.7 mm x 1.5 mm, flat,

elliptical. Figs. 1, 2, 3 & 4.

Additional specimens examined: Queensland. Cook

District: 9 km from Koolburra on the track S from

Koolburra to the Kimba road, Jun 1981, Clarkson 3699

(BRI); Conglomerate Creek, S of the Deighton Road,

on Escort Creek Holding, SE of Laura: Lot/Plan 198/

SP273726, Apr 2017, Forster PIF45151 & McDonald

(BRI, MEL); 0.8 km along Mt Spurgeon road from

Mulligan Highway, Mt Carbine, May 2017, Thompson

EJT1083 (BRI). Cultivated. Ashgrove, Apr 2017,

Thompson MOR804 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Elionurus

purpureus occurs west of the Great Dividing

Range in the range latitude 15°15’ to 16°45’S

and longitude 143°30’ to 145°15’E (Map 1).

It is found in woodland mostly dominated by

eucalypts including Corymbia clarksoniana

(D.J.Carr & S.G.M.Carr) K.D.Hill &

L. A. S. Johnson, Eucalyptus leptophleba

F.Muell. and E. tetrodonta F.Muell. on sandy

alluvial soil adjacent to intermittent creeks or

lagoons.

Phenology: Elionurus purpureus flowers in

March to June during the wet season and early

dry season.

Notes: The identification key to Elionurus

species of the world provided by Renvoize

(1978) was used to verify that E. purpureus

is not an introduced species as specimens

fail to key out satisfactorily. Using the

145

key character annual , specimens key to E.

hensii K.Schum from the African continent,

although examination of the online image

of the isosyntype provided confirmation

of the dissimilarity with E. hensii. If the

growth habit is assumed to be perennial then

specimens key to E. citreus but do not have

the lower glume with lobes longer than the

body. Table 3 lists the character differences

between E. purpureus and E. citreus and Fig.

4 provides images of the respective spikelet

pairs for comparison.

Diaspore dispersal in the Australian

species of Elionurus occurs via two modes.

Most of the diaspores readily disarticulate

from the racemes at maturity and can disperse

by various vectors in similar ways to other

grasses. Secondly, the basal spikelet pair

that is CH or CF of each raceme is resistant

to disarticulation. This delayed release of

the spikelet may have some advantage with

dispersal allowing the spikelet to fall further

from the mother plant after the culms collapse.

Appendix 2 lists spikelet differences

for all the species of Elionurus. This

comparison shows that the Australian species

exhibit morphological similarities between

themselves but are distinct from the other

species. Only the Australian species have

the pedicellate spikelets composed of just the

two glumes and they always neuter. The non-

Australian species have developed pedicellate

spikelets with two lemmas and anthers. This

variation in development of the pedicellate

spikelet within a genus is uncommon in

Andropogoneae but has parallels in Arthraxon

Beauv. (van Welzen 1981). Furthermore, the

Australian species have a distinctive character

of the sessile spikelets that they share with

most of the other species. The lower glumes

have conspicuous submargins that Clayton

& Renvoize (1986) referred as a brown oil

streak and Watson & Dallwitz (1992) called

glandular. Three species, Elionurus elegans

Kunth, E. hirtifolius Hack, and E. royleanus

A.Rich. from Africa to NW India, lack this oil

streak. These species differ by having tufts of

hairs along the margins of the lower glume

of the sessile spikelets instead of the row of

parallel hairs present in the other species

Table 2. Categories of cleistogamy (CL) in Poaceae as presented by eight authors with those that apply to the Australian species of Elionurus shown in BOLD

146

Austrobaileya 10(1): 139-162(2017)

E ^

3 §

I §>!

IS®

■o Qr

! 1

§ |

5 ^

3 Rj

"g JU M O

S <D ‘EL+3

£ &

o © .2 T3

2 > ks 2

A !—i y o

1II?

£- s '

& s-

i.a e

b o

U 3

3 §

s $

u &

o o

<u -g

tofl S

& as

E^E? a

C M

3 T 3

oo ©

u -g t 3

g£c

1 bl

PC > s

•Su

S PC

Oh S

5? -2

co Q

o 5

E 2

n P.

& £ b

bfi O -rt 03

to > to 3

§ H "2 S

u si 3 B1

O Q O O

S wT 3 Oh

O J

u u

ii g

pc M

u u

*“1 s

Z a

s,|«

t« .55

'S ©

■3 o

C T3

c 3 G

a> (U

/ ■ — _

Shi

« s Si

QJ ."3

a 1C

£*«S E

+- © to

g 3 3

W) :

S - §D

1 J §

^ u «

*d J

E *

§ * £

>r 3

£ c g

'5b

Oh 2

£ b^

U Q

o £

l<3§.

tgs

3 to o

u Ito CIh

Thompson, Elionurus purpureus

(see Fig. 4). However, the three species have

similarities to the Australian species by the

lower glume of the pedicellate spikelets being

asymmetrical with the apex lobed or awned

(Appendix 2).

Harvesting of ripe spikelets from the

cultivated plants of E. purpureus to collect

caryopses revealed a further character

uncommonly represented on herbarium

specimens. Spikelets on each raceme ripen

and disarticulate successively until the basal

one that is resistant to detachment from the

culm but ultimately falls. The specimens of

the species of Elionurus observed for this

study frequently had over-mature racemes

preventing observation of this phenomenon,

although it was present on one specimen of

E. citreus at BRI. The herbarium specimens

usually had complete racemes and sometimes

partially disarticulated ones. Permanent

retention of the basal spikelet is uncommon

in Australian Andropogoneae but has been

reported by Veldkamp et al. (1986) and

observed on herbarium specimens by the

author for Thaumastochloa C.E.Hubb., also

Rottboelliinae.

Very few of the caryopses obtained from

BRI specimen accessions were viable. Several

caryopses from the holotype of E. purpureus

germinated and two plants survived to

maturity. One caryopsis of E. citreus from

McDonald KRM11354 (BRI) germinated and

the plant survived to maturity.

Observations from the cultivated progeny

of E. purpureus revealed striking differences

from the type that initially appeared to be the

only collection. This promoted a review of

the 148 accessions of E. citreus at BRI. One

of the accessions, Clarkson 3699, matched

the cultivated plants. At the point of nearing

completion of this manuscript another

specimen, Forster PIF45151 & McDonald ,

was incorporated at BRI. This accession

is comprised of plants that are identical to

the type in growth habit and inflorescence

composition.

The difference in the growth habit of

the type from its cultivated progeny was

considerable. The plants comprising the type

147

have single slender culms to 30 cm high while

all cultivated plants had multiple culms, one

main robust culm to 1.3 m high and up to 4

subordinate ones to 50 cm high. Cultivated

plants had much larger leaves, to 6 mm wide

x 42 cm long, compared to the type with

leaves 1-2 mm wide x 18 cm long. All of

the cultivated plants closely resembled BRI

accession Clarkson 3699 (Fig. 2).

There were also differences in the

inflorescences of cultivated plants. The

cultivated plants of E. purpureus had racemes

to 13 cm long in fasciculate inflorescences

comprised of up to three racemes on branches

arising at as many as nine culm nodes. The

holotype and accession Forster PIF45151

& McDonald have single racemes to 8 cm

long on short branches at up to three nodes.

The cultivated plant of E. citreus had single

racemes at the nodes as was observed for the

topotypes listed in Appendix 1.

The study of the wet season rainfall data

presented in Table 2 resulted in equivocal

conclusions. The sample size is too small for

any clear trends but there is some evidence

to support a hypothesis that December rain

of c. 100 mm may be responsible for plants

developing the taller growth habit. This

seems plausible since no intermediate sized

plants were observed despite the presence of

soil moisture gradients at least for some of

the collection sites (pers. comm. PI. Forster).

The possibility of dimorphic growth habit

requires further investigation, particularly

from further field survey.

Breeding system

In order to categorise the CL found in

Elionurus , the classification schemes of CL

presented by eight authors were investigated.

These schemes are of two broad types in

terms of taxonomy, for flowering plants in

general and more specifically for grasses.

The classifications by Campbell et al. (1983)

and Hackel (1906) provide more specific

categories relevant to Poaceae. In summary,

the schemes assess CL by the presence of

various morphological modifications of

the CH morph or whether CL is induced by

environmental conditions. The categories

148

Austrobaileya 10 ( 1 ): 139 - 162 ( 2017 )

| QUEENSLAND HERRARIUWli »RlS»AHE~|

flora of QUEENSLAND COOK district M R 1 R 1

15-22 S 143.54. E( ,i,. l

coll

dUtENSi.ANb

HE R B ARIUM

294155

brisbTnF

J.R. Clarkson 3699 25 June 1981

Elionurus citreus (R.Br*) Munro ex Benth,

I Fomily 1 HobHa* |*|»|P-|p|fl lyWi |j I ~

IGRAMI -JbWfrfl BRI “"P** * nlf V only- N°.tob» cited in popart.

9km from Koolburra on the track south from

Koolburra to the Kimba road.

Eucalyptus tetrodonta woodland*

An erect grass,

Common along the track.

QRS, NSW, CANB, PERTH, NT, K, US, PRE

Fig. 2. Paratype of Elionurus purpureus (Clarkson 3699, BRI).

Thompson, Elionurus purpureus

149

Fig. 3. Elionurus purpureus. A. growth habit *0.5; B. terminal raceme *2; C. adaxial view of diaspore x6; D. apex of

rachillas showing flange xl2; E. abaxial view of diaspore x6; FI. lower glume of sessile spikelet x8; F2. TS of lower and

upper glumes at mid-point x6; G. back of lower glume showing upper glume in situ x8; H. upper glume of pedicellate

spikelet x8; I. lower glume of pedicellate spikelet x8; J. lower lemma of sessile spikelet x8; K. upper lemma of sessile

spikelet x8; L. back view of caryopsis xl6; M. side view of caryopsis xl6; N front view of caryopsis xl6. All from

McDonaldKRM16860 & Thompson (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

Austrobaileya 10(1): 139-162(2017)

rachilla

apex

pedicellate spikelet

lower glume

sessile spikelet -

lower glume

Fig. 4. Top: Elionurus purpureas, front and back of diaspore from McDonald KRM16860 & Thompson (BRI).

Bottom: E. citreus. front and back of diaspore from Halford QM342 & Bean (BRI).

Thompson, Elionurus purpureus

from these schemes that apply to the Australian

species of Elionurus are shown in Table

1. Overall these categories help define the

expression of CL in the Australian species of

Elionurus but none of the individual schemes

provides a comprehensive classification

alone. E. purpureus has a mixed breeding

system consisting of CH and CL morphs with

dimorphic anthers. Racemes can be mixed

CH and CL and solely CL on the same plants

as observed on cultivated plants. Racemes

with CL spikelets can occur from the lowest

to the upper most nodes. Also, plants can be

solely CL as for the type specimen.

Racemes can occur on elongated branches

with spikelets fully exposed or racemes can

be partially retained within spatheoles or

leaf sheaths. This provides two dispersal

mechanisms or at least differential release of

spikelets. Exposed CL and CH spikelets can

disperse in the usual way as for most grasses

151

whereas the retained CL spikelets are likely to

remain close to the mother plant after collapse

of the culms.

Random selections of spikelets gathered from

a single cultivated plant revealed spikelets

from:

a. the upper half of racemes - 40-50% CL,

40-50% CH and 10% empty.

b. the lower half of racemes - 30-70% CL,

20-60% CH and 10% empty.

From this small sample it appears that

the ratio of CL:CH is more variable in the

lower half of racemes. Further sampling is

required to determine if the CL:CH ratio

varies with position of the raceme on plants

and maturation of plants. Racemes develop

sequentially on plants such that the fasciculate

inflorescences have as many age groups of

racemes as there are racemes. Age groups

of racemes on cultivated plants differed by

Table 3. Monthly rainfall data (mm) from two Queensland weather stations near the three collection locations

of Elionurus purpureus for the wet season covering the date of the collection. N - number of days with rain

exceeding 5 and (10) mm

Rainfall

station

Accession

Plant

growth

habit

Wet Season Year

Total

Mt Carbine

Township

McDonald

& Thompson

KRM16860

(April 2015)

small plants

with a single

slender culm

Mean (mm)

120

206

225

178

730

2014-15

132

122

121

405

1(1)

7(5)

7(6)

6(3)

21(15)

(April 2016)

no plants

observed

2015-16

262

144

571

9(7)

4(3)

3(2)

19(14)

Thompson

EJT1083

(May 2017)

small plants

with a single

slender culm

2016-17

383

293

131

847

2(1)

14(11)

9(5)

7(4)

32 (21)

Laura PO

Clarkson

3699

(June 1981)

tall plants

with multiple

robust culms

Mean (mm)

149

234

247

177

807

1980-81

100

442

520

103

1165

6(4)

19(14)

18(15)

4(2)

[0]

47 (35)

Forster

PIF45151 &

McDonald

(April 2017)

small plants

with a single

slender culm

2016-17

440

238

217

922

2(1)

13(9)

16(8)

9(7)

40 (25)

152

about two weeks in their maturity. From this

study, the evidence suggests that the presence

of CL is not environmentally induced but the

ratio of CL:CH may increase with increasing

moisture stress.

E. citreus also has a mixed breeding

system similar to E. purpureus. Furthermore,

one specimen of E. citreus that lacked CH had

dimorphic spikelets with CL anthers, c. 0.6

and 1.2 mm long, respectively compared to

the CH, 1.3 to 2.7 mm from other specimens

examined. The latter occurrence may be

explained in terms of spikelets that potentially

would be CH but because of lodicule failure

induced by environmental conditions did

not open. Spikelets with monomorphic CL

anthers were not observed for E. purpureus.

The occurrence of CL in the non-

Australian species of Elionurus requires

further research.

Anatomy

Anatomical differences between the two

Australian species of Elionurus are presented

in Table 3. Descriptions of anatomy of leaf

blade TS and surface, and culm TS for E.

purpureus are as follows:

Adaxial leaf blade epidermis: Costal/

intercostal zonation evident. Long-cells

markedly different in shape costally and

intercostally, the costals much narrower,

sinuous. Intercostal short cell sinuous,

uncommon. Papillae absent. Bicellular

microhairs present, uncommon, panicoid-

type, c. 3 pm wide at septum, 60-67 pm long;

apical cell length/total length ratio 0.6-0.7.

Stomata with parallel-sided subsidiary cells,

one row, c. 8/mm, 45-60 pm long. Intercostal

silica bodies dumb-bell shaped, 15-20 pm

long. Figs. 5A & B.

Transverse section of leaf blade: C4:

XyMS +. Mesophyll with indistinctly radiate

chlorenchyma with columns of clear cells

between vascular bundles. Bulliform cells

continuous with constant size, not in discrete

adaxial groups over vascular bundles. Midrib

conspicuous, keeled, rounded; adaxial clear

cells above bundle sheath; bundle sheaths with

single arcs of sheath cells with chloroplasts

Austrobaileya 10(1): 139-162(2017)

bordered by a single row of indistinctly

radiate chlorenchyma. Three orders of

vascular bundles; primaries and secondaries

with a single layer of bundle sheath cells with

even outline, interrupted adaxially by air cells

only, sclerenchyma absent, and abaxially by

girder of sclerenchyma; tertiaries bundle

sheath a ring without girder of sclerenchyma.

Blade tip with sclerenchyma 1 or 2 cells thick.

Figs. 6A & B.

Transverse section of culm: asymmetrical,

bread-loaf shaped. Chlorenchyma lacking.

Pith present. Sclerenchyma a continuous

peripheral band mostly 2 or 3 cells wide, larger

cells on concave surface. Vascular bundles of

three types: small marginal, medium-sized

sub-marginal and large extramarginal, the

latter separated from the sclerenchyma by one

layer of large clear cells. Figs. 7A & B.

Etymology : The specific epithet purpureus

is in reference to the distinctive dark purple

spikelets that make the plants of this species

very conspicuous in the field.

Conservation status : Elionurus purpureus is

known from three locations and is considered

to have a Vulnerable conservation status

based on criterion B2a (IUCN 2001).

Elionurus characters and affinities

This study revealed some morphological

characters that help distinguish Elionurus

from other genera of Andropogoneae with

awnless lemmas. These characters are

additional to those presented in studies by

Clayton (1973), Renvoize (1978), and Watson

& Dallwitz (1992). All species of Elionurus

have the sessile spikelets with a distinctive

beak below the lower glume (see Figs. 3E &

F). The Australian species of Elionurus have

inflated chartaceous rachillas and pedicels

differing from the other species that have

cartilaginous, slender to slightly inflated

rachillas. E. purpureus and usually E. citreus

differ from the other species by the rachillas

having a distal asymmetrical bilobed flange

(see Fig. 3D). In a study of morphological

characters of Rottboelliinae, Clayton (1973)

referred to this flange as an internode tip

with membranous rim but he did not indicate

which species had this character.

Thompson, Elionurus purpureus

153

125 |jm

sclerenchyma

125 pm

Fig. 5. A. Elionurus purpureus. transverse section of half of leaf blade. B. E. citreus. transverse section of half of leaf

blade; A from McDonaldKRM16860 & Thompson (BRI); B from Halford QM342 & Bean (BRI). Del. E. J.Thompson.

154

Austrobaileya 10(1): 139-162(2017)

bicellular

micro hair

B bicellular

microhair

Fig. 6. A. Elionurus purpureas, abaxial leaf blade epidermis. B. E. citreus. abaxial leaf blade epidermis. A from

McDonald KRM16860 & Thompson (BRI); B from Everist s.n. (BRI [AQ286391]). Del. E.J.Thompson.

Thompson, Elionurus purpureus

155

125 pm

Fig. 7. A. Elionurus purpureus. transverse section of culm. B. E. cilreus. transverse section of culm. A from

McDonaldKRM16860 & Thompson (BRI); B from Everist s.n. (BRI [AQ286391]). Del. E.J.Thompson.

156

Three other genera within Tripsacinae

and Rottboellinae , viz. Eremochloa Buse,

Loxodera Launert and Urelytrum Hackel,

have morphological affinities to Elionurus

(Clayton 1973) although Kellogg (2015)

placed Urelytrum in subtribe Tripsacinae.

Eremochloa occurs in Australia and Asia,

while Loxodera and Urelytrum are from

Africa (Watson & Dallwitz 1992). The lower

glume of the sessile spikelet and the pedicel

of the pedicellate spikelet of Elionurus ,

Eremochloa and Loxodera are chartaceous

to slightly hardened, while for most other

species of Rottboelliinae these structures

are crustaceous. Additionally Elionurus ,

Eremochloa and Loxodera have free pedicels,

whereas commonly in Tripsacinae and

Rottboelliinae species have the pedicels fused

to the rachillas.

A notable variation in the genera of

Tripsacinae and Rottboelliinae is the margins

of the lower glume of the sessile spikelets

that have a row of trichomes which can be

viewed as a continuum of different types, viz.

bristles, prickles, setae, spicules, tubercles

or glabrous. Eremochloa has a row of tough

bristles or setae (Buitenhuis & Veldkamp

2001), Jardinia Benth. & Hook.f. has pectinate

spicules, Elionurus has tufts of hairs or stiff

hairs, Urelytrum has a row of bristles and

Loxodera has a scabrid margin (Appendix 3).

Observations from herbarium specimens

for this study revealed that Urelytrum has

close morphological affinity to Elionurus.

Urelytrum is the only other genus of

Tripsacinae and Rottboelliinae to have species

with a proximal beak on the lower glume and

a distal asymmetrical flange on the rachillas.

However, Urelytrum differs from Elionurus

by the sessile spikelets being embedded

into crustaceous rachillas. Other genera

in subtribes of Andropogoneae including

Chrysopogon Trin. (; incertae sedis), Sarga

Ewart (subtribe Sorghinae ) and Schizachyrium

Nees (subtribe Andropogoninae) (Soreng et

al. 2015) also have a proximal beak although

these genera have the upper lemmas of the

sessile spikelets with geniculate spiralled

awns. Also, Urelytrum has similarities

to many of the non-Australian species

Austrobaileya 10(1): 139-162(2017)

of Elionurus by the pedicellate spikelets

being male and lacking lobes. Conversely,

Urelytrum has affinities with the Australian

species of Elionurus by the dissimilarities

of the paired spikelets and characters of the

pedicellate spikelets including the lower

glume being asymmetrical with one of the

margins being keeled, and upper glume

laterally compressed.

The type of inflorescence exhibited

by the cultivated plants of E. purpureus

has similarities to that found in some

other Australian Rottboelliinae. Watson &

Dallwitz (1992) described the inflorescences

of Elionurus as “spatheolate; a complex of

‘partial inflorescences’ and intervening

foliar organs ” It is described here as: single

spatheolate racemes on up to three nodeless

or one-noded elongated branches emanating

from several culm nodes. Veldkamp et al.

(1986) referred to this type of inflorescence as

fasciculate and Sharp & Simon (2002) referred

to it as a synflorescence. The racemes develop

sequentially and herbarium specimens

display this by usually having the branches

of unequal length bearing youngest racemes

on the shortest branches. Such inflorescences

occur in Ophiuros Gaertn.f. and some species

of Mnesithea Kunth.

Acknowledgements

A special thanks to Keith McDonald for

his invitation to conduct fieldwork in north

Queensland that resulted in the serendipitous

discovery of this new grass species. Thank you

to Will Smith for the botanical illustrations

and the map. I am very grateful to Dr Jennifer

Firn and Dr Melody Fabillo for feedback on an

early draft of the manuscript. I am especially

thankful to Dr Neil Snow for his very helpful

editorial on a previous version of this paper. I

am particularly appreciative for the invaluable

editorial feedback on a final version of the

manuscript provided by Dr Gordon Guymer.

Thompson, Elionurus purpureus

References

Beentje, H. (2010). The Kew Plant Glossary: an

illustrated dictionary of plant terms. Kew

Publishing: Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

Buitenhuis, A.G. & Veldkamp, J.F. (2001). Revision of

Eremochloa. Blumea 46: 399-420.

Campbell, C.S., Quinn, J.A., Cheplick, G.P. & Bell, T.J.

(1983). Cleistogamy in grasses. Annual Review

of Ecology and Systematics 14: 411-441.

Clayton, W.D. (1973). The awnless genera of

Andropogoneae studies in the Gramineae:

XXXIII. Kew Bulletin 28: 49-57.

Clayton, W.D. & Renvoize, S.A. (1986). Genera

Graminum Grasses of the World. Her Majesty’s

Stationery Office: London.

Connor, H.E. (1979). Breeding systems in the grasses:

a survey. New Zealand Journal of Botany 17:

547-574.

Culley, T.M. & Klooster, M.R. (2007). The

cleistogamous breeding system: a review

of its frequency, evolution, and ecology in

angiosperms. The Botanical'Review 73: 1-30.

Frohlich, M.W. (1984). Freehand sectioning with

parafilm. Stain Technology 59: 61-62.

Fuller, T.N., Bertrand, C., Simon, A., De Barros, I.B.I.

& Neto, J.F.B. (2014). Elionurus muticus as an

alternative source of citral from Pampa biome,

Brazil. Journal of Oleo Science 63: 1109-1116.

Harris, J.G. & Harris, M.W. (1994). Plant Identification

Terminology: an illustrated glossary. Spring

Lake Publishing: Spring Lake, Utah.

Heslop-Harrison, J. (1959). Photoperiod and fertility in

Rottboellia exaltata L.f. Annals of Botany 23:

345-349.

Hilu, K.W. & Randall, J.L. (1984). Convenient method

for studying grass leaf epidermis. Taxon 33:

413-415.

Iucn (2001). IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria.

IUCN Species Survival Commission: Gland/

Cambridge.

Jacobs, S.W.L., Whalley, R.D.B. & Wheeler, D.J.B.

(2008). Grasses of New South Wales. University

of New England: Armidale.

Kellogg, E.A. (2015). The Families and Genera of

Vascular Plants. Flowering Plants: Monocots:

Poaceae. Springer International Publishing:

Cham.

157

Metcalfe, C.R. (1960). Anatomy of the Monocotyledons

I. Gramineae. Oxford University Press:

London.

Mevy, J.P, Bessiere, J.M., Dherbomez, M. & Viano,

J. (2002). Composition and some biological

activities of the essential oils from an African

grass: Elionurus elegans Kunth. Journal of

Agricultural and Food Chemistry 50: 4240-

4243.

Nakaharar, K., Alzoreky, N.S., Yoshihashi, T. &

Nguyen, H.T.T. (2003). Chemical composition

and antifungal activity of esential oil from

Cymbopogon nardus (citonella grass). Japan

Agricultural Research Quarterly 37: 249-252.

Renvoize, S.A. (1978). Studies in Elionurus (Gramineae).

Kew Bulletin 32: 665-672.

-(1982). A survey of leaf-blade anatomy in grasses.

I. Andropogoneae. Kew Bulletin 37: 315-321.

Sangwan, N., Yadav, U. & Sangwan, R. (2001).

Molecular analysis of genetic diversity in elite

Indian cultivars of essential oil trade types of

aromatic grasses (Cymbopogon species). Plant

Cell Reports 20: 437-444.

Sharp, D. & Simon, B.K. (2002) AusGrass: Grasses of

Australia (Version 1.0, June 2002). Australian

Biological Resources Study: Canberra.

Simon, B.K. (2002). Key to genera of Australian grasses.

In K. Mallett & A.E. Orchard (eds.). Flora of

Australia. Poaceae 1: Intoduction and Atlas. 43:

263-277. ABRS/CSIRO Australia: Melbourne.

Simon, B.K. & Alfonso, Y. (2011). Ausgrass2. http://

ausgrass2.myspecies.info./, accessed 21

September 2016.

Soenarko, S. (1977). The genus Cymbopogon.

Reinwardtia 9: 225-375.

Soreng, R. J., Peterson, P.M., Romaschenko, K., Davidse,

G., ZULOAGA, F.O., JUDZIEWICZ, E.J., FlLGUEIRAS,

T.S., Davis, J.I. & Morrone, O. (2015). A

worldwide phylogenetic classification of the

Poaceae (Gramineae). Journal of Systematics

and Evolution 53: 117-137.

Soreng, R.J., Peterson, P.M., Romaschenko, K.,

Davidse, G., Teisher, J.K., Clark, L.G.,

Barbera, P, Gillespie, L.J. & Zuloaga, F.O.

(2017). A worldwide phylogenetic classification

of the Poaceae (Gramineae) II: and update and

a comparison of the two 2015 classifications.

Journal of Systematics and Evolution 55: 259-

290.

Austrobaileya 10(1): 139-162(2017)

158

Stapf, O. (1934). Flora of Tropical Africa. L. Reeve &

Co Ltd: London.

Tothill, J.C. & Hacker, J.B. (1983). The Grasses

of Southern Queensland. University of

Queensland Press: St Lucia.

Van Welzen, P.C. (1981). A taxonomic revision of the

genus Arthraxon Beauv. (Gramineae). Blumea

27: 255-300.

Veldkamp, J.F., De Koning, R. & Sosef, M.S.M. (1986).

Generic delimitation of Rottboellia and related

genera (Gramineae). Blumea 31: 281-307.

Watson, L. & Dallwitz, M. J. (1992). The Grass Genera

of the World. Cambridge University Press:

Cambridge.

Zanotti, C.A., Pozner, R. & Morrone, O. (2010).

Understanding spikelet orientation in Paniceae

(Poaceae). American Journal of Botany 97:

717-729.

Map 1 . Distribution of Elionuruspurpureus

Appendix 1. List of topotypes for Elionurus citreus

Port Curtis District: Middle Percy Island, s.dat., Try on s.n. (BRI [AQ286398]); Bruce Highway, opp.

Mt Colosseum, Jun 1962, Tothill H323 (BRI); Just S of Round Hill Head on Island side of Peninsula, Mar

1970, Everist s.n. (BRI [AQ286391]); Rocky Shelf Bay, South Percy Island; 50 km NE of Arthur Point,

Shoalwater Bay, Oct 1989, Batianoff 11438 (BRI); Smiths Bluff, South Percy Island, Oct 1989, Batianoff

11333 (BRI); Shoalwater Bay training Area, Razorback sector, 350m S from East West Road, Apr 2011,

Halford QM342 & Bean (BRI).

likeness in respect to shape and/or type of indumentum; there is usually some difference in size.

Thompson, Elionurus purpureus

159

Appendix 2. Spikelet differences between the species of Elionurus

160

Austrobaileya 10(1): 139-162(2017)

Appendix 3. Some variation in diaspores and types of trichomes on the margin of the lower

glume of species from subtribes Tripsacinae and Roettboelliinae. Species without sessile spikelet

imbedded in rachilla.

Fig. A3.1. Elionurus hirtifolius (,Harris 3098 & Fay ,

MO) ( Tripsacinae ). Diaspore composed of sessile

spikelet, developed pedicellate spikelet and rachilla.

Fig. A3.2. Elionurus hirtifolius (Harris 3098 & Fay ,

MO) ( Tripsacinae ). Trichomes on margin of lower

glume - pectinate tuberculate-based tufts of bristles,

submargin lacks oil streak.

Fig. A3.3. Elionurus purpureus ( Thompson , MOR804

BRI) ( Tripsacinae ). Diaspore composed of sessile

spikelet, reduced pedicellate spikelet and rachilla.

Fig. A3.4. Elionurus purpureus ( Thompson , MOR804

BRI) (Tripsacinae) Jnchomts on margin of lower glume

- pectinate bristles; submargin with oil streak.

Thompson, Elionurus purpureus

161

Fig. A3.5. Eremochloa ciliaris (i Clarkson 7793, BRI)

(Rottboelliinae ). Diaspore composed of sessile spikelet,

pedicellate spikelet absent and rachilla.

Fig. A3.6. Eremochloa ciliaris (i Clarkson 7793, BRI)

(Rottboelliinae ). Trichomes on margin of lower glume

- pectinate scabridous setae.

Fig. A3.8. Jardinea gabonensis (Alsers 68, MO)

(Rottboelliinae ). Trichomes on margin of lower glume

- pectinate tuberculate-based spicules; tubercles

sometimes with additional small bristles.

Fig. A3.10. Loxodera caespitosa (Mwasumbi 13796,

MO) {Rottboelliinae). Trichomes on margin of lower

glume - prickle hairs.

Fig. A3.7. Jardinea gabonensis {Alsers 68, MO)

{Rottboelliinae). Diaspore composed of sessile spikelet,

reduced pedicellate spikelet and rachilla.

Fig. A3.9. Loxodera caespitosa {Mwasumbi 13796, MO)

{Rottboelliinae). Diaspore composed of sessile spikelet,

developed pedicellate spikelet and rachilla.

162

Austrobaileya 10(1): 139-162(2017)

Fig. A3. 11. Urelytrum agropyroides (Bidgood 5110,

MO) ( Tripsacinae ). Diaspore composed of sessile

spikelet, reduced pedicellate spikelet with conspicuous

elongated awn (only the base of the awn shown here),

and rachilla.

Fig. A3. 12. Urelytrum agropyroides (Bidgood 5110,

MO) ( Tripsacinae ). RHS: Trichomes on margin of lower

glume margin - pectinate spicules.

Typifications in Australian Euphorbiaceae,

Phyllanthaceae and Picrodendraceae

Paul I. Forster & David A. Halford

Summary

Forster, P.I. & Halford, D.A. (2017). Typifications in Australian Euphorbiaceae, Phyllanthaceae and

Picrodendraceae. Austrobaileya 10(1): 163-167. Lectotypes are selected for Amanoa dallachyana

Baill., Antidesma sinuatum Benth., Antidesma parvifolium F.Muell., Echinus dallachyanus Baill.,

Euphorbia bodphthona C.A.Gardner, Euphorbia eremophila var. latifolia Boiss., Excoecaria

agallocha var. dallachyana Baill., Lebidiera cunninghamii Mull. Arg., Macaranga subdentata Benth.,

Micrantheum boroniaceum F.Muell., Micrantheum demissum F.Muell., Micrantheum ericoides Desf.

and Micrantheum hexandrum Hook.f.

KeyWords: Euphorbiaceae, Phyllanthaceae, Picrodendraceae, Typification, Australia flora , Amanoa,

Antidesma, Echinus, Euphorbia, Excoecaria, Lebidiera, Macaranga, Micrantheum

P.I. Forster & D.A. Halford, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Science, Information Technology

& Innovation, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia.

Email: Paul. Forster@dsiti. qld.gov. au

Introduction

Several typifications were prepared for

publication in the Flora of Australia treatment

of Euphorbiaceae s. lat. Due to significant

delays in publication, and recently a shift to

online publication, these typifications are

presented here.

Taxonomy

ANTIDESMA (Phyllanthaceae)

P.I. Forster

1. Antidesma parvifolium Thwaites

& F.Muell, Fragm. 4: 86 (1864). Type:

[Queensland. North Kennedy District:]

Port Denison, s.dat., E.F.A. Fitzalan s.n. [in

fruit] (lecto [here designated]: MEF 515970;

isolecto: MEF 515968, MEF 515969, MEF

515971, MEF 515975).

Syntypes: [Queensland. North Kennedy

District:] Port Denison, s.dat., E.F.A. Fitzalan

s.n. [in flower & some young fruit] (syn: K

000061635, MEF 251036, MEF 251037, MEF

251054, MEF 515973, MEF 515974).

Accepted for publication 17 August 2017

Notes : Mueller (1864) gave in his protologue

“Ad sinum Edgecombe Bay juxta portum

Denisonii; Fitzalan” All of the specimens cited

here agree with the protologue, are attributed

to Fitzlan and collected from Port Denison.

The flowering and fruiting specimens are

assumed to represent separate collections. All

may represent separately mounted pieces of

the original syntypes; however, MEF515970

(fruiting) is the best specimen and is selected

as lectotype of the name.

2. Antidesma sinuatum Benth., FI. Austral.

6: 87 (1873). Type: [Queensland. Cook

District:] Saltwater Creek [Meunga Creek],

Rockingham Bay, January 1863, J. Dali achy

33 (lecto [here designated]: MEF 515944;

isolecto: MEF 515943). (= Antidesma bunius

(F.) Spreng.)

Syntypes: [Queensland. Cook District:]

Rockingham Bay, s.dat., J. Dallachy s.n. (syn:

K 000061640, MEF 515940, MEF 515941);

Meunga Creek, Rockingham Bay, 25 January

1869 ,J. Dallachy s.n. (syn: MEF 515942).

Notes : Bentham (1873) cited simply

“Rockingham Bay, Dallachy ”. There are

collections at K and MEF that agree with

the protologue and are eligible as types of

this name. All were probably collected by

Dallachy; however, the dates of collection

164

differ and some have more data as to locality,

i.e. ‘Saltwater Creek, Rockingham Bay’ or

just ‘Rockingham Bay’. All these collections

have the sinuate leaves for which the species

was named, all are conspecific with A. bunius.

A. sinuatum is lectotypitied here with MEL

515944. The label on MEL 515943 has the

number ‘33’ on the reverse.

CLEISTANTHUS (Phyllanthaceae)

P. I. Forster

1. Cleistanthus cuiminghamii (Mull.

Arg.) Miill.Arg. in A.DC., Prodr. Syst. Nat.

Regni Veg. 15(2): 506 (1866); Lebidiera

cunninghamii Miill.Arg., Linnaea 32:

80 (1863). Type: ‘Nouvelle Hollande’

[received] 1836, A. Cunningham 31 (lecto

[here designated]: G-DC G00319207);

[Queensland. Moreton District:] Banks of

the Brisbane [River], Moreton Bay, June-July

1829, A. Cunningham 31 (isolecto: BM, n.v.; K

001081634,/?./?., image seen; NSW 193006).

Syntypes: ‘Nouvelle Hollande’, 1828

[received 1836], A. Cunningham 120;

(syn: G-DC G00319206); [Queensland.

Moreton District:] Brisbane River, 1828, A.

Cunningham 120/1828 (syn: K 001081634,

/?./?., image seen; K 001081635, image seen);

‘N.S.W.’, Moreton Bay, 1828 [received 1836],

A. Cunningham s.n. (syn: G-DC GO0319208,

3 sheets).

Notes : The two specimens in G-DC both have

the same kind of label with the same location

and date in the same script. It appears these

are labels added when the specimens were

received in 1836. Cunningham’s original

field numbers are also attached, allowing

original collection dates to be established,

and the matching of the specimens at G with

duplicates at K and NSW. The specimen at

NSW is apparently a duplicate of material at

BM, but no material at BM has been located.

A single sheet at K has elements from both

Cunningham 120/1828 and 31/1829 , but which

number matches which piece(s) cannot be

ascertained.

2. Cleistanthus dallachyanus (Baill.)

Benth., FI. Austral. 6: 122 (1873); Amanoa

dallachyana Baill., Adansonia 6: 335 (1866).

Austrobaileya 10(1): 163-167(2017)

Type: [Queensland. Port Curtis District:]

Rockhampton, A. Thozet 357 (lecto [here

designated]: MEL 707908).

Syntypes: [Queensland. Port Curtis

District:] Stony Creek, Rockhampton, Qld,

24 December 1862, J. Dallachy 17 (syn:

K 001081629 image seen, MEL 708138);

[Queensland. North Kennedy District:]

Port Denison, s.dat., J. Dallachy s.n. (MEL

707905); [Queensland. South Kennedy

District:] Mount Mueller [Millar], 11

September 1863, J. Dallachy s.n. (MEL

707910).

Notes : Baillon (1866) cited “Dallachy (1862),

n. 17, Rockhampton (1863); Mount Mueller;

Port Denison. - Thozet, n. 337, Rockhampton

(herb. F. Muell.!).” Four sheets were located at

MEL that correspond to these locations and

collectors and agree with the protologue. The

collection by Thozet has several branchlets

and is in flower, so it is here designated as

the lectotype. Thozet’s collection number

appears to have been incorrectly transcribed

by Baillon as it is clearly 357 on the sheet at

MEL.

EXCOECARIA (Euphorbiaceae)

PI. Forster

Excoecaria dallachyana (Baill.) Benth., FI.

Austral. 6: 153 (1873); Excoecaria agallocha

var. dallachyana Baill., Adansonia 6: 324

(1866). Type: [Queensland. Port Curtis

District:] W side of River [Probably Fitzroy

River, Rockhampton area], 29 January 1863,

J. Dallachy 248 (lecto [here designated]: MEL

705386 [sheet 1 of 2]; MEL 705387 [sheet 2 of

2]; isolecto: P 00716776,/?./?., image seen).

Syntype: Queensland, in [18]62, E.M.

Bowman 162 (syn: MEL 705388).

Notes : There are several sheets at MEL that

are possible types for this name. The name is

typified with the numbered, fertile Dallachy

collection, the first sheet of which bears

diagnostic notes on the new taxon and agrees

with the protologue. The lectotype is clearly

labelled as a single collection mounted on

two sheets, the current mounting having been

prepared relatively recently, and certainly

post-publication of the name. The sheet at P

165

Forster & Halford, Typifications in Australian Euphorbiaceae, Phyllanthaceae and Picrodendraceae

is obviously original material, but it consists

of a leafless branchlet, with six leaves, two

fruit and an old flower in a packet, and the

label states that the sheet is a mixed collection

from Dallachy 248 and Bowman 142 , most

likely representing portions removed from the

sheets at MEL. The location of ‘Rockingham

Bay’ on the label at P is probably somewhat

erroneous as the species is not known that far

north. Dallachy may have grouped it with his

collections from the Rockingham Bay area.

Another possibility is that the label may have

been intended to be ‘Rockhampton’.

MACARANGA (Euphorbiaceae)

P.I. Forster

1. Macaranga dallachyana (Baill.) Airy

Shaw, Kew Bull. 23: 90 (1969); Echinus

dallachyanus Baill., Adansonia 6: 314

(1866). Type: [Queensland. Cook District:]

Rockingham Bay, Salt Water Creek [Meunga

Creek], 3 March 1865, J. Dallachy s.n. (lecto

[here designated]: MEL 707973; isolecto:

MEL 707976).

Syntypes: [Queensland. Cook District:]

Rockingham Bay, [received] 1872 ,J. Dallachy

s.n. (syn: K 001067255, K 001067256);

Rockingham Bay, Salt Water Creek [Meunga

Creek], 16 December 1864, J. Dallachy s.n.

(syn: MEL 707974); Rockingham Bay, s.dat.,

J. Dallachy s.n. (syn: MEL 515964, MEL

515965).

Notes : Baillon (1866) cited specimens

examined as; ‘Dallachy (1865), Rockingham’s

Bay, “salt water creeks” (herb F.Muell.!)’.

Two of the MEL sheets have ‘salt water creek

1865’, written in Dallachy’s handwriting and

eight sheets have Rockingham’s Bay written

by another hand (probably Mueller’s). The

lectotype was chosen as the best of the two

that have labels that were dated and written

in Dallachy’s hand and that agree with the

protologue.

2. Macaranga subdentata Benth., FI. Austral.

6: 145 (1873). Type: [Queensland.] Telegraph

Line, Rockingham Bay, 2 November 1870, J.

Dallachy s.n. (lecto [here designated]: MEL

515927; isolecto: MEL 515925, MEL 515926);

Syntypes: [Queensland.] [Rockingham]

Bay, [received] 1872, J. Dallachy s.n. (syn:

K 001067257, K 001067258, K 001067259);

Telegraph Line, Rockingham Bay, 23 January

1871, J. Dallachy s.n. (syn: MEL 232442).

Notes : There are at least seven sheets

identified as type material of this name at

K and MEL. The sheet with a dated, fertile

collection at MEL that agrees with the

protologue is chosen as the lectotype, rather

than the undated material at K.

EUPHORBIA (Euphorbiaceae)

D.A.Halford

1. Euphorbia boophthona C.A.Gardner, J.

Roy. Soc. W. Australia 27: 181 (1942). Type:

Western Australia. Jimba Jimba [Station],

Gascoyne River, 3 September 1932, C.A.

Gardner & F.J.S. Weir s.n. (lecto [here

designated]: PERTH 1618083; isolecto:

PERTH 1618091).

Notes : Gardner (1942) clearly indicates the

type of E. boophthona to be “Jimba Jimba ad

fluminen Gascoyne River, Gardner n. 3302”.

A specimen with this number and locality

has not been located. There are two PERTH

sheets of material collected by Gardner from

Jimba Jimba, Gascoyne River that predate

the protologue. One sheet (PERTH 1618083)

is labelled E. boophthona in Gardner’s hand.

This sheet is chosen as the lectotype.

2. Euphorbia eremophila var. latifolia Boiss.,

in A.DC., Prodr. 15(2): 70 (1862). Type:

[Queensland. Moreton District:] islands of

Moreton Bay, August 1855, F.Mueller (lecto

[here designated]: K 001080206 image seen

[and K 001040200 image seen]; isolecto: MEL

503407 image seen). (= Euphorbia tannensis

Spreng. subsp. tannensis)

Syntype: [Western Australia.] Intercourse

Islands, Dampier Archipelago, in 1819, A.C.

[A.Cunningham ,$.«.] (syn: K 001080207

image seen, K 001080208 image seen).

Notes : In describing this variety Boissier

(1862) cites two collections, “Ad Moreton Bay

(Mull.!), Intercourse Island Archip. Dampier

(h. Kew!)”. The Mueller specimen at K is

chosen as the lectotype as the material agrees

166

with the description in the protologue and

it is the more ample of the collections. D.J.

McGillivray annotated the sheet at K in 1969,

adding a pencil line between the two branches

on the sheet; however, both are from a single

collection as evidenced by the single label on

the sheet and there is no reason to separate

the elements. Two barcode numbers have

been added to the sheet to represent the two

elements. The entire sheet is accepted as the

lectotype. The A.Cunningham collections (K

001080207 and K 001080208) are conspecific

with E. tannensis subsp. eremophila (A.Cunn.)

D.C.Hassall.

MICRANTHEUM (Picrodendraceae)

D.A.Halford

1. Micrantheum boroniaceum F.Muell.,

Fragm. 1: 32 (1858). Type: [Queensland.

Burnett District:] Burnett, s.dat., Dr M.

[F. Mueller] (lecto [here designated]: K

000950775 (ex herb. Hook.); possible

isolecto: MEL 2065887, MEL 2065890). (=

Micrantheum ericoides Desf.)

Notes : Mueller (1858) cited two localities

when describing this species: Burnett and

Brisbane River, with the names Hill and

Mueller, suggesting collections made by

Walter Hill and himself. The Burnett River

collection is the only one that has been

located. Two sheets at MEL both have a

label in Mueller’s hand ‘Burnett River,

Micrantheum ericoides', and another sheet at

K has the label Micrantheum boroniaceum

ferd Muell., Burnett Dr M.’ also in Mueller’s

hand. The K specimen, the only collection

found that is annotated by Mueller with this

name, is nominated here as lectotype. A sheet

at HBG (HBG 515896 image seen) is possibly

a syntype, but the only location given is

‘Australia’.

2. Micrantheum demissum F.Muell., Viet.

Naturalist 7(5): 67 (1890). Type: [South

Australia.] St Vincent Gulf, Square Waterhole,

6 & 7 January 1882, [J.G.O.] Tepper 44 (lecto

[here designated]: MEL 2065933; isolecto: K

000950764 image seen).

Austrobaileya 10(1): 163-167(2017)

Syntypes: [South Australia.] Near Eleanor

River, Kangaroo Island, 23 January 1883,

R. Tate s.n. (MEL 2065695); Encounter Bay

District, Square Waterhole, in 1883, [J.G.O.]

Tepper 1076 (syn: MEL 2065694); Willunga

to Pt. Victor [Victor Harbour], Square

Waterhole, 4 November 1882 [J.G.O.] Tepper

1076 [+44, January 1881] (syn: MEL 2065932).

Notes: Mueller (1890) cited two localities

when describing this species: near Encounter

Bay and Kangaroo Island, with the names

Professor Tate and O.Tepper. Four sheets

of material collected by O.Tepper, all dated

before the protologue, were found in MEL. A

fifth sheet held at K (000950764) is apparently

a duplicate of material at MEL (2065933).

The sheet nominated here as lectotype agrees

with Mueller’s description and is annotated

by Mueller with this name. The last syntype

cited above (MEL 2065932) has a label which

is difficult to interpret, but may indicate a

mixed collection, or an attempt to cross-

reference to other collections of this taxon

made by Tepper.

3. Micrantheum ericoides Desf., Mem.

Mus. Hist. Nat. 4: 252-255, t.14 (1818).

Type: [Australia] Port Jackson, [without

date], Baudin expedition 115 (lecto [here

designated]: P 152756; isolecto: P 152757; P

152758).

Syntypes: ‘Nov. Holl.’, s.dat., s .coll, (syn:

G-DC G00313758 image seen); ‘Nouvelle.

Hollande’ [received from P in 1824], s.dat.,

s.coll. (syn: G-DC G00313759 image seen,

G-DC G00313760 image seen).

Notes : Desfontaines (1818) cited “Cet

arbrisseau croit a la nouvelle Galle, ou il a

ete observe et recueilli par les botanistes de

l’expedition du capitaine Baudin. L’herbier

du Museum en possede plusieurs individus

garnis de fleurs et de fruits.” Three sheets of

apparently original material collected during

the Baudin expedition have been located at

P [P 152756, P 152757, P 152758], All the

material agrees with the description in the

protologue of M. ericoides. The sheet label [P

152756] is here selected as the lectotype of M.

167

Forster & Halford, Typifications in Australian Euphorbiaceae, Phyllanthaceae and Picrodendraceae

ericoides. Three specimens at G-DC may well

be duplicates of the lectotype, but the label

data are insufficient to have any certainty.

4. Micrantheum hexandrum Hook.fi,

London J. Bot. 6: 283-284 (1847). Type:

[Tasmania.] V. D. Land, Launceston, 27

September to 19 October 1839, R.C. Gunn

35/1842 (lecto [here designated]: K 000950765,

two largest branches at top of sheet (herb.

Hook.), image seen; possible isolecto: CANB

333034 (ex BM) image seen, K 000950768

image seen, MEL 2065871).

Syntypes: [Tasmania.] V.D.L., in 1833, R.W

Lawrance 292 (syn: K 000950767 image

seen); Van Diemen’s Isle, s.dat ., J. Scott s.n.

(syn: K 000950766 image seen).

Notes : In the protologue Hooker (1847) cited

the locality “Launceston” with the names

Scott, Lawrence and Gunn, suggesting

collections made by them. There are two

sheets at K which are stamped as originating

from herb. Hookerianum that appear to be at

least in part the material collected by Scott,

Lawrence and Gunn and used by Hooker in

the description of this species. The first sheet

has three branchlets and two labels, while the

second sheet has eight branchlets and two

labels with several notes directly written on the

sheet. The first sheet has two large branchlets

with flowers attached which appear to be part

of a single collection associated with Gunn’s

label ‘35/1842, Launceston, 27 Sept to 19 Oct

1839’, while the other smaller branchlet with

fruit is associated with the label ‘ Micrantheum

hexandrum , Gunn [illegible] 1832/35, v.

Dland’. The larger two branchlets at the top of

the sheet are selected as lectotype. As Gunn

used species numbers rather than collecting

numbers, it is impossible to determine if the

isolectotypes are genuinely duplicates. In this

case, it appears the species number ‘35’ was

allocated in 1842 to collections made in 1839,

hence 35/1842.

Acknowledgement

Thanks to Russell Barrett for suggesting

this solution to a long standing typification

Gordian knot.

References

Baillon, M.H. (1866). Species Euphorbiacearum.

Euphorbiacees Australiennes. Adansonia 6:

282-345.

Bentham, G. (1873). Flora Australiensis: A description

of the plants of the Australian Territory. Vol.

VI. Thymeleae to Dioscorideae. L.Reeve & Co.:

London.

Boissier, E. (1862). Euphorbiaceae. In A.R de Candolle

(ed.). Prodromus systematis naturalis. 15(2):

3-188. V. Masson & fils: Paris.

Desfontaines, M. (1818). Description de quatre

Nouveaux genres de plantes. Memoires du

Museum d’Histoire Naturelle 4: 245-255.

Gardner, C.A. (1942). Contributiones florae Australiae

Occidentalis XI. Journal of the Royal Society of

Western Australia 27: 165-210.

Hooker, J.D. (1847). Flora Tasmania specilegium; or.

Contributions toward a Flora of Van Diemen’s

Land. London Journal of Botany 6: 265-286.

Mueller, F.J.H. (1858). Fragmenta Phytographiae

Australiae 1: 32. Government Printer:

Melbourne.

-(1864). Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae 4:

86. Government Printer: Melbourne.

-(1890). Descriptions of new Australian plants,

with occasional other annotations. Victorian

Naturalist 7: 66-68.

A family’s contribution to Queensland botany: John Howard

Simmonds [Snr] (1862-1955), Rose Simmonds {nee Culpin )

(1877-1960) and John Howard Simmonds [Jnr] (1901-1992)

John Leslie Dowe

Summary

Dowe, John Leslie (2017). A family’s contribution to Queensland botany: John Howard Simmonds

[Snr] (1862-1955), Rose Simmonds {nee Culpin ) (1877-1960) and John Howard Simmons [Jnr] (1901—

1992). Austrobaileya 10(1): 168-183. John Howard Simmonds Snr (1862-1955) was an amateur

collector of botanical specimens, fossils and shells in south-east Queensland and northern New

South Wales. About 2120 herbarium specimens can be attributed to J.H.Simmonds, although both his

wife Rose Simmonds {nee Culpin) (1877-1960) and their eldest son John Howard (Jack) Simmonds

Jnr. (1901-1992) also collected botanical specimens under this designation. About 15 collections

of botanical specimens by the Simmondses are designated as type materials, and about four fossil

specimens collected by J.H. Simmonds Snr also represent type materials. Family members were

eponymously commemorated in the names of 10 taxa of plants, liverworts, fungi and fossils.

Key Words: John Howard Simmonds, Rose Simmonds, John Howard (Jack) Simmonds, herbarium

specimens, stonemason, fossil collector. Field Naturalists, Royal Society of Queensland, Queensland

Naturalists’ Club, plant pathology

John Leslie Dowe, Australian Tropical Herbarium, James Cook University, Smithfield, Queensland

4878, Australia. Email: john.dowe@jcu.edu.au

Introduction

This paper documents the contribution that

three members of the Simmonds family made

to Queensland botany and palaeontology. The

father, John Howard Simmonds Snr [herein

as JHS Snr] was an amateur naturalist with

no scientific training, but he was active in

botanical and fossil collecting 1882-1910.

He earned a living as a stonemason and

monument carver. A brief summary of his

botanical collecting activities was provided

by George (2009), but otherwise he did

not receive a mention in Orchard (1999),

the Encyclopedia of Australian Science

(EOAS 2017), Australian Plant Collectors

and Illustrators (CHAH 2017), or other

biographical registers. This is in contrast to his

wife Rose Simmonds {me Culpin) and their

eldest son John Howard (Jack) Simmonds)

(herein as JHS Jnr), both of whom have

received considerable biographical attention

Accepted for publication 25 September 2017

(Rose for her innovative pictorial and art

photography (Bradbury 2017; DAAO 2017),

and JHS Jnr for his work as an internationally

recognised plant pathologist (Alcorn & Purss

1992; EOAS 2015; Purss 2017). The younger

son, Millice Alan Simmonds (1905-1983),

appears to have had no interest in botanical or

palaeontological activities.

There are some precautions to be taken

when determining the botanical collections of

JHS Snr. Both Rose Simmonds and JHS Jnr

also collected botanical specimens, and it is

not always possible to distinguish between

them from labels and other collection data

(see AVH 2017). JHS Jnr produced a number

of important botanical publications (Veitch

& Simmonds 1929; Simmonds 1938a, 1938b,

1966), and described a small number of new

fungi during his career (Simmonds 1965,

1968). His standard author abbreviation is

‘J.H.Simmonds’ (IPNI2017).

An unrelated collector, who also collected

under the label name of J.H.Simmonds (AVH

2017; JGP 2017), was the New Zealand born

Reverend Joseph Henry Simmonds (1845-

Do we, Simmonds family botanical contribution

1936). His standard author abbreviation

is ‘Simmonds’ (IPNI 2017). Reverend

Simmonds collected Eucalyptus specimens

in New Zealand (cultivated) in 1918, and

Tasmania and Victoria in 1921, mainly related

to his interest in forestry research (Hall

1978). He was involved in the description of

a number of taxa (Chippendale 1988), and

Eucalyptus simmondsii Maiden [= E. nitida

Hook.f.] was named for him (Maiden 1923).

Materials & methods

Herbarium and museum specimens

Searches for herbarium specimens appended

with the collector name J.H.Simmonds and

variations were conducted on the online

catalogues of A, AVH, BISH, BM, G, GH,

JStor Global Plants, K, L, NMNH, P and US.

Staff at BRI, BRIP and MEL were consulted

to gain access to their respective catalogue

databases and/or libraries. For fossil

169

specimens, the accessible databases of the

collections of the Australia Museum, National

Museum of Victoria and the Queensland

Museum were examined and collections

by JHS Snr were collated. For JHS Snr’s

stonemason and monument works, historical

cemetery listings and heritage assessments

were examined.

Archival materials

Conserved documents, related to the

Simmonds family, were examined at the John

Oxley Library, State Library of Queensland.

Among the archives are a set of preliminary

pencil drawings for monument and headstone

carvings by JHS Snr, family photographs,

financial records, land ownership records

and a large collection of unframed and

framed photographs by Rose Simmonds. The

documents and items at John Oxley Library

are listed in Table 1.

Table 1. Documents and items related to the Simmonds family in the John Oxley Library

collection

John Howard Simmonds [Jnr] papers

M777, Boxes 66580/S’ 7686 O/S; 10402 O/S;

20169 O/S

Rose Simmonds photographs,

1920s-1940s

28932, Box 17335-17358

Rose Simmonds papers 1902-1941

27928, Box 16106

Rose Simmonds photographs: Louis

Wilhelm, Karl Wirth & Hubert Jarvis

4570, Box 14316 O/S

Rose Simmonds, William Jolly Bridge

1931

29918

Fountain in the Brisbane Botanic

Gardens c. 1885

30419, Box 5661

John Howard Simmonds and family

John Howard Simmonds [Snr] (Fig. 1) was

born 15 July 1862 in Carlton, Victoria, and

died 11 June 1955 in Brisbane. He earned

a living as a stonemason and monument

carver, operating under the business name of

‘J.Simmonds’ in Brisbane between 1880 and

1920 (see below for history of the business).

He married English-born Rose Culpin (Fig. 2)

(1877-1960) in 1900, and they had two sons,

John Howard (Jack) Simmonds (herein as JHS

Jnr) (1901-1992) and Millice Alan Simmonds

(1905-1983). Rose was the daughter of Dr

Millice Culpin (1846-1941). The Culpin

family immigrated to Australia in 1891 and

Dr Culpin established a general practice in

Brisbane. He was socially and politically

active and was elected as the Member of

the Australian House of Representatives

for Brisbane 1903-1906 (d’Eimar de Jabrun

2017).

170

Austrobaileya 10(1): 168-183 (2017)

Fig. 1. John Howard Simmonds [Snr] (1862-1955).

Undated, photographer not known, John Oxley Library,

State Library of Queensland: negative no. 82988.

Fig. 2. Rose Simmonds (nee Culpin) (1877-1960). Circa

1905, photographer not known. John Oxley Library,

State Library of Queensland: negative no. 82987.

Rose was active in photography from

about 1927 through to 1940. She experimented

with pictorialist and creative photography

and was involved in many public exhibitions.

Her work was described as ‘painterly’ and

reminiscent of the Impressionist movement

(Hall & Mather 1986; Bradbury 2017; DAAO

2017). About 200 of her photos are now held

in the Queensland Art Gallery, the John Oxley

Library and the National Gallery of Victoria.

JHS Jnr was an internationally recognised

plant pathologist, completing his MSc at the

University of Queensland. He was awarded

an MBE for his work on malaria infection

control in Papua New Guinea during WW

II. After the war, he was promoted to head of

the Department of Entomology and Pathology

within the Queensland Department of

Agriculture (Alcorn & Purss 1992). As noted

above, these three members of the family

were active in botanical collection, albeit with

different foci and at different times, although

there was some overlap which requires that

some caution be taken when allocating the

collector’s identity. There is no indication that

the younger son Millice Alan shared the same

interests as his father, mother and brother.

‘J.Simmonds’: stonemason

JHS Snr represented the third generation of

a family of stonemasons. His grandfather,

John Simmonds Snr (1793/94-1860) was

a builder and stonemason in Dorsetshire,

England. He immigrated with his wife and

eight children to Australia in November 1852

on the Lady Eveline and set up business in

Melbourne (Sellers 2005). Apart from being

a stonemason, he was the Deputy Registrar of

Do we, Simmonds family botanical contribution

Births and Deaths for the Brighton District,

Victoria (VRGO 1856). After his death in

I860, 1 the stonemason business was taken

over by his eldest son John Simmonds Jnr

(1828-1889) (JHS Snr’s father) who, from

1857, carried on the business in Melbourne and

traded under the name of ‘J. Simmonds’ from

about 1868 onward (Sellers 2005). In an effort

to improve his circumstances, JS Jnr moved

with his wife and nine children to Brisbane

in 1880, first operating from premises in

Adelaide Street. JHS Snr, then at the age of

18 years, was apprenticed to his father at that

time. Upon the death of JS Jnr in 1889, JHS

Snr (at 27 years old) took over the business

and continued to operate the company under

its original name and in 1897 moved to Ann

Street adjacent to St Andrew’s Church. The

business ceased operating with the retirement

of JHS Snr in 1920 at the age of 58.

171

Works by ‘J. Simmonds’ are to be found

in many cemeteries throughout Queensland,

and less so in public and church memorials

and plaques (these are to be distinguished

from the works by ‘J. Simmonds’ in Victoria

which were produced by JHS Snr’s father and

grandfather). A characteristic feature of many

of JHS Snr’s work is the carvings of garlands

of flowers, a somewhat signature style that

set him apart from other stonemasons then

working in Brisbane. The garlands usually

included traditional symbolic gravestone

flowers such as morning glory, roses,

dogwood, Hibiscus and poppy, and leaves

such as ivy, acanthus, olive and tobacco (Fig.

3). Gravestones carved by J. Simmonds are to

be found in cemeteries in Cairns, Charters

Towers, Clermont, Cooktown, Croydon,

Mackay, Maryborough, Nundah, Redland

Fig. 3. An example of John Howard Simmonds Snr’s stonemason work. Carved garland of flowers on the monument

of Thomas Joseph Byrnes, Toowong Cemetery. Photo: J.L. Dowe, March 2017.

Argus, 13 March 1860, p. 4, ‘Deaths’

172

Bay, South Brisbane, Thursday Island and

Toowong. There are possibly others that are

yet to be located and documented.

JHS Snr worked mostly with marble

and occasionally with sandstone. One of

the surviving public memorials produced

by J.Simmonds is a marble wall-plaque

commemorating Father James Horan (1846-

1905) in St Mary’s Church Warwick (pers.

obs). A number of his larger public works

are known to have been destroyed, including

an ornamental fountain that was installed

in 1882 in the Brisbane Botanic Gardens

Austrobaileya 10(1): 168-183 (2017)

(Pink 1883). This was removed during

redevelopment of the Gardens in 1958 (Dowe

2017). The company also erected a public

water fountain in 1888 in Ann Street outside

of the Temperance Hall commemorating the

Women’s Christian Temperance Union 2 , but

there is no record of the time or reason for

its removal. J.Simmonds also provided two

elaborate memorial plaques to the Reverend

Robert Harley (1864-1892) 3 . These were

installed in now demolished churches in

Rockhampton and the fate of the plaques is

not known. Some of J.Simmonds’ cemetery

Table 2. The cemeteries in which works of‘J.Simmonds’ are included in the Queensland

Heritage Register (https://www.qld.gov.au/environment/land/heritage/register)

Cooktown Cemetery

QHR: 601147

Mackay Cemetery

QHR: 602766

Clermont Cemetery

QHR: 602756

Maryborough Cemetery

QHR: 600689

Redland Bay: Serpentine Creek Road Cemetery

QHR: 601927

works have been deemed of historical interest

and are included in the Queensland Heritage

Scientific interests

It appears that JHS Snr first took an interest

in geology and botany in the early 1880s

when he began to collect fossil specimens in

the Ipswich area and established a personal

collection. He also began to make donations

to the Queensland Museum at that time 4 . He

was a founding member of the Royal Society

of Queensland [RSQ] which was established

in 1884 (Anon. 1885). This and his subsequent

association with the RSQ placed him in

contact with scientists such as Frederick

Manson Bailey (botanist), John Frederick

Bailey (botanist), Thomas Lane Bancroft

(naturalist), Lewis Adolphus Bernays

(economic botanist), Charles Walter de Vis

(zoologist), Robert Logan Jack (geologist),

Joseph Lauterer (botanist), John Shirley

(lichenologist and botanist) and Henry Tryon

(entomologist) amongst others. This was a

significant time in the history of taxonomic

research of the Queensland flora, as regional

institutions had become sufficiently developed

to allow such work to be undertaken by local

scientists, rather than by botanists in the

southern colonies (such as Ferdinand Mueller

in Melbourne, and Charles Moore and Joseph

Maiden in Sydney), and whose influence

had waned as colonial Queensland became

increasingly independent (Marks 1960).

The Field Naturalists’ section within the

RSQ was established in October 1886 to

facilitate ‘the furtherance of original research’

(Anon. 1886). JHS Snr was appointed as a

2 Telegraph, 8 February 1888, p. 5, ‘A drinking fountain’

3 Morning Bulletin (Rockhampton), 16 August 1892, p. 4.

4 The Week, 9 September 1882, p. 14, ‘Queensland Museum’

Do we, Simmonds family botanical contribution

Committee Member at the first meeting of

the section (Bailey 1887). Initially, the Field

Naturalists’ section was very active, and by

July 1887 had completed 19 field excursions

mostly as half or full day-trips within the

Brisbane region (Bailey 1887). By 1891, the

excursions had become increasingly irregular

and by 1894 had all but ended apart from an

occasional excursion that focused exclusively

on the collection of botanical specimens

(Bailey & Ryott-Maughan 1891; Shirley &

Ryott-Maughan 1893).

JHS Snr’s greatest productivity as a

botanical collector was during his association

with the RSQ. However, many specimens

collected during the excursions were simply

labelled as the ‘Field Naturalists’ without

reference to individuals, and such specimens

cannot be included unquestionably among

JHS Snr’s collections.

JHS Snr remembered with affection and

delight his fellow members of the RSQ and

published an eight-page poem titled ‘ Some

odd memories of the Field Naturalist’s Club ’

(Simmonds 1893). It started with:

As I sat by the fireside, my book on my knee,

My memory foregathered that old company,

I had tramped with so often thro forest and

scrub,

Those friends of old time in the Bug-hunter ’s

Club.

In the poem, Simmonds went on to

entertainingly describe the personalities and

idiosyncrasies of many of the members of the

Field Naturalists’ section. For example, he

wrote that John Shirley was prone to getting

lost: ‘ If you followed his leading you found a

‘mare’s nest’, and he described F.M.Bailey

as ‘Our kindly Professor, and Leader and

Friend ’, and whose ‘ kindness and patience

were always unfailing ’.

To honour his status as a founding

member and long-term active service to the

RSQ, JHS Snr was elected as an Honorary

Life Member in 1934 (Perkins 1935; Marks

1960). During his time with the RSQ, JHS

Snr developed a particularly close and lasting

friendship with F.M. Bailey (Simmonds

173

1991), and made an annual pilgrimage to

Bailey’s grave at South Brisbane Cemetery

for many years after his passing in 1915

(White 1945, 1950). JHS Snr’s membership

of the RSQ lapsed between 1903 and 1923,

but he re-joined in 1924 (along with JHS Jnr),

and remained in continuous membership

until his death in 1955. At the passing of JHS

Snr in 1955, he was remembered as the last

surviving foundation member of the RSQ

and for his generosity in donating specimens,

particularly his ‘outstanding collection’ of

fossil plants and insects (Anon. 1955), and

botanical specimens, to various institutions.

The Queensland Naturalises Club

In apparent response to the lack of activity

of the RSQ’s Field Naturalists’ section, the

Queensland Naturalists’ Club [QNC] was

inaugurated in 1907. JHS Snr was an early

member and during 1909-1910 collected a

significant number of botanical specimens,

many of which he appears to have maintained

in his private herbarium. Initially, he was not

an office bearer and it was only when JHS

Jnr became a committee member in 1925 that

he, JHS Snr, became more active within the

QNC (Anon. 1925), and acted as Honorary

Librarian 1929-1930 (Whitehouse & Baird

1930; Holland & Marks 1956). JHS Jnr was

elected as Vice-President of the QNC in

1941 (Anon. 1941), although his tenure was

interrupted by active service in WWII (Blake

& Baird 1942). On his return in 1945, he was

again elected as Vice-President 1946-1947

(Anon. 1946; Anon. 1947) and then President

1948-1949 (Anon. 1948; Anon. 1949). JHS

Jnr appears to have become inactive in the

Club after about 1951.

Botanical collections

Based on a search of ‘J.H. Simmonds’ in the

primary databases of AVH, HerbRecs, JStor

Global Plants, Kew Herbarium and MELISR,

about 2130 herbarium specimens were located

and collated into a working master-list. Those

records that did not relate to JHS Snr and

his family were removed from the list and a

final list consisted of 2124 entries. Of these

the greatest number are at BRI (1882), and

with less but otherwise significant numbers in

174

NSW (114). AD (72) and MEL (26). Between

one and 10 specimens were located at each

of the following herbaria: BISH, BM, BRIP,

CANB, CBG, CNS, G, K, L, MICH, NMNH

and PERTH. Searches of the databases of

some herbaria that could potentially hold J.H.

Simmonds’ specimens, such as A, GH, P and

US, yielded no current records. Of the total

number of specimens, about 1300 taxa are

represented. It is possible that other specimen

records may not have been located during the

database searches, but it is assumed that the

majority of the specimens collected by the

Simmondses has been located. The personal

collection of JHS Snr as presented by J.H.

Simmonds Jnr was donated to the Queensland

Herbarium in August 1960.

Of the 2124 specimens, about 1871 have

collection dates (with 253 undated). Of the

dated specimens, some 1745 specimens were

collected during two periods of activity. The

first covered 1886-1896 when about 1533

specimens were collected and then 1907-1916

when a further 212 specimens were collected.

These two periods account for about 93% of

the dated specimens.

In addition to the searches for J.H.

Simmonds’ collections, a search was

made for specimens labelled as the ‘Field

Naturalists’, relating to the RSQ, and dated

between 1884 and 1895 (JHS Snr’s most

active years). Unless JHS Snr was clearly

listed as one of the collectors, specimens

labelled as collected by the Field Naturalists

were excluded from the master list. Many of

the RSQ field excursions involved JHS Snr,

and he wrote a number of reports about the

activities and collections (Simmonds 1888a,

1888b, 1889a-e; Simmonds & Grimes 1889).

At the RSQ meetings, JHS Snr regularly

presented exhibits of the plants that were

collected during the excursions, both as fresh

specimens and pressed herbarium specimens

(Anon. 1888a-c; Saville-Kent & Ryott-

Maughan 1891).

Searches of the taxonomic literature

indicate that many specimens collected by

JHS Snr have been cited both as voucher

specimens and as type materials. For

example, ten JHS Snr specimens were cited in

Austrobaileya 10(1): 168-183 (2017)

the Queensland Flora by Bailey (1899-1902).

With regard to type citations, a total of 15

have been identified and are included in Table

3. As for eponyms related to the Simmondses,

ten names have been identified and these are

also included in Table 3 (NB. The fossils

named for JHS Snr are included in a following

section and table).

A summary of the specimens labelled as

‘J.H. Simmonds’ and known to relate to the

family of John Howard Simmonds, indicates

that about 10 specimens were recorded

as jointly collected by Bailey (either F.M.

or J.F.) & Simmonds; at least 60 can be

assigned to JHS Jnr, and of which most are

flowering plants but there are a significant

number of fungi; and about four to Rose

Simmonds, all of which are flowering plants.

The plant groups collected by JHS Snr

included herbs (most commonly collected

families included Asteraceae, Euphorbiaceae,

Lamiaceae, Orchidaceae), shrubs (Fabaceae,

Malvaceae, Rubiaceae), grasses (Poaceae),

sedges (Cyperaceae), ferns (Pteridaceae,

Hymenophyllaceae, Linsaeaceae), and

trees (Lauraceae, Myrtaceae, Proteaceae,

Sapindaceae).

To my knowledge, there is only a

single novel name introduced by JHS Snr

(Simmonds 1889b): Croton phebalioides var.

hispida J. Simmonds [= Croton phebalioides

F.Muell. ex Miill.Arg.] (Table 3) was included

in a list of plants collected at Moggill Creek,

December 1888. However, the name is invalid

and a nomen nudum and Forster (2003) noted

that ‘There is no diagnosis or type for this

name’.

Fossil collections

Reconciling the status and nomenclature of

the fossils collected by JHS Snr was beyond

the scope of this paper. However, some

general comments on his collections can

be made. JHS Snr made collections mainly

of fossil plants and secondarily of insects,

mostly from Denmark Hill near Ipswich. His

first collections are dated as 1882 and his last

as 1890. There are no known animal fossils

collected by him.

Do we, Simmonds family botanical contribution 175

Table 3. Taxa of plants, ferns, liverworts and fungi associated with the Simmonds family,

with regard to new names, typification and eponyms

The recipient of the eponymous recognition is indicated. Details of the type citation, type

specimens and typification proposals are included.

Aspidium eumundi F.M.Bailey, Bot. Bull.

Dept. Agric. Queensland 5: 27 (1892). [=

Arthropteris beckleri (Hook.) Mett.]

(Dryopteridaceae)

Type citation: Condamine, C.H. Hartmann ;

Tallebudgera, J.F. Shirley. ; Eumundi J.F. Bailey ,

and J.H. Simmonds.

Type: Queensland. Moreton District: Eumundi,

May 1892, J.F. Bailey & J.H. Simmonds s.n.

(lecto: BRI [AQ170505 {p.p. sheet 258320]);

isolecto: MEL 23937 9, fide Bell, FI. Australia 48:

712 (1998)).

Baeckea virgata var. parvula F.M.Bailey,

Queensland FI. 2: 585 (1900), nom.

inval., nom. nud. [= Sannantha bidwillii

(A.R.Bean) Peter G.Wilson]

(Myrtaceae)

Type citation: Eumundi, Bailey and Simmonds.

Type: not designated, fide Bean, Austrobaileya

5: 161 (1999).

Bipolaris simmondsii Y.P.Tan &

R.G.Shivas, Mycol. Progr. 15: 1210

(2016). (Pleosporaceae)

[Named for JHS Jnr]

Type: Queensland. Moreton District: Peregian

Beach, on leaf spot on Zoysia macrantha Desv.,

14 November 1976, J.L. Alcorn s.n. (holo: BRIP

\2030,fideTsLnet al, Mycol Progr. 15: 1213—

1214 (2016)).

Etymology : Named after the Australian plant

pathologist Dr. John Howard (Jack) Simmonds

MBE, who listed the first helminthosporioid

fungi found in Queensland.

Bursera australasica F.M.Bailey,

Bot. Bull. Dept. Agric. Queensland

5: 8 (1892); Protium australasicum

(F.M.Bailey) Sprague, Bull. Misc.

Inform. Kew 1912 (8): 370 (1912). [=

Canarium australasicum (F.M.Bailey)

Leenh.]

(Burseraceae)

Type citation: Eumundi, J.F. Bailey and J.H.

Simmonds.

Type: Queensland. Wide Bay District: Eumundi,

May 1892, J.F. Bailey & J.H. Simmonds s.n.

(holo: BRI [AQ333204]; iso: BM 000798993 ,fide

Hewson, FI. Australia 25: 169 (1985)).

Colletogloeum simmondsii B.Sutton &

H.J. Swart, Trans. Brit. Mycol. Soc. 87:

97 (1986). (Mycosphaerellaceae)

[Named for JHS Jnr]

Type: Queensland. Leichhardt District: In

phyllodis vivis Acaciae complanatae, Isla Gorge,

August 1973, J.H. Simmonds s.n. (holo: BRIP

8881; iso: IMI 281132),fide Sutton & Swart,

Trans. Br. Mycol. Soc. 87: 97 (1986).

Etymology : “Dr J.H. Simmonds, plant

pathologist, Queensland”.

Colletotrichum acutatum J.H.Simmonds,

Queensl. J. Agr. Anim. Sci. 25: 178A

(1968).

(Glomerellaceae)

Type: Queensland. Moreton District: isolated

from Caricapapaya , Ormiston, [J.H. Simmonds

s.n.], 1 October 1965 (holo: IMI 117617).

176

Austrobaileya 10(1): 168-183 (2017)

Colletotrichum gloeosporioides var.

minus (as minor) J.H. Simmonds,

Queensl. J. Agr. Anim. Sci. 25: 178A

(1968).

[= Colletotrichum queenslandicum

B.S.Weir & P.R. Johns!]

(Glomerellaceae)

Type: Queensland. Moreton District: isolated

from Carica papaya , Ormiston, 1 October 1965,

[J.H. Simmonds s.n.] (holo: IMI 117612).

Colletotrichum simmondsii R.G.Shivas

& Y.P.Tan, Fungal Divers. 39: 119

(2009).

(Glomerellaceae)

[Named for JHS Jnr]

Type: Queensland. Moreton District: Yandina,

on Carica papaya , May 1987, L.M. Coates s.n.

(holo: BRIP 28519).

Etymology : “named after John (Jack) H.

Simmonds (1901-1992), an eminent Australian

plant pathologist who first named Colletotrichum

acutatum

Croton phebalioides var. hispida

J.Simmonds, nom. inval., nom. nud.,

Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 6: 68 (1889)

[= Croton phebalioides F.Muell. ex Mull.

Arg.] (Euphorbiaceae)

Type citation: Hairy cascarilla; in flower.

Type: not designated, fide Forster, Austrobaileya

6(3): 428 (2003) [‘There is no diagnosis or type

for this name’].

Eugenia punctulata F.M.Bailey, Bot.

Bull. Dept. Agric. Queensland 13:

10 (1896). [= Syzygium coryanthum

(F.Muell.) L.A.S. Johnson]

(Myrtaceae)

Type citation: Eumundi, R.D. Power , 1894; J.H.

Simmonds , in flower June, 1895.

Type: Queensland. Wide Bay District: Eumundi,

June 1895, J.H. Simmonds s.n. (syn: BRI

[AQ275979], MEL 60212), fide Hyland, Aust. J.

Bot. Suppl. 9: 72 (1983).

Eugenia simmondsiae F.M.Bailey,

Queensland Agric. J. 23(6): 297 (1909).

[= Syzygium australe (H.L.Wendl. ex

Link) B.Hyland]

(Myrtaceae)

[Named for Rose Simmonds]

Type citation: Tambourine Mountain, Mrs. J.H.

Simmonds.

Type: Queensland. Moreton District:

Tambourine Mountain, October 1909, Mrs J.H.

Simmonds s.n. (holo: BRI [AQ291645]; iso: MEL

61116), fide Hyland, Aust. J. Bot. Suppl. 9: 55

(1983).

Ficus simmondsii F.M.Bailey,

Queensland Agric. J. 25(5): 234 (1910).

[= Ficus watkinsiana F.M.Bailey]

(Moraceae)

[Named for JHS Snr]

Type citation: Coolangatta, J.H. Simmonds.

Type: New South Wales. Tweed Heads, October

1910, J.H. Simmonds s.n. (holo: BRI [AQ23338]),

fide Chew, FI. Australia 3: 40 (1989).

Frullania simmondsii Steph., J. & Proc.

Roy. Soc. New South Wales 48: 109

(1914)

(Frullaniaceae)

[Named for JHS Snr]

Type citation: Hab. Australia, (near Brisbane):

Simmonds leg. (Watts, 1110).

Type: Queensland. Moreton District: Brisbane,

August 1887, J.H. Simmonds s.n. (syn: BRI

[AQ722450]; G 00069106, MEL 0061851).

Do we, Simmonds family botanical contribution

177

Helicia youngiana var. robusta

C.T.White, Contrib. Am. Arbor. 4: 23

(1933). [= Triunia robusta (C.T.White)

Foreman]

(Proteaceae)

Type citation: Maroochy (most southerly

record), F.M. Bailey, J. Low. Yandina Eumundi,

J.F. Bailey, J.H. Simmonds, J.B. Staer. East

Malanda, Atherton Tableland, alt. 700 m.,

common in rain-forest, S.J. Kajewski, no. 12119

(flower buds), Sept. 22.

Type: Queensland. Wide Bay District: Eumundi,

November 1892, J.H. Simmonds s.n. (lecto: BRI

[AQ317462]; isolecto: BRI [AQ317468]),>fe

Foreman, Muelleria 6: 196 (1986)).

Liparis simmondsii F.M.Bailey,

Bot. Bull. Dept. Agric. Queensland

3: 18(1891). [= Diteilis simmondsii

(F.M.Bailey) M.A.Clem. & D.L.Jones]

(Orchidaceae)

[Named for JHS Snr, Bailey F.M.

Queensland FI. 5: 1521 (1902)]

Type citation: Hab.: On sandy land bordering

swamps, Eudlo Creek, Field Naturalists , March,

1891.

Type: Queensland. Moreton District: Eudlo,

Field Naturalists s.n., March 1891 (holo: BRI

[AQ279626]).

Nephelium lautererianum F.M.Bailey,

Bot. Bull. Dept. Agric. Queensland 4: 8

(1899).

[= Mischarytera lautereriana

(F.M.Bailey) H.Turner]

(Sapindaceae)

Type citation: Hab.: Eudlo scrubs, Field

Naturalists, Nov. 1891 (flowering specimens J.H.

Simmonds and J.F. Bailey, May 1896).

Type: Queensland. Moreton District: Eudlo,

1891, Field Naturalists, J.H. Simmonds & F.M.

Bailey s.n. (holo: BRI [AQ22532]; iso: BM

000884192), fide Reynolds, FI. Australia 25: 89

(1985).

Potamogeton perfoliatus var. minor

F.M.Bailey, Compr. Cat. Queensland PI.

583 (1913). [= Potamogeton perfoliatus

L-]

(Potamogetonaceae)

Type citation: Tambourine Mountain {J.H.

Simmonds ).

Type: Queensland. Moreton District:

Tambourine Mt, October 1909, J.H. Simmonds

s.n. (holo: BRI [AQ102546]).

Psychotria simmondsiana F.M.Bailey

var. simmondsiana, Bot. Bull. Dept.

Agric. Queensland 2:13 (1891).

(Rubiaceae)

[Named for JHS Snr, Bailey, Queensland

FI. 3: 772 (1900)]

Type citation: Hab.: Tambourine Mountain and

Mooloolah scrubs, Field Naturalists.

Type: Queensland. Moreton District:

Mooloolah, December 1890, Field Naturalists

& J.H. Simmonds s.n. (syn: BRI [AQ318252,

AQ125353, AQ125354]).

Quasidiscus simmondsii B. Sutton,

Sydowia 43: 278 (1991)

(Ascomycota)

[Named for JHS Jnr]

Type: In foliis emortuis Macadamiae. Australia,

J.H. Simmonds Plot, Queensland, Brookfield,

28 August 1981, B.C. Sutton & J.L. Alcorn s.n.

(holo: IMI 263340c), fide Sutton, Sydowia 43:

264-280 (1991).

Etymology : “after the late J.H. Simmonds, noted

Queensland plant pathologist”.

178

Austrobaileya 10(1): 168-183 (2017)

Septobasidium simmondsii Couch ex

L.D. Gomez & Henk, Lankesteriana 4:

92 (2004); Septobasidium simmondsii

Couch, The genus Septobasidium 279

(1938), nom. inval.

(Septobasidaceae)

[Named for JHS Jnr]

Type: Queensland. Moreton District: Yarraman,

on Milletia megasperma , 9 January 1934, ex

Herb. Plant Pathology Brisbane no. 3431 (holo:

NCU).

Xerotes confertifolia F.M.Bailey,

Queensland Agric. J. 25: 11 (1910) [=

Lomandra confertifolia (F.M.Bailey)

Fahn]

(Asparagaceae)

Type citation: Glasshouse Mountains, Bail.;

Mount Cooroy, Bail, and Simmonds; Mount

Perry, Jas. Keys.

Type: Queensland. Moreton District:

Glasshouse Mts, summit of Mt Cooroy,

November 1892, F.M. Bailey s.n. (lecto: BRI

\AQ24464]), fide Lee, Contr. New South Wales

Natl. Herb. 3: 156 (1962).

Zieria furfuracea subsp. gymnocarpa

J.A.Armstr., Austral. Syst. Bot. 15(3):

363 (2002).

(Rutaceae)

Type citation: Belmont, J.H. Simmonds

10.ix.1987; holo: BRI 111809.

Type: Queensland. Moreton District: Belmont,

10 September 1887, J.H. Simmonds s.n. (holo:

BRI [AQ318534]),yzde George et al ., FI. Australia

26:309(2013).

His collections were variously described

as ‘important’, ‘beautiful’ and ‘magnificent’

by the palaeontologists who examined them.

The fossil taxa named to commemorate JHS

Snr are presented in Table 4.

JHS Snr’s fossil collection appears to

have been mostly housed at his residence at

Taringa. Some specimens were donated to

the Queensland Museum, but it most likely

that JHS Snr retained most of the specimens

as a private collection. The collection was

subsequently donated to the Department of

Geology at the University of Queensland

sometime prior to 1947 and then transferred

to the Queensland Museum during the 1990s

(Greg Webb, pers. comm). A few specimens

collected by him have been located in the

collections of Australia Museum and Museum

Victoria.

Shell collections

Little is known about JHS Snr’s shell

collection. The first recorded mention of his

collection was in 1927 (Anon. 1927) and

then with regular reports through to about

1937 (Anon. 1937). The history and fate of

the collection is not known, although the

Queensland Museum holds a small number

that were collected and donated by him.

Summary

The contributions of amateur botanists

and scientists have been integral to the

development of taxonomic research in

Australia (Barker & Barker 1990; Clarke

2008; Maroske 2014; Dowe 2015, 2016; Bean

2016). John Howard Simmonds Snr can be

included in the group of amateurs who have

provided seemingly small contributions, but

when such contributions are taken together

they add up to an important consolidation

toward taxonomic progress.

At the time that JHS Snr was actively

collecting, Queensland botany was presided

over by the Colonial Botanist F.M. Bailey,

which culminated in the publication of his

Queensland Flora (Bailey 1899-1902). This

work summarised the older taxonomy and

integrated both the taxa recently introduced

by Bailey in previous publications, and new

taxa first described in the Flora. At least 10

specimens collected by JHS Snr are cited in

the Flora.

Do we, Simmonds family botanical contribution

Table 4. Fossil taxa commemorating John Howard Simmonds Snr.

179

Taxa

Etymology

Araucarioxylon simmondsii Shirley, Queensl. Geo. Survey.

Bull. 7: 14(1898) (fossil plant)

Not given.

Ginkgo simmondsii Shirley, Queensl. Geo. Survey. Bull.

7: 12, pi. 1 (1898) [Baiera simmondsii (Shirley) Seward;

Ginkgoites simmondsii (Shirley) Florin] (Jones & Jersey

1947) (fossil plant, Denmark Hill):

“This plant has been named after

Mr. J.H. Simmonds, the col¬

lector, and former Secretary of

the Brisbane Field Naturalists’

Society”.

Simmondsia Dunstan, Queensl. Geol. Survey, Publication

No. 273, Part 1:35. 1923.

“The genus is named after Mr.

J.H. Simmonds, whose explora-

(Fossil beetle genus, Denmark Hill)

tions many years ago at Den¬

mark Hill resulted in the finding

of the first fossil insects in that

locality”.

Simmondsia subpyriformis Dunstan, Queensl. Geol. Sur¬

vey , Publication No. 273, Part 1: 36. 1923. (Fossil beetle,

Denmark Hill).

Simmondsia cylindrica Dunstan, Queensl. Geol. Survey ,

Publication No. 273, Part 1: 37. 1923. (Fossil beetle, Den¬

mark Hill).

Simmondsia permiana Ponomarenko, Paleontol. J. 47:

713. (2013). [= Proterocupespermiana Ponomarenko],

(Fossil beetle, Vologda Region, Russia).

Simmondsia ragosini Rohdendorf, Tr. Paleontol. Inst.

Akad. 85: 393. (Fossil beetle, Kutsnetsk Basin, Russia).

Stachyopitys simmondsii Shirley, Queensl. Geo. Survey.

Bull. 7: 13, pi. 18, fig. 2 (1898) [= Umkomasia simmondsii

Shirley 1898 (Pteruchus simmondsii Shirley 1898. (Fossil

plant, Denmark Hill)

“Mr. J. Simmonds”.

With regard to botany, JHS Snr’s collection of plant and insect fossils that was

contribution consisted of botanical collecting later studied by palaeontologists then working

and documenting field excursion activities in Queensland (Etheridge & Olliff 1890; Jack

that were mostly published in reports in & Etheridge 1892; Lauterer 1897; Shirley

the Proceedings of the Royal Society of 1898, 1901; Dunstan 1900, 1923; Tillyard &

Queensland (Simmonds 1888a,b, 1889a-e; Dunstan 1916; Tillyard 1917, 1919; Walkom

Simmonds & Grimes 1889; Bailey 1892, 1917; Jones & Jersey 1947; Dodds 1949).

1895). His contributions to palaeontology He is commemorated in the plants Ficus

included the accumulation of a large simmondsii F.M.Bailey [= Ficus watkinsiana

180

Austrobaileya 10(1): 168-183 (2017)

F.M.Bailey], Liparis simmondsii F.M.Bailey

[= Diteilis simmondsii (F.M.Bailey)

M.A.Clem. & D.L.Jones] and Psychotria

simmondsiana F.M.Bailey; the liverwort

Frullania simmondsii Steph.; the fossil plants

Araucarioxylon simmondsii Shirley, Ginkgo

simmondsii Shirley [= Ginkgoites simmondsii

(Shirley) Florin], and Stachyopitys simmondsii

Shirley [= Umkomasia simmondsii Shirley ];

and the fossil beetle genus Simmondsia

Dunstan.

The contribution of Rose Simmonds

was mainly as support to her husband.

A number of specimens were collected

by her and accordingly, as was the social

convention of the era, recorded as ‘Mrs J.H.

Simmonds’. However, her most significant

social contribution was to the development

of art photography in Australia (Bradbury

2017). She is commemorated in Eugenia

simmondsiae F.M.Bailey [= Syzygium

australe (H.L.Wendl. ex Link) B.Hyland],

The work of JHS Jnr was primarily in

the field of plant pathology for which he

was internationally recognised as an expert

in tropical fruit diseases and associated

mycology. He was awarded an MBE for his

work on malaria infection control during

WWII and in his latter career, 1946-1966,

headed the Department of Entomology

and Pathology within the Queensland

Department of Agriculture (Alcorn & Purss

1992). He is commemorated in the fungi

Bipolaris simmondsii Y.P.Tan & R.G.Shivas,

Colletogloeum simmondsii B. Sutton &

H.J. Swart, Colletotrichum simmondsii

R.G.Shivas & Y.P.Tan, Quasidiscus

simmondsii B. Sutton and Septobasidium

simmondsii Couch ex L.D. Gomez & Henk.

Acknowledgements

I would like to thank the following for

information and assistance with this paper:

Dean Beasley (DAF), Tony Bean (BRI),

Kathleen Cuskelly (St Mary’s Church,

Warwick), Darcy Maddock (Toowong

Cemetery), Andrew Rozefelds (QM), Roger

Shivas (DAF), Tom May (MEL), Gregory

Webb (UQ) and Megan Prance (BRI).

References

Alcorn, J.L. & Purss, G.S. (1992). A tribute to John

Howard Simmonds. Australasian Plant

Pathology 21: 91-94.

Anon. (1885). List of members. Proceedings of the Royal

Society of Queensland 1: vii.

-(1886). Rules. Proceedings of the Royal Society of

Queensland 2: iii-vii.

-(1888a). Exhibits. Proceedings of the Royal Society

of Queensland 5: 32—33.

-(1888b). Exhibits. Proceedings of the Royal Society

of Queensland 5: 75.

-(1888c). Exhibits. Proceedings of the Royal Society

of Queensland 5: 121.

-(1925). Wild flower show and natural history

exhibitions, 19 th September, 1925. The

Queensland Naturalist 5(3): 34-35.

-(1927). Evening meeting, 15 th August, 1927. The

Queensland Naturalist 6(3): 45.

- (1937). Wild flower show and natural history

exhibition, Saturday, 12 th September, 1936. The

Queensland Naturalist 10(2): 18-19.

-(1941). Annual Meeting, 17 th February, 1941. The

Queensland Naturalist 11: 113-114.

-(1946). Office bearers. The Queensland Naturalist

13(2): unpaged.

-(1947). Office bearers. The Queensland Naturalist

13(3): unpaged.

-(1948). Office bearers. The Queensland Naturalist

13(5): unpaged.

-(1949). Annual meeting, 21th February, 1949. The

Queensland Naturalist 14: 3-4.

-(1955). Abstract of proceedings, 27 June, 1955.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland

67: x.

Avh (2017). Australia’s Virtual Herbarium. Council

of Heads of Australasian Herbaria. http://avh.

chah.org.au/, accessed April/May 2017.

Bailey, F.M. (1887). Report of the Field Naturalists’

section. Proceedings of the Royal Society of

Queensland A. 87-82.

-(1892). Specimens of Blackall Range plants.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland

8: 136.

-(1895). Botanic notes. Proceedings of the Royal

Society of Queensland 11: 14-19.

-(1899-1902). The Queensland Flora. 6 vols. H.J.

Diddams & Co.: Brisbane.

181

Do we, Simmonds family botanical contribution

Bailey, F.M. & Ryott-Maughan, W.J. (1891).

Proceedings of the Annual Meeting, with

Report of Council for Session 1890-91, and

Presidential Address, pp. i-xi. Pole, Outridge &

Co.: Brisbane.

Barker, R.M. & Barker, W.R. (1990). Botanical

contributions overlooked: the role and

recognition of collectors, horticulturists,

explorers and others in the early documentation

of the Australian flora. In PS. Short (ed.).

History of Systematic Botany in Australasia, pp.

37-85. Australian Systematic Botany Society:

South Yarra.

Bean, A.R. (2016). Frederick Hamilton Kenny (1859-

1927), an Australian plant collector of note.

Austrobaileya 9: 546-559.

Blake, S.T. & Baird, E.E. (1942). Annual Report for the

year ending January 31 st , 1942. The Queensland

Naturalist 12: 21-23.

Bradbury, K. (2017). Simmonds, Rose (1877-1960).

Australian Dictionary of Biography. National

Centre of Biography, Australian National

University: Canberra, http://adb.anu.edu.au/

biography/simmonds-rose-11691/text20893,

published first in hardcopy 2002, accessed

online 7 April 2017.

Chah (2017). Australian Plant Collectors and

Illustrators. Council of Heads of Australasian

Herbaria & Australian National Herbarium,

http: //www. cpbr. gov. au/bot-biog/, accessed

May 2017.

Chippendale, G.M. (1988). Myrtaceae - Eucalyptus,

Angophora. Flora of Australia 19: 1-540.

AGPS: Canberra.

Clarke, PA. (2008). Aboriginal Plant Collectors:

Botanists and Australian Aboriginal People in

the Nineteenth Century. Rosenburg Publishing:

Kenthurst.

Daao (2017). Rose Simmonds b. 1877, Artist

(Photographer). Design & Art Australia Online.

http://www.daao.org.au/bio/rose-simmonds/

works/, accessed April 2017.

D’Eimar de Jabrun, M. (2017). Culpin, Millais (1874-

1952). Australian Dictionary of Biography.

National Centre of Biography, Australian

National University: Canberra. http://adb.

anu.edu.au/biography/culpin-millais-12872/

text23247, published first in hardcopy 2005,

accessed online 13 May 2017.

Dodds, B. (1949). Mid-Triassic Blattoidea from the

Mount Crosby insect bed. University of

Queensland. Department of Geology 3: 1-11.

Dowe, J.L. (2015). I saw a good deal of the country much

more than any other collector: an assessment

of the botanical collections of Eugene Fitzalan

(1830-1911). Cunninghamia 15: 87-133.

-(2016). Charles Weldon (de Burgh) Birch (Count

Zelling), an unassuming botanical and

zoological collector in central and north-eastern

Queensland. North Queensland Naturalist 46:

16-46.

-(2017). In memory of an ornamental fountain,

1880-1958. Australian Garden History 29: 25-

27.

Dunstan, B. (1900). III. Report of B. Dunstan, Assistant

Geologist, In Annual progress report of the

geological survey for the year 1900, pp. 15-23.

Vol. 159-163 (1900-1901). Geological Survey

of Queensland: Brisbane.

-(1923). Mesozoic insects of Queensland. Part.

I. Introduction and Coleoptera. Geological

Survey of Queensland, Publication 273: 1-89.

Etheridge, R. & Olliff, A.S. (1890). The Mesozoic and

Tertiary Insects of New South Wales. Memoirs

of the Geological Survey of New South Wales.

Palaeontology, No. 7. C. Potter: Sydney.

Eoas [Encyclopedia of Australian Science], (2015).

Simmonds, John Howard (1901—). http://www.

eoas.info/biogs/P001932b.htm, accessed April

2017.

-(2017). Search. http://www.eoas.info/search-

faceted.html?q=simmonds, accessed April

2017.

Forster, PI. (2003). A taxonomic revision of Croton L.

(Euphorbiaceae) in Australia. Austrobaileya 6:

349-436.

George, A.S. (2009). Australian Botanist’s Companion.

Four Gables Press: Kardinya.

Hall, B. & Mather, J. (1986). Australian Women

Photographers 1840 - 1960. Greenhouse

Publications: Richmond.

Hall, N. (1978). Botanists of the Eucalypts. CSIRO:

Melbourne.

Holland, M. & Marks. E.N. (1956). Annual report for

the year 1954-55. The Queensland Naturalist

15: 80-81.

Ipni [International Plant Names Index] (2017).

Author query. http://www.ipni.org/ipni/

authorsearchpage.do, accessed April 2017.

Jack, R.L. & Etheridge, R. (1892). The geology of

Queensland and New Guinea, with Sixty-eight

Plates and a Geological Map of Queensland.

J. C. Beal: Brisbane.

Jones, O.A. & de Jersey, N.J. (1947). The flora of the

Ipswich coal measures: morphology and floral

succession. With an appendix on “Some fossil

plants from the Bundamba series”. University

of Queensland Papers. Department of Geology

3: f-88.

Jgp [JStor Global Plants] (2017). Database of Digitized

Plant Specimens. http://plants.jstor.org,

accessed April 2017.

Lauterer, J. (1897). Progress of science in Australia.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland

7: viii-xix.

Maiden, J.H. (1923). A critical revision of the genus

Eucalyptus. 6: 337-419. Government Printer:

Sydney.

Marks, E.N. (1960). A history of the Queensland

Philosophical Society and the Royal Society of

Queensland from 1859 to 1911. Proceedings of

the Royal Society of Queensland 71: 17-42.

Maroske, S. (2014). A taste for botanic science’:

Ferdinand Mueller’s female collectors and the

history of Australian botany. Muelleria 32:

72-91.

Orchard, A.E. (1999). A history of systematic botany in

Australia. Flora of Australia, 2 nd edn, 1: 11-103.

ABRS/CSIRO: Canberra/Melbourne.

Perkins, F.A. (1935). Abstract of proceedings, 26 th

March, 1934. Proceedings of the Royal Society

of Queensland 46: viii.

Pink, J. (1883). Report of Head Gardener, on Botanic

Gardens, Brisbane. In: Annual Report of the

Department of Public Lands for the year 1882 ,

pp. 21-22. J.C. Beal: Brisbane.

Purss, G.S. (2017). Simmonds, John Howard (Jack)

(1901-1992). Australian Dictionary of

Biography. National Centre of Biography,

Australian National University: Canberra.

http://adb.anu.edu.au/biography/simmonds-

john-howard-jack-16125/text28067, published

online 2016, accessed online 11 May 2017.

Saville-Kent, W. & Ryott-Maughan, W.J. (1891).

Adjourned annual meeting, 22 November, 1890.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland

7: 5-15.

Sellers, T.M. (2005). John Simmonds (1873-1960). The

Cemetorian. Brighton Cemetorians 1: 4-5.

Shirley, J. (1898). Additions to the Fossil Flora

of Queensland, Mainly from the Ipswich

Formation, Trias-Jura System. Geological

Survey. Bulletin No. 7. E. Gregory: Brisbane.

-(1901) Australian vegetation and its geological

development. Proceedings of the Royal Society

of Queensland 16: 39-44.

Shirley, J. & Ryott-Maughan, W.J. (1893). Proceedings

of the Royal Society of Queensland 11: 5-10,

Append. II.

Austrobaileya 10(1): 168-183 (2017)

Simmonds, J.H. [Snr] (1888a). Plants seen in flower or fruit

by Field Naturalists on excursion to Peechey’s

Scrub October 27 th , 1888. Proceedings of the

Royal Society of Queensland 5: 144-148.

-(1888b). Field Naturalists’ excursion to Woolston.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland

5: 173-179.

- (1889a). Field Naturalists’ excursion. Proceedings

of the Royal Society of Queensland 6: 64-65.

-(1889b). Excursion of Field Naturalists’ Section to

Brookfield. Proceedings of the Royal Society of

Queensland 6: 65-70.

-(1889c). Field Naturalists’ excursion to Ashgrove.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland

6: 123-124.

-(1889d). Field Naturalists’ excursion to Upper

Ithaca Creek. Proceedings of the Royal Society

of Queensland 6: 125-126.

-(1889e). Field Naturalists’ excursion, March 2 nd

1889. Proceedings of the Royal Society of

Queensland 6: 255.

-(1893). Some Odd Memories of the Field

Naturalist’s Club. J. Brown: Brisbane.

Simmonds J.H. [Snr] & Grimes, W.D. (1889). Field

Naturalists’ excursion to Pimpama. Proceedings

of the Royal Society of Queensland 6: 252-254.

Simmonds, J.H. [Jnr] (1938a). Plant Diseases and Their

Control. Government Printer: Brisbane.

-(1938b). Plant diseases and their control. In

The Queensland Agricultural and Pastoral

Handbook , Part 2, pp. 115-254. D. Whyte:

Brisbane.

-(1965). A study of the species of Colletotrichum

causing ripe fruit rots in Queensland.

Queensland Journal ofAgricultural Science 22:

437-459.

-(1966). Host Index of Plant Diseases in Queensland.

Queensland Department of Primary Industries:

Brisbane.

-(1968). Type specimens of Colletotrichum

gloeosporioides var. minor and Colletotrichum

acutatum. Queensland Journal of Agricultural

Science 25: 178A.

-(1991). A short history of the early years of plant

pathology in Queensland. The Queensland

Naturalist 31: 4-12.

183

Do we, Simmonds family botanical contribution

Tillyard, R.J. (1917). Mesozoic insects of Queensland.

No. 1. Planipenna, Trichoptera, and the new

Order Protomecoptera. Proceedings of the

Linnean Society of New South Wales 42: 175—

200 .

-(1919). Mesozoic insects of Queensland.

Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New

South Wales 44: 194-212.

Tillyard, R.J. & Dunstan, B. (1916). Mesozoic and

Tertiary insects of Queensland and New

South Wales. Queensland Geological Survey.

Publication No. 253. J. Cumming: Brisbane.

Veitch, R. & Simmonds, J.H. [Jnr] (1929). Pest and

Diseases of Queensland Fruits and Vegetables.

A.J. Cumming: Brisbane.

Vrgo [Victoria Registrar-General’s Office] (1856).

Births, Deaths and Marriages in the Colony

of Victoria: Third Annual Report, Pursuant to

Act of Council 16, Victoria No. 26. J. Ferres:

Melbourne.

Walkom, A.B. (1917). Mesozoic Floras of Queensland.

Part. 1. - Concluded. The Flora of the Ipswich

and Walloon Series, (d.) Ginkgoales, (e.)

Cycadophyta, (f) Coniferales. Queensland

Geological Survey, Publication No. 259. A.J.

Cumming: Brisbane.

White, C.T. (1945). The Bailey family and its place in

the botanical history of Australia. Journal of

the Royal Historical Society of Queensland 3:

362-368.

-(1950). Memorial address: F.M. Bailey: his life

and work. Proceedings of the Royal Society of

Queensland 61: 105-114.

Whitehouse, F.W. & Baird, E.E. (1930). Annual

report for year ending January 31 st , 1930. The

Queensland Naturalist 7: 59-61.

Atriplex alces Edginton & E.J.Thomps. (Chenopodiaceae),

a new species from central Queensland, Australia

Summary

Edginton, M. & Thompson, E. J. (2017). Atriplex alces (Chenopodiaceae), a new species from central

Queensland, Australia. Austrobaileya 10(1): 184-195. A new species of Atriplex L. {Atriplex alces

Edginton & E.J.Thomps.) endemic to central Queensland is described and illustrated. Its affinity to

Atriplex eardleyae Aellen is discussed and a table of differences is presented.

Key Words: Chenopodiaceae, Atriplex , Atriplex alces , Atriplex eardleyae , Australia flora, Queensland

flora, Edgbaston

M.A. Edginton, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Science, Information Technology and

Innovation, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia.

Email: Mark. Edg inton@dsiti. qld. gov. au.

E.J. Thompson (Honorary Associate), Queensland Herbarium, Department of Science, Information

Technology and Innovation, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland

4066, Australia. Email: John.Thompson@dsiti.qld.gov.au

Introduction

Atriplex L. is a cosmopolitan genus of

over 250 species occurring predominantly

in subtropical and temperate regions on

saline soils (Wilson 1984). Approximately

66 described species occur in Australia

(Australian Plant Census 2017). Wilson

(1984) described 60 species for Australia of

which two are introduced, and with 15 native

species occurring in Queensland. Bostock

& Holland (2016) recorded 32 native species

for Queensland. All of the Australian native

species are endemic except for one which

also occurs in New Zealand (Wilson 1984).

Australian Plant Census 2017 listed a further

four species of Atriplex as naturalised in

Australia.

The new species described in this paper

was brought to the attention of botanists at the

Queensland Herbarium (BRI) from material

collected at Edgbaston Reserve by Bush

Heritage ecologist Paul Foreman. Edgbaston

Reserve is a Bush Heritage property in central

Queensland overlapping the Pelican Creek

artesian spring complex that is well known

for its extraordinary fauna and flora. The

Accepted for publication 22 September 2017

property is known to contain 11 threatened

plant species, including Atriplex morrisii

R.H.Anderson., a Vulnerable_species (under

Nature Conservation Act 1992).

The new species has similarities to

Atriplex eardleyae Aellen, from which it is

distinguished in this paper.

Material and methods

This study was based upon the examination of

dried herbarium material and label data held

at BRI, and field observations. Digital images

of the type specimen of Atriplex eardleyae

(JSTOR 2016) were examined.

Drawings were undertaken using

rehydrated Herbarium specimens.

Leaf transverse sections were prepared

free-hand by a modified version of the

method described by Frohlich (1984), using

fresh material for the new species and

dried herbarium material for A. eardleyae.

Herbarium material was rehydrated by initial

immersion in hot water and left to soak for

several hours. Instead of sandwiching the leaf

material between pieces of paraffin as used

by Frohlich (1984), each sample was placed

on a glass slide covered with a glass slide

cover which was used as a cutting guide. Thin

sections were created while viewing at x4

magnification under a binocular microscope.

Edginton & Thompson, Atriplex alces

Photographs, other than for the type, were

taken using a Nikon DS - Fil microscope

camera coupled with a Leica MZ6

stereomicroscope. Composite images were

produced by combining single images using

Helicon focus version 5.2 (Helicon Soft 2016).

This improved depth of field.

In common with many other species

of Atriplex , the bracteoles of A. alces are

enlarged and cover the fruit. This means that

the structure on most Atriplex which presents

ostensibly as the ‘fruit’, and is commonly

referred to as such, is actually the fruit with

bracteoles. For the purposes of this study, the

term ‘fruit’ is used for the structure which

presents ostensibly as the fruit.

Taxonomy

Atriplex alces Edginton & E.J.Thomps.

sp. nov. Similar to A. eardleyae Aellen

differing by the narrower leaves, seed and

the intricately divided fruiting bracteoles

with larger appendages. Typus: Queensland.

Mitchell District: On Edgbaston Station,

33 km NNE of Aramac, 8 April 2010, E.J.

Thompson MUT401 & M. Edginton (holo:

BRI).

Decumbent to ascending perennial forb to

subshrub up to 0.5 metres with a tap root,

monoecious; foliage scurfy, with bladder

scales (i.e. minutely vesicular). Leaves

narrowly oblanceolate to linear, 5-15 mm

long, 0.8-3 mm wide, grey; bladder scales

in multiple layers, hence venation not visible

through the scurf; base attenuate to narrowly

cuneate into a short petiole, or sessile to

subsessile, apex obtuse to sub-acute. Male

flowers in small glomerules or short spikes of

7-30 flowers, or sometimes short racemes of

2-5 small glomerules each with 4-8 flowers,

in upper leaf axils, usually with a few female

flowers. Female flowers otherwise single or

in small glomerules of 2-7 flowers, in medial

to sub-distal leaf axils. Fruits 5-7 mm long.

Fruiting bracteoles laterally fused from

base to beyond the midpoint of their length;

ovary tube often thinly scurfy, reticulate (not

always obvious due to scurf), compressed, ±

rectangular, rarely obtriangular, narrowing

slightly to broad-cuneate into stipe, ovary tube

185

1.5-2.3 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, expanding

into valves at tip. Valves 1-1.6 mm long,

4-8 mm wide at top; fan-shaped to reinform

at top, reticulate (not always obvious due to

scurf), with broadly deltoid primary lobes,

which are again divided into fine subulate to

very narrowly deltoid secondary lobes, which

are aligned with primary lobes or spreading,

lending the bracteole a moose antler-like

appearance. Tube with a pair of sessile (i.e.

with linear-oblong attachments in line with

the axis of the fruit) dorsal appendages

usually similar in shape and texture, and

sometimes size, to the concomitant side

(i.e. left hand side or right hand side) of the

valve, or appendages lacking. Stipe slender or

stout, much shorter than tube to more than 3

times the length of tube. Seed oblong-elliptic,

laterally compressed, c. 2 mm long x 1.2 mm

wide x 0.5 mm thick; margins thickened,

projecting into an ascending radicle on one

side; pale brown in dried specimens. Figs.

1-4, 6, 7,10,12,14.

Additional specimens examined: Queensland.

Mitchell District: 93 km E of Muttaburra on stock

route through Sumana Station, Apr 2011, Thompson

MUT481 & Edginton (BRI); 94 km East of Muttaburra

on stock route through Sumana Station, Apr 2011,

Thompson MUT483 & Edginton (BRI); 93.5 km E of

Muttaburra on stock route through Sumana Station, Apr

2011, Thompson MUT487 & Edginton (BRI). Edgbaston,

SE edge of Lake Mueller, c. 30 km NE of Aramac, May

2015, Thompson MUT563 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat : Atriplex alces has

been collected from two general locations

about 44 km apart (Map 1). The new species

is only known from swales associated with

weathered dunes within Regional Ecosystem

(RE) 10.3.29b with vegetation described as

hummock grasslands dominated by Triodia

longiceps J.M.Black in the Desert Uplands

Biogeographical Region of Queensland

(Queensland Herbarium 2016) (Fig. 16).

Phenology : Atriplex alces is only known to

flower and fruit from March to April, as all

specimens have been collected during this

time period.

186

Austrobaileya 10(1): 184-195 (2017)

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM (SRI)

Brisbane Australia

AQ 862756

Coll. E.J Thompson MUT401 8 APR 2010

Edginton,M.;

22d 45m 56s 145d25m 59s [WGS84] Depth m

(55,339127.7461581) (7952-391815) Alt. m

On Edgbaston Sfetion 33km NNE of Aramac.

Hummock grassland of Triodia longiceps on weathered dunes.

Occasional ascending herb to 30cm tall.

Fruit has some similarities to Atriplex eardleyae.

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM (BRI)

Flora of Queensland Mitchell

Atriplex

Det. E.J. Thompson MAY 2010 44 Chenopodiaceae

Dup.

■ May be cited as computerised coileclion Number AQ ®62?56

(Archival Paper)

Queensland Herbarium (BRI)

A Det - Dale

Fig. 1. Holotype of Atriplex alces (Thompson MUT401 & Edginton, BRI). Photo: M.A. Edginton.

Edginton & Thompson, Atriplex alces 187

Fig. 2. Atriplex alces. A. portion of branch including leaves, male inflorescences and mature and immature fruits. B.

male flower opened and with anthers removed from filaments. C. male flower. D-H. fruits, showing variation in shape,

not only between specimens but within a specimen. I. seed. A-C, E-F from Thompson MUT481 & Edginton (BRI);

D, G, I from Thompson MUT401 & Edginton (BRI); H from Thompson MUT483 & Edginton (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

188

Austrobaileya 10(1): 184-195 (2017)

Fig. 3. Atriplex alces . fruits with short pedicels (Thompson MUT401 & Edginton, BRI). Scale as indicated. Photo: E. J.

Thompson.

Fig. 4. Atriplex alces .

fruits with long pedicels

(Thompson MUT401 &

Edginton, BRI). Scale

as indicated. Photo: E.J.

Thompson.

Edginton & Thompson, Atriplex alces

189

Fig. 5. Atriplex eardleyae.

fruit ( Forster PIF35287

& Thomas , BRI). Scale

as indicated. Photo: E.J.

Thompson.

Fig. 6. Atriplex alces. seed ( Thompson MUT481 &

Edginton , BRI). Photo: E.J. Thompson.

Fig. 7. Atriplex alces. seed ( Thompson MUT481 &

Edginton , BRI). Photo: E.J. Thompson.

190

Affinities : The fruits of Atriplex alces resemble

A. eardleyae (Section IV. Semibaccatae,

Wilson 1984). Both species have unequal

Austrobaileya 10(1): 184-195 (2017)

bracteoles c. half united, tube flattened and

two foliaceous dorsal appendages. The two

species are distinguishable by the leaves and

other characters presented in Table 1.

Table 1. Morphological comparison of Atriplex alces and A eardleyae

Character

Atriplex alces

Atriplex eardleyae

Valve lobe division

Moderately to highly

divided, with fine subulate

to very narrowly deltoid

divisions at the extremities

(antler-like) (Figs. 2D-H,

3-4)

Undivided to slightly

divided, without fine subulate

to very narrowly deltoid

divisions at the extremities

(not antler-like) (Fig. 5)

Bracteole dorsal appendages

size (when present) and

placement

Sometimes absent but usually

present, small to large; often

extends to distal ends of

valve and often mimics in

appearance the concomitant

side (LHS or RHS) of valve

(Figs. 3-4)

Absent or small; only at base

of valve (Fig. 5)

Seed shape

± oblong-elliptic (Figs. 21,

6-7)

Cordate-orbicular (Figs. 8-9)

Seed length

c. 2 mm

Usually much less than 2 mm

Leaf shape of most leaves on

any one specimen

Narrowly oblanceolate to

linear (Fig. 10)

Elliptic to sub-orbicular (Fig.

11)

Leaf margin

Always entire (Fig. 10)

Entire, coarsely dentate or

lobed (Fig. 11)

Leaf scurf thickness

Usually multi-layered,

obscuring venation (Figs.

12&14)

Usually one or two layers -

venation clearly visible (Figs.

13&15)

Leaf colour

± grey (Fig. 10)

Greyish green (Fig. 11)

Leaf reticulation

Not visible under high

magnification - if any exists

it is obscured by scurf (Fig.

12)

Clearly visible through

the scurf under high

magnification (Fig. 13)

Edginton & Thompson, Atriplex alces

191

Fig. 8. Atriplex eardleyae. seed ( Forster PIF35287 &

Thomas , BRI). Photo: E.J. Thompson.

Fig. 9. Atriplex eardleyae. seed {Forster PIF35287 &

Thomas , BRI). Photo: E.J. Thompson.

Fig. 10. Atriplex alces. abaxial view of leaf {Thompson

MUT401 & Edginton , BRI). Scale as indicated. Photo:

E.J. Thompson.

Fig. 11. Atriplex eardleyae. abaxial view of leaf {Forster

PIF35287 & Thomas , BRI). Scale as indicated. Photo:

E.J. Thompson.

Fig. 12. Atriplex alces. abaxial view (close-up) of

leaf {Thompson MUT401 & Edginton, BRI). Scale as

indicated. Photo: E.J. Thompson.

192

Austrobaileya 10(1): 184-195 (2017)

Fig. 13. Atriplex eardleyae. abaxial view (close-up) of leaf (Forster PIF35287 & Thomas , BRI). Scale as indicated.

Photo: E.J. Thompson.

Fig. 14. Atriplex alces. transverse section of leaf (Thompson MUT563 & Edginton, BRI). Scale as indicated. Photo:

E.J. Thompson.

Edginton & Thompson, Atriplex alces

193

1 mm

Fig. 15. Atriplex eardleyae. transverse section of leaf (Forster PIF35287 & Thomas , BRI). Scale as indicated. Photo:

E.J. Thompson.

Fig. 16. Atriplex alces. habitat (locality for Thompson MUT563 & Edginton , BRI). Photo: E.J. Thompson

Fig. 17. Atriplex alces. habit (Thompson MUT563 & Edginton, BRI). Photo: E. J. Thompson.

Conservation status : Atriplex alces is only

known to occur in RE 10.3.29, which has a

Vegetation Management Act 1999 class of

Of Concern due to its very limited area of

approximately 1000 ha. 10.3.29 also has a

Regional Ecosystem Description Database

(REDD) Biodiversity Status of Endangered.

The REDD Biodiversity Status Notes for

10.3.29 state “Greater than >70% severely

degraded by trampling and wind erosion”.

Atriplex alces was observed in two small

populations. Field inspection of the population

at Edgbaston in May 2015 revealed no plants

at the site of collection of the type specimen

although another small population was found

nearby. No disturbance was evident.

However, in terms of IUCN categories,

there is insufficient data to support a

classification of Critically Endangered or

Endangered. The existing data does support

a classification of Vulnerable (criterion D2)

(IUCN 2001). We therefore recommend this

species to be classified as Vulnerable under

the IUCN and Nature Conservation Act 1992.

We also recommend that this species is the

subject of surveys to determine if it meets the

criteria for higher categories under the IUCN

and Nature Conservation Act 1992.

Etymology : The specific epithet alces is

Latin for “moose”, and refers to the highly

divided distal extremities of the valves and

appendages of the fruit, which cause the fruits

to resemble antlers.

Acknowledgements

Thanks to Paul Foreman for bringing our

attention to this new species; Tony Bean

(Queensland Herbarium) for the distribution

map and Will Smith (Queensland Herbarium)

for the drawings.

References

Australian Plant Census (2016). IBIS database. Centre

for Australian National Biodiversity Research,

Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria.

http://www.chah.gov.au/apc/index.html,

accessed 1 December 2016.

195

Edginton & Thompson, Atriplex alces

Bostock, P.D. & Holland, A.E. (eds.) (2016). Census

of the Queensland Flora 2016. Queensland

Herbarium, Department of Science,

Information Technology and Innovation:

Brisbane. http: //data.qld.gov. au/dataset/census-

of-the-queensland-flora-2016, accessed 1

December 2016.

Frohlich, M.W. (1984). Freehand sectioning with

parafilm. Stain Technology 1: 61-62.

Helicon Soft (2016). http://HeliconFocus.com, accessed

1 December 2016.

Iucn (2001). IUCN Red List of Categories and

Criteria: Version 3.1. IUCN Species Survival

Commission: Gland/ Cambridge.

Jstor (2016). JStor Global Plants, http://plants.jstor.org,

accessed 1 December 2016.

Nature Conservtion Act (1992). https://www.

legislation, qld . gov. au/FEGISFTN/

CURRENT/N/NatureConA92.pdf accessed 1

December 2016.

Queensland Herbarium (2016) Regional Ecosystem

Description Database (REDD) Version

10. Department of Science, Information

Technology and Innovation: Brisbane.

Vegetation Management Act (2012). https://

www.legislation.qld.gov.au/FEGISFTN/

CURRENT/V/VegetManR12. pdf, accessed 1

December 2016.

Wilson, P.G. (1984). Chenopodiaceae. In A.S. George

(ed.). Flora of Australia 4: 81-330. Australian

Government Publishing Service: Canberra.

Map 1 . Distribution of Atriplex alces (A) and A. eardleyae (•). The two top markedly over-lapping triangles in the

inset actually indicate three proximal records that cannot be effectively spatially separated at this scale. Del: W. Smith

& A. R. Bean.

Labichea mulliganensis A.R.Bean (Leguminosae:

Caesalpiniodeae), a new species from Queensland

A.R. Bean

Summary

Bean, A.R. (2017). Labichea mulliganensis A.R.Bean (Leguminosae: Caesalpiniodeae), a new species

from Queensland. Austrobaileya 10(1): 196-199. Labichea mulliganensis A.R.Bean, confined to

Mount Mulligan in northern Queensland, is described as new. Illustrations are provided, as are notes

on its affinities and conservation status. A key to the identification of all Queensland species of

Labichea is included.

Key Words: Caesalpiniaceae, Labichea , Labichea mulliganensis , Australia flora, Queensland flora,

taxonomy, new species, identification key

A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Science, Information Technology & Innovation,

Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong 4066, Queensland, Australia. Email:

Tony.Bean@dsiti.qld.gov.au

Introduction

The genus Labichea Gaudich. ex DC.

is endemic to Australia and Ross (1998)

reported 14 species. Another species, L.

rossii N.Gibson, has recently been named

from Western Australia (Gibson 2011). All

species are sclerophyllous shrubs, and almost

all have pungent pointed leaflets. While there

are some significant floral characteristics

used to distinguish between species, notably

the anther dimorphism and the number of

sepals, the species are largely distinguished

on vegetative features.

Mount Mulligan in north Queensland is a

well-known botanical hot-spot, being home

to several endemic or highly restricted plant

species. A species of Labichea , endemic

to this mountain, is here described. The

new species is clearly related to L. brassii

C.T White & Francis, but can be immediately

distinguished from it by leaflet shape alone. A

key to the identification of the six Queensland

species of Labichea is provided.

Materials and methods

This study is based on the morphological

examination of specimens held at BRI.

Measurements are taken from dried material

Accepted for publication 29 September 2017

except for floral parts, which were measured

from material preserved in spirit, or

reconstituted boiling in water.

Taxonomy

Labichea mulliganensis A.R.Bean sp. nov.

with affinity to L. brassii , but differing by

the terminal leaflet 3.5-4.6 times longer than

broad, the dense hairs on the lower side of the

leaflet, the leaflet margins without glands, and

the longer of the two anthers 6.5-78 mm long.

Typus: Queensland. Cook District: Mount

Mulligan, c. 0.5 km S of the mine site along

the pipeline leading to the falls on Richards

Creek, 11 April 1984, JR. Clarkson 5255

(holo: BRI!; iso: CANB, CNS, DNA, K, L,

MEL, MO, PERTH, all n.v).

Shrub to 3 m high. Branchlets densely

pubescent with erect eglandular hairs,

mostly 0.1-0.5 mm long, occasionally longer.

Stipules deflate, brown, 3-4 mm long,

deciduous. Leaves pinnate, petioles 0-2 mm

long, rachis 4-30 mm long; leaflets 5, 7 or 9,

narrowly elliptic, shortly petiolulate, with a

sharp terminal mucro 2-4 mm long; terminal

leaflet 1.5-2.6 times longer than adjacent

leaflets, leaflets becoming progressively

smaller towards base of rachis. Terminal

leaflet 21-50 mm long (excluding mucro),

6-12 mm wide, 3.5-4.6 times longer than

broad; leaflets of the uppermost pair 14-24

mm long (excluding mucro), 5-8 mm wide.

Bean, Labichea mulliganensis

Upper side green, with numerous short

uncinate hairs, glabrescent; lower side with

moderately dense to dense white straight

eglandular hairs, mostly 0.5-0.8 mm long, and

up to 1 mm long, often obscuring surface, ±

appressed; leaflet margins strongly recurved,

lacking glands, not undulate. Inflorescences

racemose, 6-10-flowered, pedicels 5-8 mm

long at anthesis, pedicels and rachis covered

with dense spreading eglandular hairs. Sepals

5, the outer 2 cymbiform, deflate, thick, 7-10

x 2.6-3.9 mm, inner surface glabrous, outer

surface densely covered in spreading white

hairs to 3 mm long; the inner 3 flat, narrowly-

deltate, thin, 5-8.1 x 1.2-2.5 mm, glabrous

on both sides. Petals 4, all about the same

size and shape, broadly-ovate to orbicular,

11-12 x 8.5-10 mm, glabrous, predominantly

yellow but one petal with red colouration near

the base. Stamens 2, filaments very short

and thick, 0.5-0.8 mm long, anthers greatly

unequal in size, longer anther 7-7.8 mm

long, usually curved, shorter anther 3.2-3.8

mm long, straight. Ovary + style c. 6.5 mm

long, ovary densely villous, 2-ovulate, style

glabrous. Pod flattened, obliquely elliptical,

2.3-2.6 cm long, outer surface with many

short erect uncinate hairs and long appressed

straight hairs. Seeds ellipsoidal, brown, 4.9-

5.9 mm long excluding aril. Fig. 1.

Additional specimens examined : Queensland. Cook

District: Base of Ngarrabullgan, Apr 1994, Cassidy

2 (BRI); Mt Mulligan, on the southern plateau of the

mountain, Apr 1984, Clarkson 5302 (BRI, CANB, CNS,

MEL); Mt Mulligan, c. 40 km NW of Dimbulah, Apr

1985, Clarkson 5830B (BRI, CNS); Mt Mulligan, c. 30

km NW of Dimbulah, Jun 1995, Clarkson 10540 (BRI);

Mt Mulligan, c. 30 km NW of Dimbulah, Jun 1995,

Clarkson 10544 (BRI); Mt Mulligan, Feb 1934, Flecker

s.n. (BRI [AQ234593]; CNS [QRS31340]); SE base of

Mt Mulligan, Feb 1990, Forster PIF6291 (BRI, CNS);

Mt Mulligan, southern end. Branch Creek catchment,

Jul 1995, Forster PIF17179 & Figg (BRI, CNS); Mt

Mulligan, 40 km NW of Dimbulah, Apr 1989, Neldner

2757 (BRI, CNS); Slopes of Mt Mulligan Range, Sep

1977, Powell 790 & Armstrong (BRI, NSW); Base of Mt

Mulligan, Mar 1986, Walker s.n. (BRI [AQ399830]).

Distribution and habitat : Labichea

mulliganensis is confined to Mount Mulligan,

about 35 km north-west of Dimbulah, and

about 100 km west of Cairns in northern

Queensland. It grows in eucalypt woodland

197

on quartzose sandstone ridges and slopes, or

on ephemeral watercourses. Soils are shallow

and sandy.

Phenology : Flowers have been collected

from February to July, and fruits have been

collected in February, April and June.

Affinities : Labichea mulliganensis differs

from L. brassii by the narrower leaflets

(terminal leaflet 3.5-4.6 times longer than

broad, versus. 1.9-2.4 times for L. brassii );

the leaflet margins lacking glands and not

undulate (margins of many leaflets with 3-5

pairs of yellowish flat glands, and leaflets

undulate for L. brassii ); the underside of the

leaflets moderately densely to densely hairy,

with the hairs often obscuring the surface

(sparsely hairy, surface readily visible for L.

brassii ); the longer anther 6.5-7.8 mm long

(longer anther 5.5-6.4 mm long for L. brassii ).

L. mulliganensis differs from L. buettneriana

F.Muell. by the much narrower leaflets, with

the terminal leaflet much longer than the

lateral ones (broad leaflets, all about the same

size for L. buettneriana ), the leaflet apices

pungent (leaflet apices usually innocuous for

L. buettneriana ), and the 5-9 leaflets per leaf

(7-13 for L. buettneriana).

Notes : Ross (1985,1988) included this species

in his concept of Labichea brassii , although

he noted a number of differences between the

Mt Mulligan material and the typical form of

that species.

Conservation status : Labichea mulliganensis

has an approximate extent of occurrence of 90

km 2 , and is known from 7 subpopulations with

an estimated Area of occupancy of 20 km 2 .

As there are no known threats to the species,

a conservation status of Least Concern is

recommended (IUCN 2012).

Etymology : The specific epithet refers to the

type locality, Mount Mulligan.

198

Austrobaileya 10 ( 1 ): 196 - 199 ( 2017 )

Fig. 1. Labichea mulliganensis. A. flowering branchlet xl. B. uncinate hairs on upper leaf surface *40. C. flower

(petals removed) x4. D. petal x4. E. stamens and style x6. F. pod x2. G. seed x6. A-B, F-G from Clarkson 10540

(BRI); C-E from Clarkson 5302 (BRI).

Bean, Labichea mulliganensis

199

Key to the Queensland species of Labichea

1 Leaves pinnate.2

1. Leaves palmate. 4

2 Leaf rachis 30-150 mm long, leaflets all about same size; pods lacking

uncinate hairs.L. buettneriana

2. Leaf rachis 2-30 mm long, terminal leaflet longer than lateral leaflets;

pods with many uncinate hairs.3

3 Terminal leaflet 3.5-4.6 times longer than broad; leaflets recurved

but not undulate, marginal glands absent; the longer anther

6.5-7.8 mm long.L. mulliganensis

3. Terminal leaflet 1.9-2.4 times longer than broad; leaflets undulate with

3-5 pairs of flat glands along the margin; the longer anther 5.5-6.4

mm long.L. brassii

4 Terminal leaflet 2-5 times longer than the next longest leaflet; leaves

often with 3 leaflets, otherwise 5; leaflet undersides with persistent

sparse hairs along the midrib and on lamina surface.L. rupestris

4 . Terminal leaflet 1-2 times longer than the next longest leaflet; leaflets 5

or 7, never 3; leaflet undersides glabrous or with scattered hairs along

the midrib only.5

5 Leaflets oblanceolate to narrowly obovate, 5-15 mm wide; terminal

leaflet 1.3-2 times longer than next longest leaflets; anthers dimorphic

(i.e. one nearly twice as long as the other).L. nitida

5. Leaflets linear or very narrowly elliptic, 1.5-3 mm wide; all leaflets about

the same length; anthers very similar in size.L. digitata

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to Will Smith (BRI) for the

excellent illustrations, and to Frank Zich

(CNS) for commenting on the manuscript.

References

Gibson, N. (2011). Labichea rossii (Fabaceae:

Caesalpinioideae), a new species from the

Yilgarn Ranges, Western Australia. Nuytsia 21:

91-95.

Iucn (2012). International Union for the Conservation of

Nature. IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria ,

version 3.1, 2 nd ed. https://portals.iucn.org/

library/efiles/documents/RL-2001-001-2nd.pdf,

accessed 15 June 2017.

Ross, J.H. (1985). A revision of the genus Labichea

Gaudich. ex DC. (Caesalpiniaceae). Muelleria

6: 23-49.

- (1998). Labichea. In A.E. Orchard (ed). Flora

of Australia 12, Mimosaceae (excl. Acacia ),

Caesalpiniaceae, pp. 146-157. CSIRO

Australia: Melbourne.

Didymoplexis micradenia (Rchb.f.) Hem si. (Orchidaceae):

A new record for the Australian flora

B. Gray

Summary

Gray, B. (2017). Didymoplexis micradenia (Rchb.f.) Hemsl. (Orchidaceae): A new record for the

Australian flora. Austrobaileya 10(1): 200-204. Didymoplexis micradenia previously recorded from

many western Pacific islands, Java and Vietnam, was recently discovered in north Queensland and is

a new species record for Australia. Morphologically this species is similar to D. pallens Griff, which

was, until now, the only known representative of the genus in Australia. Didymoplexis micradenia

has a much smaller, pinkish-white flower, a shorter column foot and toothed apical margin of the lip.

A description based on Australian material, concurring with the protologue, photographs and a key

to Didymoplexis in Australia are provided here.

Key Words: Orchidaceae, Didymoplexis, Didymoplexis micradenia , Australia flora, Queensland

flora, new species record, taxonomy, identification key

B. Gray, Australian Tropical Herbarium, James Cook University, Cairns Campus, McGregor Road,

Smithfield, Queensland 4878, Australia.

Introduction

Didymoplexis Griff, is a small genus of

about 20 species of leafless, achlorophyllous

terrestrial orchids distributed from Africa,

through to Madagascar, India, Ryukyu

Islands, Taiwan, Southeast Asia, northern

Australia and the Pacific Islands (Pridgeon et

al. 2005). In Australia, D. pallens Griff., the

type species of the genus, has been the only

member of the genus recorded occurring in

northern Australia from the Kimberley region

of Western Australia to northern Queensland

(Dockrill 1992; Jones et al. 2010).

A recent collection from the Daintree

National Park in north Queensland’s Wet

Tropics, reveals a previously unrecorded

Didymoplexis taxon, D. micradenia (Rchb.f).

Hemsl, a species previously recorded from

Vietnam, West Java, Taiwan, Palau, Samoa,

Vanuatu, Tonga, Niue and New Caledonia

(Smith 1905,1908; Lewis & Cribb 1989,1991;

Comber 1990; Cribb & Whistler 1996; Hsu

& Chung 2007). Didymoplexis micradenia

is closely related to D. pallens but differs in

having smaller flowers, and a suite of different

floral morphological characteristics.

Materials and methods

This study is based on examination of

living plants in the field and preserved spirit

collections deposited in the Australian

Tropical Herbarium (CNS) (herbarium

acronym follow Thiers (continuously

updated)). Measurements were made using

live specimens in the field and also from spirit

materials, namely Gray BG9752, de Groot &

Hawkes (CNS) and Gray BG9753, de Groot

& Hawkes (CNS). The isotype specimen at K

was viewed online.

Key to the Australian species of Didymoplexis

1 Flowers crystalline white; column foot c. 2 mm long; lip 5-7 mm long,

6-9 mm wide, side lobes exceeding the apex.D. pallens

1. Flowers pinkish-white; column foot less than 1 mm long; lip obovate, 4-6

mm long, 4-5 mm wide, margin of apex rounded and toothed.D. micradenia

Accepted for publication 21 July 2017

201

Gray, Didymoplexis micradenia in Australia

Taxonomy

Didymoplexis micradenia (Rchb.f.) Hemsl.,

J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 20: 311 (1883); Epiphanes

micradenia Rchb.f., FI. Vit. [Seemann] 295

(1868). Type: Fiji. Ovalau, in 1860, B.C.

Seemann 610 (holo: W n.v .; iso: K 000942690).

Leafless and achlorophyllous terrestrial

herb 6-18 cm high with a subterranean, pale

yellowish brown, fleshy, rhizome, 2-5 cm

long. Inflorescence upright, glabrous, pale

brown, a raceme bearing 3-8 pinkish white

flowers that open one at a time. Flowers

pinkish white, not opening widely, sepals and

petals connate at the base, forming a tube.

Pedicel and ovary, 6-8 mm long, glabrous;

Sepals and petals connate for c. 2/3 of their

length, hooded over the column and forming

a tube; dorsal sepal 8-10 mm long, petals

shorter; lateral sepals 6.5-7 mm long connate

for c. 3/4 of their length, united with the

petals near the base, the structure broadly

bilobed and strongly deflexed in the upper 1/3.

Labellum white, obovate, erect on both sides,

6-7.5 mm long, 5-6 mm wide when flattened,

apex obtuse, with small irregular teeth, disc

with a longitudinal raised, pinkish, warty

keel. Column white, clavate, 6-7 mm long,

apex furnished with 2 rhombic wings, column

foot inconspicuous, < 1 mm long; pollinia 4

in 2 pairs. Capsule 2-2.3 cm long, triangular

in cross section; pedicel elongates 12-20 cm

long after fertilisation. Figs. 1-4.

Fig. 1. Didymoplexis micradenia growth habit of a

mature flowering plant. (Gray BG9752 , CNS). Photo: T.

de Groot.

Fig. 2. Didymoplexis micradenia. close-up of immature

fruits (Gray BG9753, CNS). Photo: T. Hawkes.

202

Austrobaileya 10(1): 200-204(2017)

Fig. 3. Didymoplexis micradenia. face view of an open

flower (Gray BG9752, CNS). Photo: T. de Groot.

Additional specimens examined: Queensland. Cook

District: Whyanbeel, Daintree National Park, High

Falls Creek, Oct 2016, Gray BG 9752, de Groot &

Hawkes (CNS); ibid., Oct 2016, Gray BG9753, de Groot

& Hawkes (CNS).

Distribution and habitat : The population of

Didymoplexis micradenia in the Whyanbeel

Valley of the Daintree National Park occurs

under dense tree cover in rainforest over granite

substrate. As these plants are very difficult to

spot amongst dry leaves on the forest floor,

it is likely that D. micradenia may be more

common and widespread than recorded in

this study. Currently, only 13 individuals have

been located, despite extensive searching and

all are within an area of approximately 200

x 20 m. Most plants observed were fruiting,

with only five flowering individuals observed

during the study.

Notes : The first plant of this species was

discovered by Tony de Groot, who spent many

days in the field to locate more plants and

extend the population. During observations

Fig. 4. Didymoplexis micradenia. lateral view of an

open flower (Gray BG9752, CNS). Photo: T. Hawkes.

carried out together with Tony de Groot and

Tim Hawkes, it was observed that flowers

begin to open at about 10 am and by 1-1.30

pm are closing. In the field, we failed to

observe any potential pollinators. However,

we did notice that small diptera often visited

the flowers without entering. No perfume was

detected from the flowers.

The other species of Didymoplexis

that can be found in Australia, D. pallens,

usually occurs in open forest situations,

flowering soon after the beginning of the

wet season. In contrast, based on our limited

field observations made during the study

timeframe, we conclude that D. micradenia

is restricted to the rainforest, under dense

tree cover, flowering possibly after any heavy

summer rain events. In addition, flowers of

D. pallens are crystalline white and larger in

size (5-9 mm) (Figs. 5-7) compared with the

pinkish-white flowers of D. micradenia that

are smaller, flowers (4-5 mm).

Gray, Didymoplexis micradenia in Australia

203

Fig. 5. Didymoplexis pollens, growth habit of mature

flowering plants amongst grass and sedges in open forest

{Gray BG4966, CNS). Photo: B. Gray.

Acknowledgements

I would like record my sincere thanks to Tony

de Groot, Tim Hawkes and David Baume

who have spent countless hours observing

these plants for good flowering material

for close inspection, as well as the images

used here in this paper. Professor Darren

Crayn kindly provided me with access to the

Australian Tropical Herbarium (CNS). I am

grateful to Frank Zich (CNS) and Yee Wen

Low (Singapore Botanic Garden) for locating

all the literature pertinent to this research and

their constructive criticisms in improving the

manuscript.

Fig. 6. Didymoplexis pollens, lateral view of an open

flower {Gray BG4966, CNS). Photo: B. Gray.

Fig. 7. Didymoplexis pollens, face view of an open

flower {Gray BG4966 , CNS). Photo: B. Gray.

Austrobaileya 10(1): 200-204(2017)

204

References

Comber, J.B. (1990). Orchids of Java. Royal Botanic

Gardens, Kew: London. ( Didymoplexis , p.

81-83).

Cribb, RJ. & Whistler, W.A. (1996). Orchids of

Samoa. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew: London.

(.Didymoplexis , p. 46-48).

Dockrill, A.W. (1992). Australian Indigenous Orchids.

2 nd edition, 1: 256-257. Surrey Beatty & Sons,

in association with The Society for Growing

Australian Plants: Chipping Norton.

Hsu, T.C. & Chung, S.W. (2007). Didymoplexis

micradenia'. A newly recorded orchid

(Orchidaceae) in Taiwan. Taiwania 52: 360-

364.

Jones, D.L., Hopley, T. & Duffy, S.M. (2010). Australian

Tropical Rainforest Orchids. Commonwealth

Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation

(C SIRO). https: // www. anbg. gov. au/cpbr/cd-

keys/orfk/, accessed December 2016.

Lewis, B. A. & Cribb, P.J. (1989). Orchids of Vanuatu.

Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew: London.

{Didymoplexis micradenia , p. 47).

-(1991). Orchids of the Solomon Islands and

Bougainville. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew:

London. {Didymoplexis micradenia, p. 65-66).

Pridgeon, A.M., Cribb, P. J., Chase, M.W. & Rasmussen,

F.N. (2005). Genera Orchidacearum, Vol. 4:

Epidendroideae (Part I). Oxford University

Press: Oxford.

Smith, J.J. (1905). Die Orchideen von Java , Flora von

Buitenzorg 6: 76-80. E.J. Brill: Leiden.

-(1908). Die Orchideen von Java , Figuren-Atlas.

E.J. Brill: Leiden. {Didymoplexis, Fig. LI-LIV).

Thiers, B. (continuously updated). Index Herbariorum:

A global directory of public herbaria and

associated staff. New York Botanical Garden’s

Virtual Herbarium, http://sweetgum.nybg.org/

ih/, accessed November 2016.

205

Austrobaileya 10(1): 205-206 (2017)

SHORT COMMUNICATION

Pittosporum tinifolium A.Cunn.: a corrected name and

reinstatement at species level for the Queensland species

currently known as the rusty-leaved pittosporum,

Pittosporum ferrugineum subspecies tinifolium

(A.Cunn.) L.Cayzer et ah (Pittosporaceae)

L.W. Cayzer & G.T. Chandler

Lindy W. Cayzer, Division of Ecology and Evolution, Research School of Biology, College of Science,

Australian National University, Canberra 0200, Australia. Email: Lindy.Cayzer@anu.edu.au

Gregory T. Chandler, Department of Agriculture and Water Resources, 1 Crewe Place, Rosebery,

NSW 2018, Australia. Email: Gregory.Chandler@agriculture.gov.au

Pittosporaceae is a mostly Australian

flowering plant family characterised by

narrow endemism and very few wide

ranging species (Cayzer et al. 2000). The

poorly known, ‘rusty-leaved Pittosporum’,

Pittosporum ferrugineum W.T.Ait., is one

of the few species in Australia believed to

have a range to at least Australia’s northern

neighbours in Malesia, if not further into

Asia. The uncertainty surrounding this taxon

is in part due to the brief and ambiguous

protologue by Aiton, and the subsequent

difficulty in establishing which taxon of many

is the original source of the unremarkable,

almost sterile type specimen of Aiton’s

Pittosporum ferrugineum s.str., taken in 1795

from ‘shrubs’ (Bentham 1863) cultivated at

Kew.

Previous reviewers of Pittosporum ,

including Bentham (1863), Ridley (1922)

and Cooper (1956) had already highlighted

different ‘forms’ across the range, but

had insufficient information or specimens

available to make formal separations. As part

of a revision of the family within Australia,

originally intended for the Flora of Australia

series, Cayzer et al. (2000: 890, fig. 18) also

recognised that at least two ‘forms’ of this

taxon occurred in disjunct distributions in

north-east Queensland. Until this taxon could

be fully investigated across its purported

Accepted for publication 30 October 2017

range, Cayzer et al. (2000) suggested several

subspecies including:

• P. ferrugineum subsp. ferrugineum ,

reportedly the taxon in Australia at its

northern extremities in Queensland

(north of Cooktown) and Northern

Territory; and

• P. ferrugineum subsp. linifolium

(A.Cunn.) L.Cayzer et al. based on

P. linifolium A.Cunn., the earliest of

several synonyms at species level for this

fairly common taxon in coastal areas of

Queensland (south of Cooktown).

The rusty-leaved pittosporum complex has

recently been comprehensively investigated

across its range (Cayzer & Chandler in prep.),

and several changes are needed in these taxa.

First, the epithet linifolium needs

correction. Bentham (1863: 112) states quite

emphatically in his Flora Australiensis

that the species name Tinifolium’ was a

printing error: P. tinifolium {linifolium by

an error of the press) A.Cunn. ...’. There is

also no suggestion here by Bentham, nor

in the (apparently error prone) protologue

publication that the manuscript name should

be attributed to Richard Cunningham, as cited

by Chapman (1991), in the Australian Plant

Name Index. Accordingly, this species should

be cited as Pittosporum tinifolium A.Cunn.

Second, the revision by Cayzer and

Chandler (in prep.) shows that Cunningham’s

Queensland taxon should be reinstated at

206

species level. Pittosporum ferrugineum

s.str. sensu W.T.Aiton occurs in northern

Australia north of Cooktown in Queensland

and in the Northern Territory. P. ferrugineum

is now known to be uniquely ± monoecious

with few flowered inflorescences held barely

past the surrounding foliage. Cunningham’s

Austrobaileya 10(1): 205-206 (2017)

Pittosporum tinifolium is functionally

dioecious, with inflorescences of aggregated

umbels of male or female flowers held

prominently above the surrounding vegetation

on slender, nodding stalks. A key to the

two ‘rusty-leaved’ Pittosporum species in

Northern Queensland follows:

1 Leaves elliptic to almost orbicular, thick-coriaceous, upturned, apices

rounded or acute; inflorescences multi-flowered stalked umbels

exserted well past surrounding foliage. Common and endemic

to coastal areas south of Cooktown, in Cook, North Kennedy and Port

Curtis districts, Queensland.Pittosporum tinifolium

1. Leaves narrow elliptic to elliptic, thin-coriaceous, downturned, apices

tapering, terminating in an acuminate drip tip; inflorescences from

single flowers to fewer flowered umbels barely past the surrounding

foliage. In Australia, sporadic in coastal areas north of Cooktown in

Queensland (including islands in the Torres Strait) and Kakadu,

Northern Territory.Pittosporum ferrugineum

Acknowledgements

The current investigation of this family

was funded by a joint Australian Biological

Resources Study Australian Churchill

Foundation Fellowship in 2016. The authors

also thank Tony Orchard for his information

and help on the Cunningham epithet and

protologue issues.

References

Aiton, W.T. (1811). Pittosporum. Hortus Kewensis or, a

Catalogue of the Plants Cultivated in the Royal

Botanic Garden at Kew 2nd edition ii: 27-28.

Longman et al:. London.

Bentham, G. (1863). Order XI1. Pittosporeae, Flora

Australiensis 1: 109-114. L.Reeve & Co:

London.

Cayzer, L.W, Crisp, M.D. & Telford, I.R.H. (2000).

Revision of Pittosporum (Pittosporaceae) in

Australia. Australian Systematic Botany 13:

888-890.

Cayzer, L.W. & Chandler, G.T. (in prep.). Unravelling

the ‘rusty leaved’ Pittosporum complex

(Pittosporaceae: Pittosporum ferrugineum

W.T.Ait.) in Eastern Indonesia and Papua/New

Guinea.

Chapman, A.D. (1991). Pittosporum Gaertner ( nom.

cons). Australian Plant Name Index K-P:

2297-2300. Australian Flora and Fauna Series

Number 14. Australian Government Publishing

Service: Canberra.

Cooper, R.C. (1956). The Australian and New Zealand

species of Pittosporum. Annals of the Missouri

Botanical Garden 43: 87-188.

Cunningham, A. (1840 publ. Oct 1839). XIII. - Florae

Insularum Novae Zelandiae Precursor; or a

Specimen of the Botany of the Islands of New

Zealand. Annals of Natural History 4: 106-110.

Ridley, H.N. (1922). Order Xll. Pittosporeae. The Flora

of the Malay Peninsula 1: 135-136. L.Reeve &

Co.: London.

Elionurus purpureus E.J.Thomps. ( Panicoideae : Andropogoneae :

Tripsacinae ), a new species for Queensland: circumscription and breeding

system

E.J.Thompson .139-162

Typifications in Australian Euphorbiaceae, Phyllanthaceae and

Picrodendraceae

P.I.Forster & D.A.Halford .163-167

A family’s contribution to Queensland botany: John Howard Simmonds [Snr]

(1862-1955), Rose Simmonds {nee Culpin) (1877-1960) and John Howard

Simmonds [Jnr] (1901-1992)

J.L.Dowe .168-183

Atriplex alces Edginton & E.J.Thomps. (Chenopodiaceae), a new species

from central Queensland, Australia

M.A.Edginton & E.J. Thompson .184-195

Labichea mulliganensis A.R.Bean (Leguminosae: Caesalpiniodeae), a new

species from Queensland

A. R.Bean .196-199

Didymoplexis micradenia (Rchb.f.) Hemsl. (Orchidaceae): A new record for

the Australian flora

B. Gray .200-204

Pittosporum tinifolium A.Cunn.: a corrected name and reinstatement at

species level for the Queensland species currently known as the rusty-

leaved pittosporum, Pittosporum ferrugineum subspecies linifolium

(A.Cunn.) L.Cayzer et al. (Pittosporaceae)

L.W.Cayzer & G.T.Chandler . 205-206

Austrobaileya 10(1): 1-206(2017)

Contents

A taxonomic revision of Pimelea section Epallage (Endl.) Benth.

(Thymelaeaceae) in Queensland

A. R.Bean .1-46

Fimbristylis buchanensis R.Booth & P.R.Sharpe and F. triloba R.Booth &

RR.Sharpe (Cyperaceae), two new species from Queensland

R.Booth & P.R.Sharpe .47-58

Lomandra decomposita (R.Br.) Jian Wang ter & A.R.Bean (Laxmanniaceae),

a new species for Queensland

J.Wang & A.R.Bean .59-63

Polyalthia submontana subsp. sessiliflorus (Jessup) Jessup, a new combination

in Australian Annonaceae

L. W. Jessup .64

Taeniophyllum walkeri B.Gray (Orchidaceae), a new species from north

Queensland

B. Gray .65-69

Melaleuca comosa A.R.Bean (Myrtaceae), a new species from western

Queensland

A.R.Bean .70-73

Cycas distans P.I.Forst. & B.Gray (Cycadaceae), a new species from southern

Cape York Peninsula, Queensland

P.I.Forster & B.Gray .74-84

Rhaphidosporaplatyphylla (S.Moore) Bremek. ex A.R.Bean (Acanthaceae),

a new combination for a species from Australia and New Guinea

A. R.Bean .85

Gastrodia umbrosa B.Gray (Orchidaceae, Gastrodieae): a new

mycoheterotrophic orchid endemic to the Atherton Tableland, Queensland,

Australia

B. Gray & Y.W.Low .86-92

Oldenlandia pinifolia (Wall, ex G.Don) Kuntze (Rubiaceae), a new addition

to the flora of Australia

J.O.Westaway .93-101

Olearia bella A.R.Bean & Jobson and O. orientalis A.R.Bean & Jobson

(Asteraceae: Astereae), two new species from Queensland

A.R.Bean & P.C.Jobson .102-112

Hibiscus diversifolius subsp. rivularis (Bremek. & Oberm.) Exell (Malvaceae)

in Australia

M. O.Badry, D.M.Crayn &J.A.Tate .113-120

Gymnogaster boletoides J.W.Cribb (Boletaceae, Boletales), a striking

Australian secotioid bolete

M.Gelardi, N.Fechner, R.E.Hailing & F.Costanzo .121-129

Thismia hawkesii W.E.Cooper and T. lanternatus W.E.Cooper (Thismiaceae),

two new fairy lantern species from the Wet Tropics Bioregion, Queensland,

Australia

W.E.Cooper .130-138